LMV51...

Burner Control with integrated Fuel / Air Ratio Control and Load Control for Forced Draft Burners LMV52... Burner Control with integrated Fuel / Air Ratio Control and Load Control including O2 Trim Control for Forced Draft Burners Basic Documentation
The LMV5... and this Basic Documentation are intended for OEMs which integrate the system in their products! Based on the following software versions: LMV51... : V02.30 LMV52...: V01.10 Int. LC: V01.60 Int. VSD module: V01.30 AZL51...: V02.50 AZL52...: V03.80 PLL52...: V01.20 CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products

2/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basisdokumentation LMV5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Contents
1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 2.2 Safety notes ................................................................................................. 15 Warnings ....................................................................................................... 15 Mounting notes .............................................................................................. 16 Installation notes............................................................................................ 16 Only for US: Interference caused by high-frequency energy ............ 16 Electrical connection of ionization probe and flame detector ........................ 17 Commissioning notes .................................................................................... 17 Setting and parameter setting notes.............................................................. 17 Norms and standards .................................................................................... 18 Service notes................................................................................................. 18 Disposal notes ............................................................................................... 18 General ......................................................................................................... 19 Brief description............................................................................................. 19
Basic diagram ....................................................................................... 19

Product range overview................................................................................. 21

ACS450 ................................................................................................ 21 AGG5.110 ............................................................................................. 21 AGG5.220 ............................................................................................. 21 AGG5.310 ............................................................................................. 21 AGG5.630 ............................................................................................. 21 AGG5.631 ............................................................................................. 21 AGG5.635 ............................................................................................. 21 AGG5.640 ............................................................................................. 21 AGG5.641 ............................................................................................. 21 AGG5.720 ............................................................................................. 21 AGG5.721 ............................................................................................. 21 AGO20... ............................................................................................... 21 AZL51... ................................................................................................ 21 AZL52... ................................................................................................ 21 KF8893 ................................................................................................. 21 PLL52.110A100 .................................................................................... 21 PLL52.110A200 .................................................................................... 21 QGO20... .............................................................................................. 21 QRI2A2... .............................................................................................. 22 QRI2B2... .............................................................................................. 22 FGT-PT1000 ......................................................................................... 22 SQM45.291A9 ...................................................................................... 22 SQM45.295A9 ...................................................................................... 22 SQM48.497A9 ...................................................................................... 22 SQM48.697A9 ...................................................................................... 22

2.3

Type summary LMV5... ................................................................................. 23

LMV51.000B1 ....................................................................................... 23 LMV51.000B2 ....................................................................................... 23 LMV51.040B1 ....................................................................................... 23 LMV51.100B1 ....................................................................................... 23 LMV51.100B2 ....................................................................................... 23
3/301

Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products

Basic Documentation LMV5...

CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

 LMV51.140B1 .......................................................................................23 LMV51.200A1 .......................................................................................23 LMV51.200A2 .......................................................................................23 LMV52.200A1 .......................................................................................23 LMV52.200A2 .......................................................................................23 LMV52.240A1 .......................................................................................23 LMV52.240A2 .......................................................................................23

2.4

Block diagram inputs / outputs.......................................................................24 Block diagram (contd).......................................................................25 Block diagram (contd).......................................................................26 Fuel train applications (examples) .............................................................27
Direct gas ignition..................................................................................27 Gas pilot ignition 1.................................................................................27 Gas pilot ignition 2.................................................................................27 Fuel valve control program....................................................................27 Fuel train applications (contd) ..............................................................28 Direct ignition with light oil, multistage ..................................................28 Direct ignition with light oil, modulating .................................................29 Fuel valve control program....................................................................29 Direct ignition with heavy oil, multistage ...............................................30 Direct ignition with heavy oil, modulating ..............................................30 Fuel valve control program....................................................................31 Dual-fuel burner gas / light oil with gas pilot ignition .............................32 Fuel valve control program....................................................................32 Dual-fuel burner gas / heavy oil with gas pilot ignition ..........................33 Fuel valve control program....................................................................33

4 4.1

Burner control ..............................................................................................34 Description of inputs and outputs...................................................................34

Flame signal input and flame detector X1001 and X1003 ................34 Self-test function LMV5... / QRI... ......................................................34 Separate flame supervision, only with LMV52... ...................................34 Application example ..........................................................................35 Implementation ..................................................................................35 Technical data, flame supervision ........................................................35 QRI (suited for continuous operation) ...................................................35 Connection diagram ..........................................................................35 IONIZATION (suited for continuous operation) .....................................36 QRB... (for intermittent operation only) .................................................36

4.1.1

Digital inputs ..................................................................................................37

SAFETY LOOP X304 ..........................................................................37 FLANGE X303 ....................................................................................37 Inputs for external controller (ON/OFF) X503 .....................................37 2 inputs (ON / OFF or STAGE2 / STAGE3) ..........................................38 X503 ....................................................................................................38 Air pressure switch (APS) X302..........................................................38 Pressure switch-VP-gas / LT or closed position indicator (CPI) X903 39 Pressure switch-min-gas, start release gas (PSmin-gas) X903 ..........39 Start release gas X703 (only with LMV52...).......................................40 Pressure switch-max-gas, (PSmax-gas) X903 ...................................40 Pressure switch-min-oil (PSmin-oil) X501 ...........................................40

4/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basisdokumentation LMV5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

 Pressure switch-max-Oil (PSmax-Oil) X502 ....................................... 41 Start release-oil (START) X601 .......................................................... 41 Direct heavy oil start (HO-START) X601 ............................................ 41 Fan contactor contact (FCC) or FGR-PS X401................................... 41

4.1.2

Digital outputs................................................................................................ 42
Alarm output, type No-SI X301 .......................................................... 42 Output fan, type No-SI X301............................................................... 42 Output ignition, type SI (IGNITION) X402........................................... 42 Outputs valves-oil , type SI (V...) X802, X803, X7-01, X7-02 ........... 42 Outputs valves -gas, type SI (V..., SV, PV) X901 ............................... 42 Output oil pump / magnetic clutch, type No-SI X602 .......................... 43 Output Start signal or PS valve (APS test valve) type No-SI

(START) X403 .................................................................................... 43 4.2 4.2.1 4.2.2 Program sequence ........................................................................................ 44 Parameters .................................................................................................... 44
Time parameters................................................................................... 44 Gas valve proving.......................................................................................... 45 Recommendation .............................................................................. 45 Determination of VP leakage rate ..................................................... 46

4.2.3

Special functions during the program sequence ........................................... 47

Lockout phase (Phase 00) .................................................................... 47 Safety phase (Phase 01) ...................................................................... 47 Reset / manual lockout ......................................................................... 47 Characteristics .................................................................................. 47 Characteristics .................................................................................. 47 Signaling star preventions .................................................................... 48 Forced intermittent operation ................................................................ 48 Program stop function........................................................................... 48 Gas shortage program .......................................................................... 49 Sequence diagram ............................................................................ 49 Part load shutdown ............................................................................... 49 Normal / direct start .............................................................................. 50 Continuous fan operation...................................................................... 50 Continuous pilot control (only LMV52) .................................................. 50 Response to extraneous light in standby .............................................. 50 Selection of fuel ............................................................................................. 51 Selection of fuel with the fuel selector on the LMV5... .......................... 51 Selection of fuel on the AZL5................................................................ 51 Selection of fuel via BACS (modbus /ebus ........................................... 51 Fuel changeover ................................................................................... 51

4.2.4

4.2.5

Sequence diagrams....................................................................................... 52
Direct gas ignition ................................................................................. 52 Gas pilot ignition 1 ................................................................................ 53 Gas pilot ignition 2 ................................................................................ 54 Light oil direct ignition ........................................................................... 55 Heavy oil direct ignition ......................................................................... 56 Light oil with gas pilot ignition ............................................................... 57 Heavy oil with gas pilot ignition ............................................................. 58 Legend to the sequence diagrams ....................................................... 59

5 5.1
Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products

Fuel / air ratio control (FARC) .................................................................... 60 General.......................................................................................................... 60

5/301 CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Basic Documentation LMV5...

5.1.1

Program sequence.........................................................................................60
Standby .................................................................................................60 Preventilation ........................................................................................60 Ignition...................................................................................................61 Traveling to the operating position ........................................................61 Operation ..............................................................................................61 End of operating position ......................................................................61 Postpurging ...........................................................................................62 Actuator speed outside normal operation .............................................62 Operating position .................................................................................62 Modulating .........................................................................................62 Multistage operation ..........................................................................63

5.1.2

Position check................................................................................................64
Dynamic safety time ratio control ..........................................................64 Outside the operating position ..............................................................66 Operating position modulating ..............................................................66 Operating position multistage................................................................66 Special features .............................................................................................66 Program stop.........................................................................................66 Direction of rotation of actuators ...........................................................66 Limitation of the load range...................................................................67 Activation of actuators / VSD ................................................................68 LMV51... ............................................................................................68 LMV52... ............................................................................................68 Number of fuel actuators .......................................................................68 Traveling times ......................................................................................68 Shutdown behavior ...............................................................................68 Overload protection of actuators ...........................................................68 Curve adjustment ..................................................................................68

5.1.3

6 6.1 6.2 6.3

Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC)...........69 General ..........................................................................................................69 Connection diagram.......................................................................................69 Operating modes with the load controller ......................................................69
Operating mode 1 (ExtLC X5-03)..........................................................70 Operating mode 2 (intLC)......................................................................71 Operating mode 3 (int LC bus)..............................................................71 Operating mode 4 (int LC X62) .............................................................72 Operating mode 5 (Ext LC X62) ............................................................72 Operating mode 6 (Ext LC bus) ............................................................73 Operating mode changeover to internal load controller .................................73

6.3.1 6.4 6.4.1

Control (characteristics) .................................................................................74

Operating mode ....................................................................................74

Integrated 2-position controller (C = ON / OFF).............................................74

General .................................................................................................74 Switching differentials........................................................................74

6.4.2

Modulating control..........................................................................................75
General .................................................................................................75 Function diagrams.................................................................................75 Control parameters ...............................................................................75 Manual setting of the control parameters ..........................................75

6/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basisdokumentation LMV5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

 Self-setting of control parameters (adaption)........................................ 76 Adaption sequence ............................................................................... 76 Checking the control parameters .......................................................... 77 Example ............................................................................................ 77 Settling of the manipulated variable...................................................... 78 Principle ............................................................................................ 78 Description (graph)............................................................................ 78

6.4.3

Multistage control .......................................................................................... 79

General ................................................................................................. 79 Load-dependent activation of the higher burner stages ....................... 79 Function diagrams ................................................................................ 80

6.5

Actual values (X) ........................................................................................... 81

Input 1, TEMP, Pt100 sensor (DIN) X60............................................... 81 Input 2: TEMP. / PRESS INPUT, DC 0...10 V / DC 2...10 V / 4...20 mA

X61 ....................................................................................................... 81 Measuring range temperature (can be parameterized)..................... 81 Measuring range pressure (can be parameterized) .......................... 81
Input 4: TEMP, Pt1000 / LG-Ni 1000 X60............................................. 82

6.6

Setpoints (W)................................................................................................. 83
Internal setpoint .................................................................................... 83 Input 3: SET POINT INPUT X62........................................................... 83 External predefined setpoint ............................................................. 83 External predefined load ................................................................... 83 External predefined load, modulating................................................ 83 External predefined load, multistage................................................. 84 External setpoint changeover............................................................ 84 External setpoints or predefined load via digital modbus / e-bus

interface ................................................................................................ 84 6.7 Integrated temperature limiter function.......................................................... 85

TL within the scope of TRD .................................................................. 85 TL with external predefined load........................................................... 85 Requirements placed on sensor and protection pocket........................ 85

6.8 6.8.1 6.8.2 6.8.3 6.9 6.9.1

Cold start thermal shock protection (CSTP) .................................................. 86 CSTP modulating operation ....................................................................... 86 CSTP multistage operation......................................................................... 87 CSTP with temperature sensor in pressure plants ........................................ 87 Output............................................................................................................ 88 Output 4...20 mA ........................................................................................... 88
Output, modulating ............................................................................... 88 Output, multistage................................................................................. 88

6.10 6.10.1 6.10.2 7 7.1

Multiboiler plants............................................................................................ 88 Multiboiler plants by means of an analog input ............................................. 88 Multiboiler plants by means of a digital interface........................................... 88 Display and operating unit AZL5... ............................................................ 89 Assignment of AZL5 terminals ................................................................... 90
Connecting cable to the e-bus adapter ................................................. 91 Connecting cable to the PC .................................................................. 91

7.2 7.2.1 7.2.2

Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products

Ports of the AZL5 ....................................................................................... 92 Port for the PC............................................................................................... 93 Connection to superposed systems .............................................................. 94
7/301 CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Basic Documentation LMV5...

 General information and BACS functions .............................................94 Reading eBus-specific.......................................................................94 data....................................................................................................94 Writing parameters ............................................................................95 List of supported eBus commands ........................................................95

7.3 7.3.1

Display and settings.......................................................................................96 Menu structure ...............................................................................................96

Displays.................................................................................................97 Display (contd)..................................................................................98 Displays (contd) ................................................................................99 Lockout and error messages...............................................................100 Lockout and error messages (contd) ..............................................101 Standard parameterizations (incl. entry of password) .........................102 Entry of password (PW)...................................................................103 Start display.....................................................................................103 First submenu level .........................................................................104 Second submenu level ....................................................................104 Third submenu level ........................................................................104 Fourth submenu level ......................................................................104 Addressing the actuators (function assignment) ..................................105 Direction of rotation .........................................................................106 Reset ...............................................................................................106 Operational status indication by LED on the actuator .....................106 Power is fed to unaddressed actuator .............................................106 Button for addressing is pressed (display during addressing

procedure) .......................................................................................106
Addressing completed, normal operation of actuator ......................106 Special function curve settings FARC .................................................107 Special function adaption LC ..............................................................117 Burner identification (burner ID) ..........................................................119 Makeup of burner ID........................................................................119 Languages ..........................................................................................119 Real time clock and calendar ..............................................................119 S / W changeover ............................................................................119 Backup.............................................................................................119 Type of battery.................................................................................119 Adjustment of contrast (display)..........................................................120 Shutdown function...............................................................................120 Quick access Normal operation ..........................................................120

7.4

Safety check function...................................................................................121

Loss-of-flame test................................................................................121 SLT test ...............................................................................................121

7.5

Menu and parameter lists ............................................................................121

AZL5 menu structure with parameter definitions .............................121

Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system .............................150

8.1 Practice-oriented setting instructions for the system configuration, the burner control, and the electronic fuel / air ratio control system ..................................150 8.1.1 Basic configuration.......................................................................................150
1. Parameterizing the burner identification (burner ID) .......................150 2. Selecting the fuel trains ...................................................................150

8/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basisdokumentation LMV5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

 3. Checking the inputs / outputs while taking into account the burner

and plant conditions. For details, refer to subsection 4.1.1 Digital inputs150
4. Setting gas valve proving................................................................ 151 5. Addressing the actuators ................................................................ 151 6. Selecting the actuators direction of rotation ................................... 152 7. Configuration of VSD (only LMV5x.2...) (subsection 18.1.2) .......... 152 LMV52... activating and deactivating the actuators ............................ 152 8. Setting the load controller (option) .................................................. 153 9. Selecting a temperature or pressure sensor................................... 153

8.1.2

Settings for gas-fired operation ................................................................... 154

10. Activating program stops in different program phases ................. 154 11. Checking and presetting the actuators positions for gas ignition.. 154 12. Manual startup .............................................................................. 154 13. Actuator positions during the prepurge time ................................. 155 Note:................................................................................................ 155 14. Ignition positions ........................................................................... 155 15. Setting the curve ........................................................................... 156 First setting...................................................................................... 156 Changing an existing curve............................................................. 157 Creating a new curvepoint .............................................................. 157 16. Load limits..................................................................................... 157 17. Shutdown ...................................................................................... 157 Settings for multistage firing on oil............................................................... 158 18. Fuel changeover for firing on oil ................................................... 158 19. Changing the burner operating mode from modulating to multistage

8.1.3

(only when firing on oil) ....................................................................... 158

20. Activating the program stops in the different program phases ..... 158 21. Checking and presetting the ignition positions for firing on oil ...... 159 22. Manual startup .............................................................................. 159 23. Actuator positions during the prepurge time ................................. 159 Note:................................................................................................ 159 24. Ignition positions ........................................................................... 160 25. Setting the burner stages.............................................................. 161 26. Shutdown ...................................................................................... 162

8.1.4

Extra functions of the LMV5... ..................................................................... 163

27. Valve proving (leakage test LT) .................................................... 163 Example 1 (calculation of test time) .................................................... 164 Example 2 (determination of detectable leakage rate) ....................... 164 Configuration of the load controller.............................................................. 165 Selection of operating mode ............................................................... 165 Control parameters of the load controller .................................................... 166 1. Selection of the standard parameter set ......................................... 166 2. Individual setting of the PID parameters ......................................... 166 3. Automatic adaption ......................................................................... 166 Temperature limiter function ............................................................... 167 Boiler setpoints W1 and W2 ............................................................... 167 2-position controller (C = ON / OFF)................................................... 168 Diagram........................................................................................... 168 Cold start thermal shock protection (CSTP) ....................................... 168 Description ...................................................................................... 168

8.1.5 8.1.6

Connection terminals / coding of connectors........................................... 170

9/301

Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products

Basic Documentation LMV5...

CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 9.6 9.7 9.8 9.9

Connection terminals of the LMV51.000x1 / LMV51.040x1.........................170 Connection terminals of the LMV51.000x2 ..................................................171 Connection terminals of the LMV51.100x1 / LMV51.140x1.........................172 Connection terminals of the LMV51.100x2 ..................................................173 Connection terminals of the LMV51.200x1 ..................................................174 Connection terminals of the LMV51.200x2 ..................................................175 Connection terminals of the LMV52.200A2 / LMV52.240A2........................176 Connection terminals of the LMV52.200A1 / LMV52.240A1........................177 Coding of connectors ...................................................................................178
AGG5.720 ...........................................................................................179 AGG5.721 ...........................................................................................180

10 11 12

Description of the connection terminals (AC 120 V) ..............................181 Description of the connection terminals (AC 230 V) ..............................186 Mounting, electrical installation and service ..........................................191
Installation ...........................................................................................191 Electrical connections and wiring ........................................................191 Connection of LMV5... CAN bus .........................................................191

12.1

Power supply to the LMV5... system............................................................192

Determination of the maximum cable length.......................................195 Types of cable.....................................................................................196

12.2

Suppliers of other accessory items ..............................................................197

Mounting rail adapter type: USA 10 / 4,6 ............................................197 e-bus / PC adapter part no. 230 437...................................................197

13

Duties of the authorized inspector...........................................................198

LMV51... systems ............................................................................198 In addition with LMV52... systems ...................................................198 Correct parameterization of the system ..............................................198 Fuel / air ratio control system ..............................................................199 Burner control section .........................................................................199 O2 trim control (only with LMV52... system) ......................................200 General ...............................................................................................200

14 14.1

Technical data ............................................................................................201 LMV5... and AZL5... .....................................................................................201

Basic unit LMV5... ...............................................................................201 Environmental conditions LMV5... ...................................................201 AZL... ...............................................................................................201 Environmental conditions AZL5.......................................................201 LMV5... / AZL5.................................................................................202 Types of cable.....................................................................................202

14.2

Loads on terminals, cable lengths and cross-sectional areas .....................203

Loads on terminals ..............................................................................203 General data....................................................................................203 Mains supply....................................................................................203 Undervoltage ...................................................................................203 Oil pump / magnetic clutch ..............................................................203 APS test valve .................................................................................203

10/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basisdokumentation LMV5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

 Status inputs (CFN)......................................................................... 203 Load on terminals outputs .............................................................. 203 Total load on contacts ..................................................................... 203 Load on individual contacts ................................................................. 204 Fan motor contactor ........................................................................ 204 Alarm output.................................................................................... 204 Ignition transformer ......................................................................... 204 Fuel valves (gas)............................................................................. 204 Fuel valves (oil) ............................................................................... 204 Cable lengths ...................................................................................... 204 Cross-sectional areas ......................................................................... 204 Fuses used in the LMV5... basic unit .................................................. 204

15

Dimensions ................................................................................................ 205

LMV5... ............................................................................................... 205 AZL5... ................................................................................................ 205

16 17 18

Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system............ 206 Addendum 2: Connection diagram.......................................................... 251 Addendum 3: Variable speed drive (VSD) module ................................. 252
General ............................................................................................... 252 Basic diagram ................................................................................. 252 LMV51... Configuration of the basic unit (BU) .................................... 252 LMV52... configuration of the basic unit (BU) ..................................... 252

18.1 18.1.1

VSD module ................................................................................................ 253

General ............................................................................................... 253

Inputs / outputs ............................................................................................ 253

Connection diagram............................................................................ 253 Release contact X73-1 / -2 ................................................................. 253 Alarm input X73-3 ............................................................................... 253 Analog output to the VSD X73-4......................................................... 253 Speed feedback signal ....................................................................... 254 Speed input X70 ................................................................................. 254 Safe segregation between mains voltage and protective extra low-

voltage ................................................................................................ 254 Sensor disk ..................................................................................... 254 Speed sensor .................................................................................. 254 Selection of fan motor ..................................................................... 254
Fuel meter........................................................................................... 255 Fuel meter input X71 / X72 ................................................................. 255

18.1.2 18.1.3

Configuration of VSD................................................................................... 255 Configuration of speed acquisition .............................................................. 256 Standardization ............................................................................... 256 Note................................................................................................. 256 Settling time .................................................................................... 257 Configuration of current interface ................................................................ 258 Configuration of fuel meter .......................................................................... 258 Pulse value gas............................................................................... 258 Pulse value oil ................................................................................. 258 Fuel meter readings..................................................................................... 259 Process data................................................................................................ 259
11/301

18.1.4 18.1.5

18.1.6 18.1.7

Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products

Basic Documentation LMV5...

CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

18.2 18.3 18.4 18.5 module 19 19.1 19.2 19.2.1 19.2.2 19.2.3 19.3 19.3.1 19.4 19.4.1 19.4.2 19.4.3 19.4.4 19.4.5 19.4.6 19.4.7 19.4.8 19.5 19.5.1 19.5.2 19.6 19.6.1 19.6.2 19.7 19.7.1 19.7.2 19.8 19.8.1 19.8.2 19.9 19.10 19.10.1 19.10.2 19.10.3 19.11 19.11.1 19.11.2 19.11.3 19.11.4

Differences to LMV51.200... and LMV51.000... / LMV51.100......................260

Special functions Curve settings for electronic ratio control................260

EMC: LMV5... system VSD.......................................................................261 Connection terminals ...................................................................................262 Description of the connection terminals for the variable speed drive 263 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module ................264 General ........................................................................................................264 Functioning principle of O2 trim control .......................................................265 Air rate reduction..........................................................................................265 Definition of O2 setpoint...............................................................................265 Lambda factor ..............................................................................................266 Precontrol.....................................................................................................267 Calculation of precontrol ..............................................................................267 O2 trim control .............................................................................................268 Operating modes of O2 trim controller / O2 monitor ....................................268 Load limitation with O2 trim control..............................................................269 Startup .........................................................................................................269 Heating up the O2 sensor after PowerOn................................................269 Initialization of O2 trim controller..................................................................269 Behavior in the event of load changes.........................................................270 Increasing the manipulated variable in the case of a load change (offset) ..271 Control interventions by the O2 trim controller.............................................272 O2 monitor ...................................................................................................273 Delayed O2 min. value.................................................................................273 Switch-off criteria .........................................................................................273 Self-test........................................................................................................274 Sensor test...................................................................................................274 Checking the O2 content (20.9 %)...............................................................275 Auxiliary functions ........................................................................................276 Warning when flue gas temperature is too high...........................................276 Combustion efficiency..................................................................................276 O2 module ...................................................................................................277 Inputs and outputs .......................................................................................277 CAN bus X84, X85.......................................................................................280 Configuration of O2 module .........................................................................280 Configuration of the system .........................................................................281 Actuators / VSDs..........................................................................................281 Parameterization of the type of fuel .............................................................281 Setting the user-defined type of fuel ............................................................282 Preset fuel parameters ....................................................................282 Commissioning the O2 trim control system .................................................283 Setting ratio control ......................................................................................283 Setting the O2 monitor .................................................................................283 Direct entry of O2 min. values......................................................................284 Measuring the O2 min. values by lowering the air rate................................284

12/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basisdokumentation LMV5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

19.11.5 19.11.6 19.12 19.12.1 19.12.2 19.12.3 19.12.4 19.13

Setting O2 trim control................................................................................. 285 Checking and changing the controller parameters ...................................... 286 Setting notes................................................................................................ 287 Parameter settings ...................................................................................... 287 Setting O2 ratio control................................................................................ 287 Setting the O2 trim controller....................................................................... 289 Other notes.................................................................................................. 289 Technical data ............................................................................................. 290 Basic unit LMV52... ....................................................................... 290
PLL52... .............................................................................................. 290 Environmental conditions ................................................................ 290

19.14

Terminal ratings, line lengths and cross-sectional areas............................. 291

Basic unit LMV52... ............................................................................. 291 PLL52... .............................................................................................. 291 Analog inputs .................................................................................. 291

20

Dimensions ................................................................................................ 291

PLL52... .............................................................................................. 291

21 21.1 21.1.1 21.1.2 21.1.3 21.1.4 21.1.5

Revision history......................................................................................... 292

Notes on compatibility ..................................................................... 292

Basic unit LMV51......................................................................................... 292 Software changes ........................................................................... 292 Program stop ............................................................................................... 292 Deactivating the alarm................................................................................. 292 GPmin in the oil program......................................................................... 292 SV oil, switch-off time .............................................................................. 292 DWminOil in program Heavy oil with gas pilot..................................... 292

21.1.6 DWminOil is only valued during the safety time after a delay time has elapsed 293 21.1.7 21.1.8 21.1.9 21.1.10 21.1.11 21.2 21.3 21.3.1 21.3.2 Air pressure switch test valve, inverted control ........................................... 293 External controller contact with Manually on ........................................... 293 Prepurge time after safety shutdown........................................................... 293 Changes to the supplied parameter set....................................................... 293 Driving to the low-fire positions.................................................................... 293 Basic unit LMV52......................................................................................... 293 Load controller card..................................................................................... 293 Software changes of LC.............................................................. 293 Auxiliary sensor for cold start thermal shock protection .............................. 293 Straightforward changeover of operation to internal load controller ............ 293

21.3.3 With software version V01.50 or higher, Pt100 sensors in operating mode 6 are permitted ............................................................................................................ 294 New load controller function for manipulated variable input and load output .............. 294 Modulating burners ......................................................................... 294 Multistage burners........................................................................... 294 21.3.4 21.4 21.4.1 21.4.2 21.4.3
Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products

Plausibility check at inputs X61 and X62..................................................... 294 Display and operating unit AZL5... .............................................................. 295 Software changes to the flash memory ....................................................... 295 New designations of load controller inputs .................................................. 295 Fuel counter with reading in liters................................................................ 295
13/301 CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Basic Documentation LMV5...

21.4.4 Preventing the transfer of parameter copies from new basic units to the backup memory of the AZL5... .....................................................................................295 21.4.5 21.4.6 21.4.7 Parameter changes......................................................................................295 Name changes of load controller operating modes .....................................295 New display text for actuator faults ..............................................................296

14/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basisdokumentation LMV5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Safety notes

1.1 Warnings
Observe the following warning notes to help prevent damage to persons, property or the environment! The LMV5... is a safety device! Do not interfere with or modify the unit. Siemens BT will not assume responsibility for damage resulting from unauthorized interference! The addendum to the LMV51.2... and LMV52... documentation contains additional warning notes which should also be observed when using these system variants. After commissioning and after each service visit, check the flue gas values across the entire load range. The present Basic Documentation describes a wide choice of applications and functions and shall serve as a guideline. The correct functioning is to be checked and proven with the help of functional tests on a test rig or on the plant itself! All activities (mounting, installation, service work, etc.) must be performed by qualified staff Degree of protection IP40 as per DIN EN 60 529 for burner controls must be ensured through adequate mounting by the burner or boiler manufacturer Before performing any work in the connection area of the LMV5, disconnect the unit from the mains supply (all-polar disconnection) Protection against electrical shock hazard on the LMV5... and on all connected electrical components must be ensured through appropriate mounting Check to ensure that wiring is in an orderly state Fall or shock can adversely affect the safety functions. Such units must not be put into operation even if they do not exhibit any damage In programming mode, the position check of the actuators and the VSD (checking electronic fuel / air ratio control) is different from the check during automatic operation. Like in automatic operation, the actuators are still jointly driven to their required positions. If an actuator does not reach the required position, corrections are made until that position is reached. However, in contrast to automatic operation, there are no time limits for these corrective actions. The other actuators maintain their positions until all actuators have reached the positions currently required. This is essential for setting fuel /air ratio control. This means that during the time the ratio curves are programmed, the person making the plant settings must continuously monitor the quality of the combustion process (e.g. by means of a flue gas analyzer). Also, if combustion levels are poor, or in the event of dangerous situations, the commissioning engineer must take appropriate action (e.g. switching off the system manually)

To ensure the safety and reliability of the LMV5... system, the following points must also be observed: Condensation and ingress of humidity must be avoided. Should such conditions occur, make sure that the unit will be completely dry before switching on again! Static charges must be avoided since they can damage the units electronic components when touched. Recommendation: Use ESD equipment

15/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 1 Safety notes CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

1.2 Mounting notes

Ensure that the relevant national safety regulations are complied with In the geographical areas where DIN regulations apply, the requirements of VDE must be satisfied, especially the standards DIN / VDE 0100, 0550 and DIN / VDE 0722

1.3 Installation notes

Ensure that the electrical wiring inside the boiler is in compliance with national and local safety regulations Mains power must always be supplied via L and N. This means that no potential differential may exist between the neutral conductor N and protective earth PE Make certain that strain relief of the connected cables is in compliance with the relevant standards (e.g. as per DIN EN 60730 and DIN EN 60 335) Ensure that spliced wires cannot get into contact with neighboring terminals. Use adequate ferrules Lay the high-voltage ignition cable completely separate from all other cables The burner manufacturer must protect unused AC 230 V terminals with dummy plug (refer to sections 2.2 Product range overview and 12.2 Suppliers of other accessory items) When wiring the unit, ensure that AC 230 V mains voltage cables are run strictly separate from extra low-voltage cables to warrant protection against electrical shock hazard This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the Instruction Manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation

Only for US: Interference caused by high-frequency energy

If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio / TV technican for help

16/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 1 Safety notes CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

1.4 Electrical connection of ionization probe and flame detector

It is important to achieve practically disturbance- and loss-free signal transmission: Never run the detector cables together with other cables Line capacitance reduces the magnitude of the flame signal Use a separate cable Observe the permissible cable lengths The ionization probe is not protected against electrical shock hazard. The mainspowered ionization probe must be protected against accidental contact

1.5 Commissioning notes

Prior to commissioning, check to ensure that wiring is in an orderly state and that the parameter are correctly set When commissioning the unit, check all safety functions There is no absolute protection against incorrect use of the RAST5 connectors. For this reason, prior to commissioning the plant, check the correct assignment of all connectors Electromagnetic emissions must be checked on an application-specific basis

1.6 Setting and parameter setting notes

When adjusting the electronic fuel / air ratio control system integrated in the LMV5, allow for sufficient amounts of excess air since over a period of time the flue gas settings will be affected by a number of factors (e.g. density of air, wear of actuating devices, etc.). For this reason, the flue gas values initially set must be checked at regular intervals To provide protection against inadvertent or unauthorized parameter transmission between the parameter backup memory of the AZL5... display and operating unit and the LMV5... basic unit, the OEM (burner or boiler manufacturer) must enter an individual burner identification (ID) for each burner. Compliance with this regulation is mandatory to ensure that the LMV5 system will prevent parameter sets from other plant (with unsuited and possibly dangerous parameter values) to be transmitted to the LMV5 basic unit via the backup memory of the AZL5... (also refer to the description of burner identification in chapter 7 Display and operating unit AZL5...) With the LMV5..., it is to be noted that the units characteristics are determined primarily by the specific parameter settings rather than by the type of unit. This means that, among other things, each time a plant is commissioned, the parameter settings must be checked and the LMV5... must not be transferred from one plant to another without adapting the parameter settings to the new plant In the case of dual-fuel burners and oil-firing, the short preignition (Phase 38) parameter OnTmeOilIgnition is to be selected and a magnetic clutch is to be used, ensuring that there will be no oil pressure until this phase is reached. Then, the long preignition (from Phase 22) must be parameterized When using the ACS450 PC software, the safety notes given in the relevant Operating Instructions (CC1J7550) must also be observed A password protects the parameter setting level against unauthorized access. The OEM allocates individual passwords to the setting levels he can access. The standard passwords used by Siemens BT must be changed by the OEM. These passwords are confidential and may only be passed on to persons authorized to access such setting levels The responsibility for setting the parameters lies with the person who in accordance with his access rights has made changes to the respective setting level

In particular, the OEM will assume responsibility for the correct parameter settings in compliance with the standards covering the specific applications (e.g. EN 676, EN 267, EN 1643, etc.).

17/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 1 Safety notes CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

1.7 Norms and standards

Conformity with EEC directives Electromagnetic compatibility EMC (immunity) Directive for gas appliances Low-voltage directive 89 / 336 EEC 90 / 396 EEC 73 / 23 EEC

1.8 Service notes

Each time a unit has been replaced, check to ensure that wiring is in an orderly state If fuses are blown, return the complete unit to Siemens BT

1.9 Disposal notes

The unit contains electrical and electronic components and must not be disposed of together with household waste. Legal and currently valid legislation must be observed.

18/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 1 Safety notes CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

General

2.1 Brief description

The LMV5... is a microprocessor-based burner management system with matching system components for the control and supervision of forced draft burners of medium to large capacity. The following components are integrated in the basic unit of the LMV5...: Burner control with gas valve proving system Electronic fuel / air ratio control system for a maximum of 4 actuators Optional PID temperature / pressure controller (load controller) VSD module The system components (AZL5... display and operating unit, actuators, O2 module, etc.) are interconnected via a bus system. Communication between the individual CAN bus users takes place via a reliable, system-based data bus. The safety concept makes use of 2 microprocessors for 2-channel signal processing. It offers a very high level of safety and reliability for monitoring the software and the program and control sequences. All safety-related digital outputs of the system are permanently monitored via a contact feedback network. For flame supervision in connection with the LMV5..., universal infrared flame detectors type QRI... or ionization probes can be used for continuous operation, and photoresistive flame detectors type QRB... for intermittent operation. Basic diagram

Example: Dual-fuel burner - Gas: Modulating - Oil: 2-stage

19/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 2 CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

The burner management system is operated and programmed with the help of the AZL5 display and operating unit or a PC tool. The AZL5 with LCD cleartext and menu-driven operation affords straightforward operation and targeted diagnoses. For making diagnoses, the LCD shows the operating states, the type of fault and the point in time the fault occurred. The parameter setting levels for the burner / boiler manufacturer and heating engineer are password-protected to prevent unauthorized access. Basic settings that the plant operator can make on site do not demand a password. Also, the AZL5... is used as an interface for superposed systems such as a building automation and control system, or for a PC using the ACS450 software. Among other features, the unit affords convenient readout of settings and operating states, parameterization of the LMV5..., and trend recording. When replacing the LMV5... basic unit (BU), all parameters can be saved in a backup memory of the AZL5... to be loaded back into the basic unit. This means that reprogramming is not required. When designing the fuel trains, the burner / boiler manufacturer can choose from a total of 7 valve families. The large number of individual parameterization choices (program times, configuration of inputs / outputs, etc.) enable him to make optimum adaptions to the specific application. The universal SQM4... actuators are driven by stepper motors and can be positioned with high resolution. The characteristics and settings of the actuators are defined by the basic unit of the LMV5...

20/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 2 General CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

2.2 Product range overview

ACS450 PC tool for convenient programming and burner settings, process visualization, data recording, selection of AZL5... language, software update AZL5... (refer to Software Documentation J7550) CAN bracket for connecting the CAN bus to the basic unit Power transformer for CAN bus users with power characteristics matched to the requirements of the LMV5... Accessory set for acquisition of speed, for use with LMV51.2... and LMV52... systems, consisting of sensor disk (50 mm diameter), sensor and mounting set (refer to Mounting Instructions M7550.1) CAN bus connecting cable between basic unit and AZL5 and for short distances to the SQM4..., shielded 5-core cable, 500 m CAN bus connecting cable between basic unit and AZL5 and for short distances to the SQM4..., shielded 5-core cable, 100 m CAN bus connecting cable between basic unit and AZL5..., complete with connector type 3.5 and Sub-D, 3 m CAN bus connecting cable between basic unit and actuators or between actuators. Shielded 5-core cable, 500 m CAN bus connecting cable between basic unit and actuators or between actuators. Shielded 5-core cable, 100 m Standard connector Extension connector set Flue gas collector. Accessory item for QGO20... oxygen sensor for use with LMV52... systems (refer to Data Sheet N7842) Display and operating unit. Detached unit for front panel mounting with text display, 4 x 16 characters, 4 silicon buttons. Real time clock and e-bus interface for BACS (refer to Documentation A7550) Display and operating unit. Detached unit for front panel mounting with text display, 4 x 16 characters, 4 buttons. Real time clock and bus interface for LMV5 systems (refer to Documentation A7550) Demo case including LMV51.100A2, AZL51.00A1, 2 x SQM45.295A9, and AGG5.220. Operating buttons for simulation. Electronic simulation of controlled system, burner graphics and LEDs (refer to Operating Instructions B7988) CAN bus module for O2 trim control with LMV52..., AC 120 V, for QGO20..., inputs for flue gas and combustion air temperature, US standard parameter set CAN bus module for O2 trim control with LMV52..., AC 230 V, for QGO20..., inputs for flue gas and combustion air temperature Oxygen sensor for LMV52... systems (refer to Data Sheet N7842)

AGG5.110 AGG5.220

AGG5.310

AGG5.630

AGG5.631

AGG5.635

AGG5.640

AGG5.641

AGG5.720 AGG5.721 AGO20...

AZL51...

AZL52...

KF8893

PLL52.110A100

PLL52.110A200

QGO20...

21/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 2 General CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

QRI2A2...

Infrared flame detector. Universal flame detector for oil or gas flames. Suited for intermittent or continuous operation, with integrated flame amplifier and prefabricated connecting cable 180 cm. Front illumination (refer to Data Sheet N7719) Infrared flame detector. Universal flame detector for oil or gas flames. Suited for intermittent or continuous operation, with integrated flame amplifier and prefabricated connecting cable 180 cm. Lateral illumination (refer to Data Sheet N7719) Flue gas temperature sensor, for acquiring the flue gas temperature in heating plants (refer to Data Sheet N1846) Actuator. Nominal torque 3 Nm (reduced holding torque 1.5 Nm), running time 10120 seconds. Control and feedback via CAN bus. Stepper motor, flush panel mounting, Woodruff key (refer to Data Sheet N7814) Actuator. Nominal torque 3 Nm (reduced holding torque 1.5 Nm), running time 10120 seconds. Control and feedback via CAN bus. Stepper motor, flush panel mounting, Dshaft (refer to Data Sheet N7814) Actuator. Nominal torque 20 Nm, running time 30120 seconds. Control and feedback via CAN bus. Stepper motor, flush panel mounting, parallel key (refer to Data Sheet N7814) Actuator. Nominal torque 35 Nm, running time 60120 seconds. Control and feedback via CAN bus. Stepper motor, flush panel mounting, parallel key (refer to Data Sheet N7814)

QRI2B2...

FGT-PT1000

SQM45.291A9

SQM45.295A9

SQM48.497A9

SQM48.697A9

22/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 2 General CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

2.3 Type summary LMV5...

LMV51.000B1 Microprocessor-based burner control for single- or dual-fuel burners of any capacity, electronic fuel / air ratio control based on CAN bus, up to 4 actuators, integrated gas valve proving, AC 120 V. Microprocessor-based burner control for single- or dual-fuel burners of any capacity, electronic fuel / air ratio control based on CAN bus, up to 4 actuators, integrated gas valve proving, AC 230 V. Microprocessor-based burner controls for single- and dual-fuel burners of any capacity, electronic fuel / air ratio control based on CAN bus, up to 4 actuators, integrated gas valve proving, AC 120 V, ZAM. Same as LMV51.000B2, plus load controller, integrated digital PID boiler temperature or pressure controller (LC), temperature limiter, automatic adaption of the controllers characteristic depending on modulating or multistage operating mode, AC 120 V. Same as LMV51.000B2, plus load controller, integrated digital PID boiler temperature or pressure controller (LC), temperature limiter, automatic adaption of the controllers characteristic depending on modulating or multistage operating mode, AC 230 V. Same as LMV51.040B1, plus load controller, integrated digital PID boiler temperature or pressure controller (LC), temperature limiter, automatic adaption of the controllers characteristics depending on modulating or multistage operation, AC 120 V, ZAM. Same as LMV51.1... basic unit, plus VSD control, AC 120 V. Same as LMV51.1... basic unit, plus VSD control, AC 230 V. Same as LMV51.2... basic unit, plus O2 trim control and up to 6 actuators, AC 120 V. Same as LMV51.2 basic unit, plus O2 trim control and up to 6 actuators, AC 230 V. Same as LMV51.2... basic unit, plus O2 trim control and up to 6 actuators, AC 120 V, ZAM. Same as LMV51.2... basic unit, plus O2 trim control and up to 6 actuators, AC 230 V, ZAM.

LMV51.000B2

LMV51.040B1

LMV51.100B1

LMV51.100B2

LMV51.140B1

LMV51.200A1 LMV51.200A2 LMV52.200A1 LMV52.200A2 LMV52.240A1

LMV52.240A2

23/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 2 General CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

2.4 Block diagram inputs / outputs

LMV5...
X8-01.1 Signal lamp gas

LMV5...

X8-01.2

Signal lamp oil

OIL + GAS

X8-03.2

Auxiliary terminal for valves connected in series

X8-03.3

X8-03.1

Fuel valve V1 (OIL)

X8-02.2

Auxiliary terminal for valves connected in series

X8-02.3

X8-02.1

Fuel valve V1 (OIL)

X7-01.2

X7-01.3

Fuel valve V2 (OIL)

X7-02.2

X7-02.3

Fuel valve V3 (OIL)

X6-03.2

X6-03.3

Fuel valve SV (OIL)

X6-02.2

X6-02.3
P

Oil pump / magnetic clutch

OIL

X4-03.2

X4-03.3

Start signal or PS relief (APS test valve)

X4-02.2

X4-02.3

Ignition

L1-L3

3 FAN

X3-01.1

Fan motor contactor

X3-01.2

Alarm End switch burner flange (part of safety loop)

X3-03.1

X3-03.2 X3-04.1

Power signal for end switch burner flange Safety loop

SLT

AUX

WATERSHORTAGE

X3-04.2

Power signal for safety loop

OIL + GAS

PE

X3-04.3

Protective earth (PE)

N
L1' F 6.3 AT

X3-04.4

Power supply neutral conductor (N)

L1
7550a10e/0903

X3-04.5

Power supply live conductor (L)

24/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 2 General CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Block diagram (contd)

LMV5...
X9-01.4 Fuel valve V1 (GAS)

LMV5...

X9-01.3

Fuel valve V2 (GAS)

X9-01.2

Fuel valve PV (GAS)

X9-02.1
P

X9-01.1

Fuel valve SV (GAS)

GAS
Power signal for air pressure switch (APS)

X3-02.2 INT GAS OIL

X3-02.1

Air Pressure switch (APS)

X4-01.1 X4-01.2 X4-01.3

Fuel selection GAS Fuel selection OIL Fan contactor (FCC) or FGR-PS Reset / manual lockout Controller (ON / OFF) Controller closes / stage 3 Controller opens / stage 2 Start release oil Heavy oil direct start Pressure switch-min-oil Pressure switch-max-oil

L1'
ON/OFF 3

X4-01.4 X5-03.1 X5-03.2 X5-03.3 X6-01.1 X6-01.3 X5-01.2

P max

Power signal for controller Power signal for start release oil Power signal for heavy oil direct start Power signal for pressure switch-min-oil Power signal for pressure switch-max-oil

X5-03.4 X6-01.2 X6-01.4

P

L + GAS

START HO-START

min

X5-01.3 X5-02.3

X5-02.2

OIL

LMV52...
Power signal for start release gas X7-03.3
START

LMV52...
X7-03.2 Power signal for start release gas (START)

LMV5...

min

LMV5...
X9-03.4 Pressure switch-min-gas Pressure switch-max-gas Pressure switch VP gas LT or closed position indicator (CPI) X9-03.3 X9-03.2

max LT (CPI)

Power signal for pressure switch

X9-03.1

GAS

QRI

black

X10-02.6 X10-02.2 X10-02.5 X10-02.4 X10-02.3

QRI... (IR detector) signal voltage QRI... (IR detector) power supply Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Power supply (L) QRB... signal voltage Ionization probe (ION)

brown blue

QRB

T1 AGG5.2... Neutral conductor Power signal transformer AC power signal G0 AC power signal G X10-01.4 X10-01.3 X10-01.2 X10-01.1
1

ION

X10-02.1 X10-03.1

PRI LINE
2

FLAME

SEK I 12VAC
2 7550a10.2e/0903

25/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 2 General CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Block diagram (contd)

LMV5...
Temperature/pressure controller Functional earth for X60.5 shield connection Temperature sensor Pt/LG-Ni 1000 (input 4) Temperature sensor Pt 100 (input 1) Line compensation Pt100 Reference ground TEMP. Functional earth for shield connection Power supply for temp./ pressure transmitter Voltage input DC 0...10 V (input 2) Current input 4...20 mA (input 2) Reference ground TEMP./PRES. INPUT
PRI LINE

CDO (02-D)

X60.3 X60.1
Pt 100 Pt/LG-Ni 1000

12

X60.2 X60.4

PRI

LINE

SEK II SEK III 12V 0 0 12V

SEK I 12V/1,2A

X61.5 X61.1 X61.2 X61.3 X61.4 Power supply (PELV) T1 AGG5.2...

1

U + 0...10 V I + 4...20mA

1 234
DEFL

12
DFO (02-I)

/p /p

LMV5...

Functional earth for shield connection Power supply for setpoint changeover Voltage input DC 0...10 V (input 3) Current input 4...20 mA (input 3) Reference ground SET POINT INPUT Functional earth for shield connection Current output 4...20 mA Burner output Reference ground LOAD OUTPUT

X62.5 X62.1 X62.2 X62.3 X62.4

I + 4...20mA + 0...10 V U

SEK I 12VAC SEK III 12VAC

X52.1 X52.2 X52.3 X52.4

SEK II 12VAC

12VAC1 Reference ground (PELV) 12VAC2 Functional earth

2 3 4

*Optional
FE

X63.3

AZL5...
X63.1 X63.2

SHIELD

X50.1
white

Functional earth for shield connection 12VAC1 12VAC2 CANH CANL Reference ground (PELV) GND BUS Functional earth for shield connection 12VAC1 12VAC2 CANH CANL Reference ground (PELV) GND BUS

12VAC1

X50.2 X50.3 X50.4 X50.5 X50.6

12VAC2

brown

CANH

yellow

CANL

grn

GND

schwarz

SQM4...
SHIELD

SQM4...
SHIELD

SQM4...
SHIELD

SQM4...
SHIELD white

X51.1
X51.2 X51.3 X51.4 X51.5 X51.6

12VAC1

12VAC1

12VAC1

12VAC1 brown

12VAC2 CANH

12VAC2

12VAC2

12VAC2 yellow

CANH

CANH

CANH green

CANL

CANL

CANL

CANL black

GND

GND

GND

GND

FE

FE

FE

FE

26/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 2 General CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

7550a10.3e/0903

3
Direct gas ignition

Fuel train applications (examples)

G
PS min

Program
SV

Direct ignition
V1
PS VP

V2
PS max
ACT

7550s01E/0202

Gas pilot ignition 1

Program
SV

Gp1
PS min

Gas pilot
V1
PS VP

V2
PS max ACT

PV

7550s02E/0202

Gas pilot ignition 2

Program
SV

Gp2
PS min

Gas-Pilot
V1
PS VP

V2
PS max ACT

PV

7550s17E/0202

Fuel valve control program

Gas (always modulating)

Direct trafo ignition Pilot ignition 1

Legend to fuel trains:

Pilot ignition 2

*) 1)
V2

Not used Series connection of two 115 V valves (each requiring approx. 25 VA control power)

G
PV

Gp1
V2 PV V1 V2 PV

Gp2
V1

*)

V1

2) V
ts 1

Preheating device Fuel valve Gas valve proving Pressure switch Heating element Heavy oil Light oil Actuator Normally Open Shutoff valve (outside the building) Pilot valve

VP PS HE HO

ts 2

LO ACT NO SV PV

Operation

27/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 3 Fuel train applications (examples) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

7550f01aE/0800

Fuel train applications (contd) Direct ignition with light oil, multistage
Program
LO
PS min

V1

7550s03E/0499

Single-stage burner

V2

Program

LO
PS min

V1

2-stage burner
7550s04E/0800

V3

V2

Program

LO
PS min

V1

3-stage burner

7550s05E/0800

28/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 3 Fuel train applications (examples) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Direct ignition with light oil, modulating

Program
PS min

LO

V1

Modulating burner
1)
PS max M

1)

(without shutdown facility for adjustable head)

7550s06E/0899

Program
PS min

LO

V1

Modulating burner
1)
PS max M
7550s07E/0800

(with shutdown facility for adjustable head)

Fuel valve control program

Light oil (direct trafo ignition) LO

V1 ts 1 V2 V3

ts 2

Air damper position

Operation
V2 V3

7550f01bE/0200

Multistage operation

MIN

MAX

29/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 3 Fuel train applications (examples) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Direct ignition with heavy oil, multistage

Program
V1

HO

LMV start release - oil input Ph

2)
1)

V2 No HE
7550s09E/0202

2-stage burner

V3

Direct ignition with heavy oil, modulating

Program

HO
V1 V2

LMV start release - oil input

Ph

2)
**)

1)
Pmax

Ph
LMV direct heavy oil start input

30/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 3 Fuel train applications (examples) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

7550s12E/0202

Fuel valve control program

Heavy oil (direct trafo ignition) HO

I
Phase 38 max. 45 s

**)

Modulating burner
Circulation from Phase 38, max. 45 s as soon as direct heavy oil start = ON in Phase 38: Phase change in Phase 40 Direct heavy oil start = OFF at the end of Phase 38 Repetition (max. 3 times in total)

V1

V2

V3

ts 1

ts 2

Air damper position

Operation

7550f01cE/0200

Multistage operation

Note on dual-fuel burners

Gas trains G, Gp1 and Gp2 1) can be randomly combined with oil trains LO and HO for operation with dual-fuel burners since these fuel trains operate independently. Oil trains LOgp and HOgp are designed for ignition with a gas pilot. They must always be combined with a special gas train Gp2 for operation with a dual-fuel burner.

V3 (= stage 2)
MIN MAX

1) With Gp2 permitted with

HW 01.C0 and SW V01.40 or higher

31/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 3 Fuel train applications (examples) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Dual-fuel burner gas / light oil with gas pilot ignition

Gp2
SV gas
PS min

V1 gas
PS VP

V2 gas
PS max ACT

Gas

PV gas

V2 oil

LOgp
SV oil

V3 oil V1 oil

7550s15E/0202

Light oil

Fuel valve control program

Light oil (with gas pilot ignition)

LOgp
PV G
V1 O V2 O V3 O

ts 1

ts 2

Operation
V2 V3

7550f11E/0800

MAX

Multistage operation

MIN

32/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 3 Fuel train applications (examples) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Dual-fuel burner gas / heavy oil with gas pilot ignition

Gp2
SV gas
PS min

V1 gas
PS VP

V2 gas
PS max

ACT

Gas
PV gas

HOgp
LMV start release oil input SV oil V1 oil

V3 oil Ph

2) 1)
Pmax

V2 oil

No HE

Heavy oil

Fuel valve control program

Heavy oil (with gas pilot ignition)

HOgp
PV G V1 O V2 O V3 O

ts 1

Phase 44 max. 45 s

ts 2

Operation

Circulation from Phase 44, max. 45 s as soon as direct heavy oil start = ON in Phase 44: Phase change in Phase 40 Direct heavy oil start = OFF at the end of Phase 44 Repetition (max. 3 times in total)

7550f12E/0800

Two stage operation

MIN

MAX

33/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 3 Fuel train applications (examples) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Burner control

4.1 Description of inputs and outputs

This chapter describes the basic characteristics of the burner controls inputs and outputs. For the valuation of the inputs and activation of the outputs, refer to the Sequence diagrams. Flame signal input and flame detector X1001 and X1003 The following connection facilities are provided: QRI... (infrared flame detector) for continuous or intermittent operation Ionization probe for continuous or intermittent operation QRB... flame detector for intermittent operation only

Continuous operation with the QRB is not possible! Do not use terminal X10-02/1. This also applies to the connection of idle lines if the LMV5... is used for continuous operation! Self-test function LMV5... / QRI...

Signal voltage

<5V

< 100 %

Self-test voltage

21 V

Operating 14 V voltage
7550d20E/0502

Test time
400-600 ms

The self-test function of the QRI... is triggered by increasing the supply voltage to the level of self-test voltage. During the following test time, the signal voltage at the output of the QRI... changes to zero so that the LMV5 will receive the anticipated flame OFF signal as a response to the test. If the behavior is correct, operation is continued until the next test cycle is reached. The test cycle is dependent on the parameterization of the LMV5... Separate flame supervision, only with LMV52... The hardware of the LMV52... assigns the flame signals to 2 channels (channel A for QRI... or QRB..., and channel B for ION). The connection / processing of the individual flame signals are selected via 6 parameters (Pilot phase, Operating phase, Extraneous light for both gas and oil firing). The pilot phase covers Phases 40 through 50 and the operating Phases 52 through 62. In all the other phases, the flame signal(s) is (are) evaluated via parameter Extraneous light.

34/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

The parameters offer the following setting choices: Single-detector operation (corresponding to the LMV51..., plus error message if 2 flame detectors are connected) QRI_B or ION (parallel operation of QRI... / QRB... and ION, flame signal if 1 of the 2 channels indicates a flame) QRI_B and not ION (parallel operation of QRI... / QRB... and ION, flame signal if only the QRI... / QRB... indicates a flame) QRI_B (parallel operation of QRI... / QRB... and ION, flame signal if the QRI... / QRB... indicates a flame; ION will not be evaluated) ION and not QRI_B (parallel operation of QRI... / QRB... and ION, flame signal if only ION indicates a flame) ION (parallel operation of QRI... / QRB... and ION, flame signal if ION indicates a flame; the QRI... / QRB... will not be evaluated) QRI_B and ION (both must indicate a flame; this selection is not available with the Extraneous light block) Application example Selective supervision of pilot ignition with ION, which means that the ION probe only detects the pilot flame. The main flame is supervised with the QRI... Parameter Extraneous light must be set to QRI_B | ION, which means that extraneous light is detected if 1 of the 2 flame detectors indicates that a flame is present. Parameter Pilot phase must be set to ION, which means that in the pilot phases (Phases 40 through 50), only ION will be evaluated. Parameter Operating phase must be set to QRI_B &/ ION, which means that in the operating phases (Phases 52 through 62) only the QRI... may deliver a flame signal. With this kind of parameterization, a flame signal via ION in the operating phases will lead to loss of flame. Note: All measured voltages refer to connection terminal N (X1002, terminal 4). Supply voltage operation / test at terminal POWER QRI... (X1002, terminal 2) Minimum signal voltage required at terminal FSV / QRI... (X1002, terminal 6)

Implementation

Technical data, flame supervision QRI (suited for continuous operation)

approx. DC 14 / 21 V

DC 3.5 V display flame approx. 50 %

Connection diagram
black
SIEMENS
Landis & Staefa QRI
Made in Germany

LMV...
X10-02 / 6 X10-02 / 4 X10-02 / 2 blue

brown
7719a01E/0502

0...10 V Ri > 10 M

For detailed information, refer to Data Sheet N7719.

35/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

IONIZATION (suited for continuous operation)

No-load voltage at terminal ION (X1003, terminal 1)

approx. UMains

Note: The ionization probe must be installed such that protection against electric shock hazard is ensured! Short-circuit current Minimum detector current required Maximum detector current Permissible length of detector cable (lay separately) Note max. AC 0.5 mA DC 6 A, display flame approx. 50 % approx. DC 85 A, display flame approx. 100 %

100 m (wire-earth 100 pF / m)

The greater the detector cable capacitance (cable length), the lower the voltage at the ionizations probe and, therefore, the lower the detector current. In the case of extensive cable lengths and high-resistance flames, it may be necessary to use low-capacitance cables (e.g. ignition cable). The electronic circuit is designed such that impacts of the ignition spark on the ionization current will be largely eliminated. Nevertheless, it must be ensured that the minimum detector current required will already be reached during the ignition phase. If that is not the case, the connections of the ignition transformer on the primary side must be changed and / or the location of the electrodes also. No-load voltage at the QRB... terminal (X1002, terminal 1) Minimum detector current required (with flame) Maximum permissible detector current (dark current with no flame) Maximum detector current approx. DC 8 V

QRB... (for intermittent operation only)

DC 30 A, display flame 35 %

DC 5 A approx. DC 70 A, display flame approx. 100 %

Permissible length of QRB... detector cable (lay separately) Notes

100 m (wire-wire 100 pF / m)

A detector resistance value of RF < approx. 5 k is identified as a short-circuit and, in operation, will lead to safety shutdown as if loss of flame had occurred. Measurement of the voltage at terminal QRB... during burner operation gives a clear indication: If voltage drops below 1 V, safety shutdown will probably occur. For that reason, before using a highly sensitive photoresistive flame detector (QRB1B or QRB3S), it should be checked whether such a detector is really required! Increasing line capacitance between the QRB... terminal and mains live L adversely affects the sensitivity and increases the risk of damaged flame detectors due to mains overvoltages. Separate routing of detector cables as specified in Data Sheet 7714 must be observed. For indication of flame (on the AZL5...), observe the following general rules: The above percentage values are obtained when, for parameter Standardize (standardization of flame signal), the default setting is used. The accuracy of the display is a maximum of 10 %, depending on the tolerances of the components. It should also be noted that, for physical reasons, there is no linear relationship between the display and the detector signal values. This is especially obvious with ionization current supervision. For more detailed information, refer to Data Sheet N7714.

36/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

4.1.1 Digital inputs

SAFETY LOOP X304 This input serves for including the safety loop. The special feature of this input is that all signal source contacts connected in series here directly switch off the power supply to the fuel valves and ignition. Typically, the following contacts are included in the safety loop: External burner switch ON / OFF Safety limit thermostat / safety pressure limiter (SLT / SPL) External temperature limiter / pressure switch, if required Water shortage switch FLANGE X303
End switch burner flange (component of safety loop)

For the diagnosis, the signal source contacts are combined for delivering the Safety loop message. If no signal is received, the burner will at least be shut down. What follows is a number of repetitions that can be parameterized. Parameter: Inputs for external controller (ON/OFF) X503 SafetyLoop

When the external control loop is closed, the signal from the integrated controller (if present) is used to deliver the internal Heat demand information to the input.
There is a demand for heat when this external controller signal is present and if

present and configured there is a demand for heat from the internal load controller or the building automation system When there is no more demand for heat, the burner will be shut down. Depending on the parameterization, the fuel valves will either be shut the moment the period of time is completed by the timer, or after the MIN load is reached Part load shutdown. In operation with the internal load controller or with load control, the input can be deactivated via a building automation and control system. This means that a wire link at this controller input is not required. In operating mode 1 (ExtLR X5-03), the input is always active, deactivation is not active Operating modes with load controller. Parameter: InputController (activated / deactivated) 1)

1) (Parameter text) in Italics = text displayed on the AZL5...

Note

The input is also valued with manual operation burner ON / OFF!

37/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

2 inputs (ON / OFF or STAGE2 / STAGE3) ( X503

2 3)

This input serves for the connection of an external controller with contact outputs. The input is only active when configured as External load controller. Parameter: LC_OptgMode (ExtLC X5-03)

2 operation modes are possible. The one active depends on the parameterization of the fuel / air ratio control system. a) Parameter: Operation Mode (Two-stage / Three-stage)

Multistage operation can be accomplished by using additional thermostats / pressure switches. Input 2 activates stage 2. Input 3 and input 2 activate stage 3. b) Parameter: Operation Mode (Modulating)

The burners output can be increased or decreased by means of a 3-position step controller output with 2 relays. increases the output decreases the output If none of the 2 inputs is active, the burners output is maintained at a constant level. The shortest permissible positioning step is about 100 ms. Air pressure switch (APS) X302 An air pressure switch can be connected to these terminals. Air pressure is anticipated after the fan has been switched on. If there is no pressure signal, safety shutdown will occur in any case. The input can be deactivated. Parameter: AirPressureTest (activated / deactivated)

38/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Pressure switch-VP-gas / LT or closed position indicator (CPI) X903

The input can be configured either as a pressure switch valve proving input (PSVP) or as a closed position indicator input (CPI). a) Parameter: Config_PS-VP/CPI (PS-VP)

The input is only active when firing on gas and when valve proving is activated. Valve proving b) Parameter: Config_PS-VP/CPI (CPI)

CPI: The input is active in both gas- and oil-fired operation. It is used for checking the gas valves fully closed position. For that purpose, the gas valves contacts for the fully closed position are to be connected in series using this input. Function extension CPI Oil, only with LMV52... With the LMV52..., this input has been extended by the function of a CPI contact for oil valves. Setting CPI Gas corresponds to the function of the LMV51... c) Parameter LMV52...: Config_DW-DK/CPI (CPI Gas+Oil) In Phases 54 through 60 of gas and oil firing, the input is checked for Off (valve fully open). The CPI contacts of the gas and oil valves must be connected in series and then to this input. d) Parameter LMV52...: Config_DW-DK/CPI (CPI Oil) In Phases 54 through 60 of oil firing, the input is checked for Off (valve fully open) and, in the case of gas firing, for On (valve fully closed). Note on a) and b) If the signal received at this input does not correspond to the anticipated value, safety shutdown will occur in any case. The input can be deactivated by configuring the input as PS-VP and by switching off valve proving (no LT). Parameter: Parameter: Config_PS-VP/CPI (PS-VP) ValveProvingType (No VP / VP startup / VP shutdown / VP stup/shd)

Pressure switch-min-gas, start release gas (PSmin-gas) X903

The input is used for connecting the gas pressure switch-min and the start signal, e.g. from the release contact of an external outside air damper. In that case, both signal sources are to be connected in series. With the LMV52..., only gas pressure switch-min is to be connected here; for start release, there is a specific input available (start release gas). The input is only active when firing on gas and in the LOgp and HOgp programs until the end of TSA. It can be deactivated for oil programs LOgp and HOgp. The signal is anticipated in Phase 21. If there is no gas pressure, the gas shortage program will be activated. Loss of gas pressure / start signal causes the burner to shut down. The input can be deactivated. Parameter: GasPressureMin (activated / deact x OGP / deactivated) 2)
Active inputs are checked for signal input.

2) (activated / deactivated)

There is a delayed reaction to loss of gas pressure during TSA1 and TSA2 to prevent shutdown caused by pressure shocks when the valves open. Parameter: PressReacTme

39/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Start release gas X703 (only with LMV52...)

The input is used for connecting the start signal, e.g. from the release contact of an external outside air damper. The input is only active when firing on gas and in programs LOgp and HOgp until the end of TSA2. The signal is anticipated in Phase 21. Loss of the start signal causes the burner to shut down. The input can be deactivated. Parameter LMV52...: StartReleaseGas (activated / deactivated / CPI Gas / CPI Gas+Oil / CPI Oil)

With the LMV52..., input Start release gas can alternatively be used as a CPI input. In that case, it offers the same functionality as the original CPI input. This is needed on applications that demand gas valve proving and CPI. If a Start release gas signal is required, it must be delivered via input Pressure switch-min-gas (same as with the LMV51...). Pressure switch-max-gas, (PSmax-gas) X903 The input is used for connecting the gas pressure switch-max. It is only active when firing on gas. The signal is anticipated when TSA1 starts. If the gas pressure is exceeded, safety shutdown will occur in any case. The input can be deactivated. Parameter: GasPressureMax (activated / deactivated)

There is a delayed reaction to loss of gas pressure during TSA1 and TSA2 to prevent shutdown caused by pressure shocks when the valves open. Parameter: Pressure switch-min-oil (PSmin-oil) X501 PressReacTme

The input is used for connecting an oil pressure switch-min. It is only active when firing on oil. a) Parameter: OilPressureMin (activated)

It is anticipated that the pressure signal appears during preignition to be critically valued (with HOgp in Phase 44). If there is no oil pressure, or if the oil pressure drops, safety shutdown will occur in any case. The signal will be valued from TSA1. If there is no oil pressure, safety shutdown will occur in any case. b) Parameter: OilPressureMin (act from ts)

During preignition, there is no waiting for the oil pressure. The signal will be valued from TSA1. If there is no oil pressure, safety shutdown will occur in any case. Note: This kind of parameterization is only permitted in case of individual system approvals. c) Parameter: OilPressureMin (deactivated)

The input can be deactivated. There is a delayed reaction to loss of oil pressure during TSA1 and TSA2 to prevent shutdown caused by pressure shocks when the valves open. Parameter: PressReacTme

40/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Pressure switch-maxOil (PSmax-Oil) X502

The input is used for connecting an oil pressure switch-max. It is active only when firing on oil. The maximum oil pressure may not be exceeded. If exceeded, at least one safety shutdown will occur. The input can be deactivated. Parameter: OilPressureMax (activated / deactivated)

There is a delayed reaction to loss of oil pressure during TSA1 and TSA2 to prevent shutdown caused by pressure shocks when the valves open. Parameter: Start release-oil (START) X601 PressReacTme

The input is used for connecting a start signal, e.g. from the release contact of an external outside air damper. It is only active when firing on oil. The signal is anticipated in Phase 21. If the signal is not delivered, or if it is lost, shutdown will occur. The input can be deactivated. Parameter: StartReleaseOil (activated / deactivated)

Direct heavy oil start (HO-START) X601

The input is used for connecting a heavy oil direct start signal with which circulation Phase 38 with HO or Phase 44 with HOgp can be shortened. In the circulation phase, the waiting time for the signal is a maximum of 45 seconds. If the signal is not delivered, a home run will take place, followed by repetition. The input is only active when firing on heavy oil (HO or HOgp). The input can be deactivated. Parameter: HeavyOilDirStart (activated / deactivated)

2) (activated / deactivated) Active inputs are checked for signal inputs.

Fan contactor contact (FCC) or FGR-PS X401

The input is used for connecting a fan contactor contact (FCC) or a flue gas recirculation pressure switch (FGR-PS). a) Parameter: Config_FGR-PS/FCC (FCC)

The input is active when firing on oil and gas. It serves for checking the position of the fan contactor. A signal is anticipated at this input after the fan has received a control command. b) Parameter: Config_FGR-PS/FCC (FGR-PS)

The input has been designed for the connection of an air pressure switch for flue gas recirculation (only from LMV52...). c) Parameter: Config_FGR-PS/FCC (deactivated)

The function of the input can be deactivated.

41/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

4.1.2 Digital outputs

Safety-related outputs, type SI These contacts are read back by the microcomputers with the help of a contact feedback network (CFN) and then monitored for correct positions. Non-safety-related outputs, type No-SI These outputs are not monitored by CFN and, for this reason, can only be used for non-safety-related actuating devices are actuating devices that are secured in some other form (e.g. fans, oil pump / magnetic clutch, alarm). Alarm output, type No-SI X301 A signal lamp or horn can be connected to this output. The output will be activated when the unit is in the lockout position (Phase 00). This output can also be used to signal start prevention signaling of start preventions An active alarm output can be manually deactivated. Deactivation remains active until a lockout reset or a system reset occurs, or up to the next startup. Then, the alarm will be activated again. Deactivation only applies to the alarm output, lockout or start prevention continue to be active. Parameter: Output fan, type No-SI X301 Alarm act/deact (activated / deactivated)

This output is used for controlling a fan power contactor (200 VA). When changing to the lockout position, the fan continues to run for an adjustable period of time. Parameter: PostpurgeLockout

When continuous purging is activated, the fan runs in all phases. This mode functions only when using an APS relieve valve which, in Phase 21, ensures that the fan pressure switch does not sense any pressure, thus facilitating checking. Parameter: Output ignition, type SI (IGNITION) X402 ContinuousPurge (activated / deactivated)

This output is used for connecting ignition transformers or electronic ignitors. When firing on gas, ignition is switched on just prior to TSA1 in Phase 38. Parameter: PreIgnitionTGas

When firing on oil, there is choice of short preignition as with gas operation and long preignition. In the case of long preignition, ignition will be switched on when the fan starts to run in Phase 22. Parameter: Parameter: Outputs valves-oil , type SI (V...) X802, X803, X7-01, X7-02 PreIgnitionTOil IgnOilPumpStart (on in Ph38 / on in Ph22)

These outputs are used for connecting the oil valves in accordance with the selected fuel train. Fuel trains, sequence diagrams. Parameter: FuelTrainOil (LightOilLO / HeavyOilHO / LO w Gasp / HO w Gasp) (light oil with gas pilot and heavy oil with gas pilot may only be used in connection with Gp2)

Outputs valves -gas, type SI (V..., SV, PV) X901

These outputs are used for connecting the gas valves in accordance with the selected fuel train. Fuel trains, sequence diagrams. Parameter: FuelTrainGas (DirectIgniG / Pilot Gp1 / Pilot Gp2)

42/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Output oil pump / magnetic clutch, type No-SI X602

a)

Applications with a separate oil pump or magnetic clutch

This output can be used for connecting an oil pump or a magnetic clutch for an oil pump. The switch-on time can be parameterized together with preignition. In the case of dualfuel burners, short preignition must be used (Phase 38). In the case of long preignition, the oil pump is switched on in Phase 22 together with ignition; in the case of short preignition, in Phase 38. With the heavy oil programs (heavy oil HO, heavy oil with gas pilot), the oil pump with short preignition is already activated in Phase 36 to ensure oil pressure is available when circulation starts. Parameter: Parameter: OilPumpCoupling (Magneticcoupl) IgnOilPumpStart (on in Ph38 / on in Ph22)

b) Single-fuel applications with direct coupled oil pump On applications where the oil pump is coupled directly to the fan motor, the safety oil valve (SV) can be connected to that output. The output is always activated when the fan operates, plus another 15 seconds after the fan has been switched off. If Directcoupl is selected, long preignition will automatically become active. Direct coupling is only permitted in the case of oil-firing only. Parameter: OilPumpCoupling (Directcoupl)

Note: With both variants, parameter OnTmeOilIgnition can be left on On in Ph38. The short or long preignition will then automatically be correct, depending on the selection of OilPumpCoupling. Output Start signal Depending on parameterization, the output can be used for a start signal or for a PS reor PS valve lieve valve. (APS test valve) type No-SI (START) a) Parameter: Start/PS-Valve (StartSignal) X403 The start signal is used for controlling an outside air damper. When actuating the air dampers end switch, which is fed back to the start release inputs of the LMV5..., the startup sequence will be continued. b) Parameter: Start/PS-Valve (PS Relief)

In this configuration, a 3-port valve for testing (no pressure) the air pressure switch (APS) can be connected. During the test, the valve is controlled. c) Parameter: Start/PS-Valvel (PS Relief_Inv)

When using this configuration, a valve for testing (no pressure) the air pressure switch (APS) can be connected. The valve is controlled while the fan is running. During the test, the valve is deenergized. This valve is required when parameterizing NormDirectStart (NormalStart / DirectStart) direct start for testing the air pressure switch if ContinuousPurge is parameterized (activated) continuous purging.

43/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

4.2 Program sequence

The sequence diagrams show the program sequence in detail (refer to 4.2.5 Sequence diagrams).

4.2.1 Parameters
Time parameters The most important time parameters for the program sequence are the following (refer to 7.5 Menu and parameter lists): Prepurge time Preignition time / circulation time heavy oil Safety time 1 (TSA1) Safety time 2 (TSA2) Interval 1 Interval 2 Postpurge time 1 (t8-1) with FGR damper shut (this part of the postpurge time is always executed) Postpurge time 3 (t8-3) with FGR damper open (this part of the postpurge time will be interrupted when there is demand for heat) Postpurging in the lockout phase (if G = ON before lockout occurred) All the times mentioned above - with the exception of Postpurging in the lockout phase - depend on the type of fuel, which means that different times can be set for oil and gas. The prepurge time and the safety times are safety-related. This means that, using the AZL51, the heating engineer can only readjust them in the safe direction (against internal maximum or minimum values). In other words, ts times can only be shortened and tv times can only be extended.

44/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

4.2.2 Gas valve proving

Gas valve proving is only active when firing on gas. When a leak is detected, the gas valve proving function ensures that the gas valves will not be opened and that ignition will not be switched on. Safety shutdown will take place. Example
Mains V1 PS VP V2

V1

V2

PS-VP

t80 Evacuate

With gas valve proving, first the gas valve on the burner side is opened to bring the test space to atmospheric pressure. After the valve has closed, the pressure in the test space may not exceed a certain level. Then, the gas train is filled by opening the gas valve on the gas network side. After shutting the gas valve, the gas pressure may not drop below a certain level.

t81 Atm. test

t82 Fill

t83 Pressure test

7550s19E/0501

It is possible to parameterize whether gas valve proving shall be performed. Also, the time can be set. Gas valve proving can be carried out during startup, shutdown, or in both phases. Recommendation Perform gas valve proving during shutdown. Parameter: stup/shd) ValveProvingType (No VP / VP startup / VP shutdown / VP

The evacuation and filling times as well as the test times at atmospheric pressure or mains pressure must be set by the OEM, for each individual plant and in accordance with the requirements of EN 1643. Parameter: Parameter: Parameter: Parameter: VP_EvacTme VP_TmeAtmPress VP_FillTme VP_Tme_GasPress

In particular, it must be ensured that the 2 test times will be set correctly. It must also be checked whether - on the specific application - it is permitted to introduce into the combustion chamber the gas required for testing. The test times are safety-related. After a reset, or in the event gas valve proving has been aborted or prevented, the burner control will carry out gas valve proving during the next startup sequence (only if gas valve proving is activated). Examples of aborted gas valve proving: When the safety loop or the start prevention input for gas (containing Gpmin) opens during gas valve proving. If gas valve proving is parameterized with startup and shutdown, the gas valves must perform additional switching cycles. This means that wear and tear of the gas valves will increase.
45/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Determination of VP leakage rate

(PG - Pw) V 3600 QLeakage = Patm t Test

Legend

QLeakage PG PW Patm V t Test

in l / h in mbar in mbar in mbar in l in s

Leakage rate in liters per hour Overpressure in the piping section between the valves to be tested, at the beginning of the test phase Overpressure adjusted on the pressure switch (normally set to 50 % of the gas inlet pressure) Absolute air pressure (1,013 mbar normal pressure) Volume in the piping section between the valves to be tested, including the volume in the valves themselves, plus any pilot section (Gp1) Test time

Examples

Refer to chapter Commissioning instructions for LMV5... system / gas valve proving / leakage test.

46/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

4.2.3 Special functions during the program sequence

Lockout phase (Phase 00) The safety loop relays are deenergized, the alarm relay is activated and lockout will be initiated, that is, Phase 00 can only be quit via manual reset. Phase 00 is unlimited in terms of time. During the lockout phase, the fan motor remains switched off if it was already deactivated in the safety phase. Otherwise, postpurging takes place in the lockout phase for a period of time that can be parameterized. Parameter: Safety phase (Phase 01) PostpurgeLockout

The safety phase is an intermediate phase that is completed before lockout occurs. The safety loop relays are deenergized, but lockout will not yet occur. The alarm relay is not yet energized. In the safety phase, the fan motor maintains the status of the previous phase, that is, it remains switched on if it was on before, and it remains switched off if it was off before. If possible or permitted, safety checks or repetition counter checks will be made. Their results will decide on the transition to either Lockout phase or Standby. The duration of the safety phase varies (depending on the scope of testing), but lasts a maximum of 30 seconds. This procedure serves primarily for suppressing undesired lockouts, caused by EMC effects, for instance. There are 2 choices to reset the system: 1. Resetting on the AZL5

Reset / manual lockout

Characteristics

If the burner control is in the lockout position, a reset produces the following reactions: The alarm relay will be deenergized and lockout indication switched off The lockout position will be cancelled The function is only available when the unit is not in the lockout position. The system can be manually locked by simultaneously pressing the Enter and Esc buttons on the AZL5 . This function enables the user to stop the system during programming should an emergency situation occur. 2. Resetting with the button on connection terminal Reset of the LMV5... basic unit

Characteristics

If the burner control is in the lockout position, a reset produces the following reactions: The alarm relay will be deenergized and lockout indication switched off The lockout position will be cancelled If the burner control is not in the lockout position, a change to the lockout position will take place when pressing the reset button. If this reaction is not desired, it is possible to feed power to the reset button from the alarm output, thus obtaining the same reaction as described in 1. above.

47/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Signaling star preventions

If start is prevented, it is always displayed on the AZL5 . Start is prevented only when there is demand for heat and one of the start criteria is not satisfied. The time from start prevention to display on the AZL5 can be set. Parameter: DelayStartPrev

It is also possible to signal start preventions via the alarm output. This function can be activated and deactivated via Parameter: AlarmStartPrev (activated / deactivated)

If Signaling start preventions is activated by means of the alarm relay, it is advisable to pick up power for the reset from the alarm output in order to prevent inadvertent manual lockouts. The time from start prevention to signaling at the alarm contact can be set: Parameter: Forced intermittent operation AlarmDelay

No matter if the LMV5... is used for continuous operation or intermittent operation (e.g. when using a flame detector type QRB), forced intermittent operation can be activated, this means short automatic shutdown after 23 hours and 50 minutes of uninterrupted operation. As a general rule, it is recommended to activate forced intermittent operation or to leave it activated. Forced intermittent operation should only be deactivated in plants where this function is not desired or is unacceptable. Parameter: ForcedIntermit (activated / deactivated)

Program stop function

To simplify burner adjustments during commissioning or in connection with maintenance work, the program sequence of the LMV5... can be stopped at the following points: Phase 24 32 36 44 52 72 76

a) b) c) d) e) f) g)

Air damper in the prepurge position Traveling to the FGR position Ignition position Interval 1 Interval 2 Air damper in the postpurge position Traveling to the FGR position

Activation takes place via the relevant menu items on the AZL5... . Parameter: ProgramStop (deactivated / 24 PrePurgP / 32 PreP FGR / 36 IgnitPos / 44 Interv 1 / 52 Interv 2 / 72 PostPPos / 76 PostPFGR)

The program stop function is maintained until manual deactivation takes place. If the system stops at a program stop, a message will appear on the AZL5...

48/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Gas shortage program

When gas pressure is insufficient (input PSmin-gas), the LMV5... ensures that a selectable number of start attempts will be made while observing a selectable waiting time. The waiting time between the start attempts is automatically doubled (based on the value parameterized for the first waiting time). The basic time is DelayLackGas. Parameter: DelayLackGas

If, with the last of the parameterized start attempts, there is still a shortage of gas, the burner control will initiate lockout. Parameter: Sequence diagram StartPrev
Signal OFF Signal ON

Start conditions must be satisfied. n = Limitation of the number of start repetitions (StartPrev). Example: 10 tDelay_G = Delay time gas shortage program (DelayLackGas). Example: 10 s

Phase PSmin-Gas

12

21

10 1. tDelay_G 12

21

10 2. tDelay_G

Home run

tmax2 (e.g. 60 s) Test repetition counter <n

Home run

Standby

Standby

10 s

tmax2 Test repetition counter <n

10 s x 21 = 20 s

8. tDelay_G 12

21

10 9. tDelay_G 12

21

01

00

Home run

Standby

Standby

Safety phase

- Repetition counter will be reset after controlled shutdown - When phase 22 is reached for the first time, delay time will be reset to the selected parameter value

Part load shutdown

To prevent the boiler from shutting down when operating at high-fire, FARC will first change to low-fire when there is no more demand from the controller. Only then will the valves be closed. The maximum time MaxTmeLowFire for changing to low-fire operation can be parameterized. If the time is set to 0.2 seconds, part load shutdown will be deactivated. Parameter: MaxTmeLowFire

49/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

7550f22E/0502

10 s x 27 = 1280 s

tmax2 Test repetition counter <n

10 s x 28 = 2560 s

tmax2 Test repetition counter = n = 10

Alarm

Normal / direct start

a) Normal start With normal start, the fan will be deactivated also when there is a new demand for heat in Phase 78 or when changing the type of fuel. b) Direct start When there is demand for heat in Phase 78, there will be a direct change to startup via Phase 79 to Phase 24 without switching the fan off, so that the startup sequence will be accelerated. But this would suppress checking the air pressure switchs OFF position in standby. For this reason, the PS relieve valve is controlled in Phase 79. This valve ensures that the air pressure switch is relieved of the pressure produced by the fan so that it can signal Air pressure OFF although the fan motor is running, thus making possible a functional check of the air pressure switch. Parameter: NormDirectStart (NormalStart / DirectStart)

For both variants, following applies: If, during postpurging, there is another demand for heat, or if demand for heat is still present like in the case of type-of-fuel change, for example, that part of postpurging will be stopped in Phase 78 in order to accelerate the following startup sequence. Continuous fan operation In the case of burners that could be damaged by return heat (e.g. several burners operating on one combustion chamber), continuous purging can be activated. In that case, the fan runs in all phases. To enable the air pressure switch to be tested, a PS relieve valve is required. This valve is controlled in Phase 21 on burner startup, causing the air pressure to fall, so that the Air pressure OFF signal can be delivered. Parameter: Continuous pilot control (only LMV52) ContinuousPurge (activated / deactivated)

For fuel trains using a pilot (Gp1, Gp2, LOGp, HOGp), control of the valve can be activated in Phases 52 - 62. Parameter: Parameter: ContinuousPilotGas (deactivated / activated) ContinuousPilotOil (deactivated / activated)

Response to extraneous light in standby

As a response to extraneous light in the standby phase, it is possible to choose start prevention or lockout. Parameter: ReacExtranLight (Lockout / Startblock)

50/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

4.2.4 Selection of fuel

Selection of fuel with the fuel selector on the LMV5... The fuel selector is given priority and has 3 positions: INT, GAS and OIL. It is connected directly to the LMV5... basic unit. It is possible to switch between oil and gas firing. If the fuel selector is set to INT, either of the 2 sources can be selected: BACS or AZL5 The type of fuel is selected via the menu on the AZL51 The selection is only possible when the fuel selector is set to INT (or when no selector is connected). Fuel selection is continuously stored via power-Off, so that a valid fuel selection is present when power returns. Selection of fuel via ebus (through BACS) is only possible when the fuel selector on the LMV51... basic unit is set to INT and, on the AZL5, fuel selection via BACS has been selected. Note: Fuel selection via BACS should be cyclically repeated. There is no definition of priorities between fuel selection via ebus and fuel selection via the AZL5, which means that the selection made last will be used. Fuel changeover After fuel changeover, the burner control maintains or changes to standby ( normal start). Now, a new start is made (provided there is demand for heat), firing on the selected type of fuel. If direct start has been parameterized, fuel changeover can also take place on shutdown in Phase 76. The fan will not be switched off.

Selection of fuel on the AZL5...

Selection of fuel via BACS (modbus /ebus

51/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

4.2.5 Sequence diagrams

Direct gas ignition G
Startup tv Standby (station.) SV = ON Release of startup AD => IGN - POS Preignition IGN = ON AD => HF - POS TSA1 TSA2 AD => LF - POS Operation Operation 1 (station.) Operation 2 AD => LF - POS Shutdown Valve proving

AD => PoPPOS

Lockout phase

Postburn time

Direct start

Safety phase

PrP 2 (FGR)

Interval 1 ti1

Interval 2 ti2

IGN = OFF

Home run

Fan = ON

SR = ON

V = ON

PoP 1

PrP 1

Phase number Timer - event-relation Timer 1 Timer 2 Timer 3 = Ph. max. time Fuel 1 (oil) Fuel 2 (gas) Fuel selection

00

01

10
AND

12

20

21
AND t 21

22

24

30

32

34

36

38

40

42

44

50

52

54

60

62
OR

70
AND t 70

72

74

76

5) 78

6) 79

80

81

82

83

t0

t 10

t 22

t 30 tv

t 34

t 38 TSA1

t 42

t 44

t 52

t 62

t 74

t 78

t 80

t 81

t 82

9)
t 01 tmx1 tmx1 tmx2 tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx2

Safety loop (SLT, water deficiency) TL internal Gas + Oil Load controller ON (int. + ext.) Flame 11) 20) 1) 13) 9) 12) 5) 7)

Air pressure switch (APS) Fan contactor contact (FCC)

INPUTS

(FGR - PS, alternative to FCC) (CPI ,alternative to PS-VP, LMV51) (CPI funktion to LMV52) PS min. Start release gas (LMV52) Gas Lockout (PS max.) PS - VP Lockout (PS min.) Oil Lockout (PS max.) Start release oil Heavy oil direct start Fan (G) Gas+Oil Ignition (ZT) Start signal / PS - valve Alarm Safety relay internal 17) 18) 9) 8) 9) 4) 4) 4) 3) 3) 3) 10) 3) 15) 3)12) 3) 21)

OUTPUTS

Fuel valve SV Gas Fuel valve PV Fuel valve V1 Fuel valve V2 Fuel valve SV Fuel valve V1 Oil Fuel valve V2 Fuel valve V3 Oil pump / magnetic clutch 90 V N ACT 2, 3 Z K R 0 Required position Fuel

ACTUATORS

Air, Aux, VSD

ACT 1, 4, 5 VSD

90 / 100% V N Z K R 0 / 0% Required position 90 V N

NOxred.

ACT 6

Z K R 0 Required position

7550f13e/0804

Program Direct gas ignition (also refer to Fuel trains)

52/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Pressure test
t 83

Evacuate

Atm. test

PoP 3

Fill

Gas pilot ignition 1

Gp1
Startup tv SV = ON Release of startup AD => IGN - POS Standby (station.) AD => HF - POS TSA1 TSA2 AD => LF - POS Operation Operation 1 (station.) Operation 2 AD => LF - POS Shutdown Valve proving

Lockout phase

AD => PoPPOS

Postburn time

Direct start

Safety phase

PrP 2 (FGR)

Interval 1 ti1

Interval 2 ti2

IGN = OFF

Preignition IGN = ON

Fan = ON

Home run

SR = ON

V = ON

PoP 1

PrP 1

Phase number Timer - event-relation Timer 1 Timer 2 Timer 3 = Ph. max. time Fuel 1 (oil) Fuel 2 (gas) Fuel selection

00

01

10
AND

12

20

21
AND t 21

22

24

30

32

34

36

38

40

42

44

50

52

54

60

62
OR

70
AND t 70

72

74

76

5) 78

6) 79

80

81

82

83

t0

t 10

t 22

t 30 tv

t 34

t 38 TSA1

t 42

t 44

t 52

t 62

t 74

t 78

t 80

t 81

t 82

9)
t 01 tmx1 tmx1 tmx2 tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx2

Safety loop (SLT, water deficiency) n) TL internal Gas + Oil Load controller ON (int. + ext.) Flame Air pressure switch (APS) Fan contactor contact (FCC) 11) 20) 1) 13) 9) 12) n) 5) 7)

INPUTS

(FGR - PS, alternative to FCC) (CPI ,alternative to PS-VP, LMV51) (CPI funktion to LMV52) PS min. Start release gas (LMV52) Gas Lockout (PS max.) PS - VP Lockout (PS min.) Oil Lockout (PS max.) Start release oil Heavy oil direct start Fan (G) Gas+Oil Ignition (ZT) Start signal / PS - valve Alarm Safety relay internal 17) 18) 9) 8) 9) 4) 4) 4) 3) g) 3) 3) l) k) 10) 3) 15) l) 3) 12) 3) l) 21)

OUTPUTS

Fuel valve SV Gas Fuel valve PV Fuel valve V1 Fuel valve V2 Fuel valve SV Fuel valve V1 Oil Fuel valve V2 Fuel valve V3 Oil pump / magnetic clutch 90 V N ACT 2, 3 Z K R 0 Required position Fuel 19)

ACTUATORS

Air, Aux, VSD

ACT 1, 4, 5 VSD

90 / 100% V N Z K R 0 / 0% Required position

NOxred.

90 V N ACT 6 Z K R 0 Required position

7550f14e/0804

Program Gas pilot ignition 1 (also refer to Fuel trains)

53/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Pressure test
t 83

Evacuate

Atm. test

PoP 3

Fill

Gas pilot ignition 2

Gp2
Startup tv SV = ON Release of startup AD => IGN - POS Standby (station.) AD => HF - POS TSA1 TSA2 AD => LF - POS Operation Operation 1 (station.) Operation 2 AD => LF - POS Shutdown Valve proving

Lockout phase

AD => PoPPOS

Postburn time

Direct start

Safety phase

PrP 2 (FGR)

Interval 1 ti1

Interval 2 ti2

IGN = OFF

Preignition IGN = ON

Fan = ON

Home run

SR = ON

V = ON

PoP 1

PrP 1

Phase number Timer - event-relation Timer 1 Timer 2 Timer 3 = Ph. max. time Fuel 1 (oil) Fuel 2 (gas) Fuel selection

00

01

10
AND

12

20

21
AND t 21

22

24

30

32

34

36

38

40

42

44

50

52

54

60

62
OR

70
AND t 70

72

74

76

5) 78

6) 79

80

81

82

t0

t 10

t 22

t 30 tv

t 34

t 38 TSA1

t 42

t 44

t 52

t 62

t 74

t 78

t 80

t 81

t 82

9)
t 01 tmx1 tmx1 tmx2 tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx2

Safety loop (SLT, water deficiency) TL internal Gas + Oil Load controller ON (int. + ext.) Flame Air pressure switch (APS) Fan contactor contact (FCC) 11) 20) 1) 13) 9) 12) 5) 7)

INPUTS

(FGR - PS, alternative to FCC) (CPI ,alternative to PS-VP, LMV51) (CPI funktion to LMV52) PS min. Start release gas (LMV52) Gas Lockout (PS max.) PS - VP Lockout (PS min.) Oil Lockout (PS max.) Start release oil Heavy oil direct start Fan (G) Gas+Oil Ignition (ZT) Start signal / PS - valve Alarm Safety relay internal 17) 18) 9) 8) 9)4) 4) 4) 3) 3) 3) l) k) 10) 3)15)l) 3)12) l) 3) 21)

OUTPUTS

Fuel valve SV Gas Fuel valve PV Fuel valve V1 Fuel valve V2 Fuel valve SV Fuel valve V1 Oil Fuel valve V2 Fuel valve V3 Oil pump / magnetic clutch 90 V N ACT 2, 3 Fuel Z K R 0 Required position 19)

ACTUATORS

Air, Aux, VSD

ACT 1, 4, 5 VSD

90 / 100% V N Z K R 0 / 0% Required position

NOxred.

90 V N ACT 6 Z K R 0 Required position

7550f15e/0804

Program Gas pilot ignition 2 (also refer to Fuel trains)

54/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Pressure test 83
t 83

Evacuate

Atm. test

PoP 3

Fill

Light oil direct ignition

LO
Startup Operation Shutdown

tv
SV = ON Release of startup Standby (station.) AD => IGN - POS

TSA1

TSA2
Operation 1 (station.)

AD => HF - POS

AD => LF - POS

Operation 2 AD => LF - POS

Postburn time

AD => PoPPOS

Lockout phase

Safety phase

PrP 2 (FGR)

Interval 1 ti1

IGN = OFF

Preignition IGN = ON

Home run

Fan = ON

Interval 2 ti2

SR = ON

V = ON

PrP 1

PoP 1

Phase number Timer - event-relation Timer 1 Timer 2 Timer 3 = Ph. max. time Fuel 1 (oil) Fuel 2 (gas) Fuel selection

00

01

10
AND t 10

12

20

21
AND t 21

22

24

30

32

34

36
AND

38
AND t 38

40

42

44

50

52

54

60

62
OR

70
AND t 70

72

74

76

5) 78

6) 79

t 22

t 30 tv

t 34

t 36

t 42 TSA1

t 44

t 52

t 62

t 74

t 78

tmx1

9)
t 01 tmx1 tmx1 tmx2 tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx3

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx2

Safety loop (SLT, water deficiency) Gas + Oil TL internal Load controller ON (int. + ext.) Flame Air pressure switch (APS)

n) n) 5)

11) 20) 1) 13) 9)

INPUTS

Fan contactor contact (FCC) (FGR - PS, alternative to FCC) (CPI ,alternative to PS-VP, LMV51) (CPI funktion to LMV52) PS min. Gas Start release gas (LMV52) Lockout (PS max.) PS - VP Lockout (PS min.) Oil Lockout (PS max.) Start release oil Heavy oil direct start Fan (G) Gas+Oil Ignition (ZT) Start signal / PS - valve Alarm Safety relay internal

3) 15) l) 3) 12) l) 3) 14) 3) 3) 3) l) k) 10)

21)

2) 17) 18) 9) 8) 9) 4) 4)

OUTPUTS

Fuel valve SV Gas Fuel valve PV Fuel valve V1 Fuel valve V2 Fuel valve SV Fuel valve V1 Oil Fuel valve V2 Fuel valve V3 Oil pump / magnetic clutch

16) 90 V N

2)

ACT 2, 3

Z K R 0
Required position

Fuel

ACTUATORS

Air, Aux, VSD

90 / 100% V N
ACT 1, 4, 5 VSD

Z K R 0 / 0%
Required position

90 V N
NOxred. ACT 6

Z K R 0
Required position

7550f16e/0804

Program Light oil (LO) direct ignition (also refer to Fuel trains)

Direct start

PoP 3

55/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Heavy oil direct ignition

HO
Startup Operation Operation 1 (station.) Shutdown

tv
Standby (station.) SV = ON Release of startup AD => IGN - POS AD => HF - POS Lockout phase Safety phase PrP 2 (FGR)

TSA1

TSA2
AD => LF - POS

Operation 2 AD => LF - POS

AD => PoPPOS

Postburn time

Interval 1 ti1

Interval 2 ti2

IGN = OFF

Preignition IGN = ON

Home run

Fan = ON

SR = ON

V = ON

PoP 1

PrP 1

PoP 3

Phase number Timer - event-relation Timer 1 Timer 2 Timer 3 = Ph. max. time Fuel 1 (oil) Fuel 2 (gas) Fuel selection

00

01

10
AND t 10

12

20

21
AND t 21

22

24

30

32

34

36
AND

38
AND t 38

40

42

44

50

52

54

60

62
OR

70
AND t 70

72

74

76

5) 78

6) 79

t 22

t 30 tv

t 34

t 36

t 42 TSA1

t 44

t 52

t 62

t 74

t 78

tmx1

9)
t 01 tmx1 tmx1 tmx2 tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx3

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx2

Safety loop (SLT, water deficiency) TL internal Load controller ON (int. + ext.) Gas + Oil Flame Air pressure switch (APS) Fan contactor contact (FCC)

n) n) 5)

11) 20) 1) 13) 9)

INPUTS

(FGR - PS, alternative to FCC) (CPI ,alternative to PS-VP, LMV51) (CPI funktion to LMV52) PS min. Gas Start release gas (LMV52) Lockout (PS max.) PS - VP Lockout (PS min.) Oil Lockout (PS max.) Start release oil Heavy oil direct start Fan (G) Gas+Oil Ignition (ZT) Start signal / PS - valve Alarm Safety relay internal

3) 15) l) 3)12) l) h) 14) g) 3) 3) l) k) 10)

21)

2) 17) 18) 9) 8) 9) 4) 4)

OUTPUTS

Fuel valve SV Gas Fuel valve PV Fuel valve V1 Fuel valve V2 Fuel valve SV Fuel valve V1 Oil Fuel valve V2 Fuel valve V3 Oil pump / magnetic clutch

16) 90 V N Z K R 0

2)

ACT 2, 3

Fuel

Required position

ACTUATORS

Air, Aux, VSD

ACT 1, 4, 5 VSD

90 / 100% V N Z K R 0 / 0%
Required position

90 V N Z K R 0
Required position NOxred. ACT 6

7550f17e/0804

Program Heavy oil (HO) direct ignition (also refer to Fuel trains)
56/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Direct start

Light oil with gas pilot ignition

LOgp
Startup Operation Operation 1 (station.) Shutdown

tv
Standby (station.) SV = ON Release of startup AD => IGN - POS AD => HF - POS Lockout phase Safety phase PrP 2 (FGR)

TSA1
Interval 1 ti1

TSA2
AD => LF - POS

Operation 2 AD => LF - POS

Interval 2 ti2

AD => PoPPOS

Postburn time

IGN = OFF

PoP 1

PoP 3

5)
Phase number Timer - event-relation Timer 1 Timer 2 Timer 3 = Ph. max. time Fuel 1 (oil) Fuel 2 (gas) Fuel selection
t 01 tmx1 tmx1

00

01

10
AND t 10

12

20

21
AND t 21

22

24

30

32

34

36
AND

38
AND t 38

40

42

44

50

52

54

60

62
OR

70
AND t 70

72

74

76

78

t 22

t 30 tv

t 34

t 36

t 42 TSA1

t 44

t 52

t 62

t 74

t 78

tmx1

9)
tmx2 tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx3

tmx3

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx2

Safety loop (SLT, water deficiency) TL internal Gas + Oil Load controller ON (int. + ext.) Flame Air pressure switch (APS) Fan contactor contact (FCC)

n) n) b) 11) 20) 1) e) e) 13) e) 9) a) a) d) 5) b)

INPUTS

(FGR - PS, alternative to FCC) (CPI ,alternative to PS-VP, LMV51) (CPI funktion to LMV52) PS min. Gas Start release gas (LMV52) Lockout (PS max.) PS - VP Lockout (PS min.) Lockout (PS max.) Oil Start release oil Heavy oil direct start Fan (G) Gas+Oil Ignition (ZT) Start signal / PS - valve Alarm Safety relay internal

3)15) l) 3)12) l) 3) h) h) 3) g) 3) g) 3) l) k) 10) 14)

21)

17) 18)

9) 8)

9) 4)

4)

OUTPUTS

Fuel valve SV Gas Fuel valve PV Fuel valve V1 Fuel valve V2 Fuel valve SV Fuel valve V1 Oil Fuel valve V2 Fuel valve V3 Oil pump / magnetic clutch

19)

16) 90 V N

2)

ACT 2, 3

Z K R 0
Required position

Fuel

ACTUATORS

Air, Aux, VSD

ACT 1, 4, 5 VSD

90 / 100% V N Z K R 0 / 0%
Required position

90 V N Z K R 0
Required position NOxred. ACT 6

7550f18e/0704

Program Light oil with gas pilot ignition (LOgp) (also refer to Fuel trains)

57/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Direct start

Preignition IGN = ON

Home run

Fan = ON

SR = ON

V = ON

PrP 1

6) 79

Heavy oil with gas pilot ignition

HOgp
Startup Operation
Operation 1 (station.)

Shutdown

tv
SV = ON Release of startup AD => IGN - POS Standby (station.) AD => HF - POS Lockout phase Safety phase PrP 2 (FGR)

TSA1

TSA2
AD => LF - POS

Operation 2 AD => LF - POS

AD => PoPPOS

Postburn time

Interval 1 ti1

Interval 2 ti2

IGN = OFF

Preignition IGN = ON

Home run

Fan = ON

SR = ON

V = ON

PoP 1

PrP 1

PoP 3

Phase number Timer - event-relation Timer 1 Timer 2 Timer 3 = Ph. max. time Fuel 1 (oil) Fuel 2 (gas) Fuel selection

00

01

10
AND t 10

12

20

21
AND t 21

22

24

30

32

34

36
AND

38
AND t 38

40

42

44

50

52

54

60

62
OR

70
AND t 70

72

74

76

5) 78

t 22

t 30 tv

t 34

t 36

t 42 TSA1

t 44

t 52

t 62

t 74

t 78

tmx1

9)
t 01 tmx1 tmx1 tmx2 tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx3

tmx3

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx1

tmx2

Safety loop (SLT, water deficiency) TL internal

Gas + Oil

n) n) b) 11) 20) 1) e) e) 13) e) a) 9) a) d) 5) b)

Load controller ON (int. + ext.) Flame Air pressure switch (APS) Fan contactor contact (FCC)

INPUTS

(FGR - PS, alternative to FCC) (CPI ,alternative to PS-VP, LMV51) (CPI funktion to LMV52) PS min.
Gas

3) 1 5 ) l) 3)12) l) 3) h) h) 3) g) 3) g) 3) l) k) 10) 14)

21)

Start release gas (LMV52) Lockout (PS max.) PS - VP Lockout (PS min.) Lockout (PS max.)

Oil

Start release oil Heavy oil direct start Fan (G) Ignition (ZT)

Gas+Oil

Start signal / PS - valve Alarm Safety relay internal

17) 18)

9) 8)

9) 4)

4)

OUTPUTS

Fuel valve SV
Gas

Fuel valve PV Fuel valve V1 Fuel valve V2 Fuel valve SV Fuel valve V1

19)

Oil

Fuel valve V2 Fuel valve V3 Oil pump / magnetic clutch

16) 90 V N Z K R 0

2)

ACT 2, 3

Fuel

Required position

ACTUATORS

Air, Aux, VSD

90 / 100% V N
ACT 1, 4, 5 VSD

Z K R 0 / 0%
Required position

90 V N
NOxred. ACT 6

Z K R 0
Required position

7550f19e/0704

Program Heavy oil with gas pilot ignition (HOgp) (also refer to Fuel trains)

58/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Direct start

6) 79

Legend to the sequence diagrams

Depending on the parameter, VP takes place: between Ph62 and Ph70 or/and between Ph30 and Ph32 Signal ON Signal OFF Next phase 00, Rep = 0 01 12, Rep > 0 Parameter direct start Checking with controller on Deviation 10 No Rep. decrement 10 70 Without VP70 with VP80 62 Stop, up to Ph max. time 01 Stop, up to Ph max. time 10 00, Rep = 0 01 12, Rep > 0 00, Rep = 0 01 12, Rep > 0 00, Rep = 0 01 12, Rep > 0 79 Param. 10 Input: dont care Output: OFF Output: ON 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Parameter: Parameter: Assignment of times: t0 Postpurge lockout position t01 MaxT_SafetyPhase t10 MinTimeHomeRun t21 MinT_StartupRel t22 FanRunupTime t30 PrepurgePt1 t34 PrepurgePt3 t36 MinOnT_OilPump t38 PreignitionT_Gas / Oil t42 PreignitionT_Off t44 Interval1 Gas / Oil t52 Interval2 Gas / Oil t62 MaxTimeLowFire t70 AfterburnTime t74 PostpurgeT1 Gas / Oil (tn1) t78 PostpurgeT3 Gas / Oil (tn3) t80 VP_EvacTime t81 VP_TimeAtmPress t82 VP_FillTime t83 VP_TimeGasPress tmx1 MaxDampRunTime tmx2 MaxT_StartupRel tmx3 MaxT_CircHOil TSA1 SafetyTime1 TSA2 SafetyTime2 tv PrepurgeTime_Gas / Oil

03s 0 30 s 03s

6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13)

14) 15) 16)

17) 18) 19) 20) 21)

Permissible positioning range With / without PM In Standby: actuator can travel within the permissible poShort / long preignition time for oil only sitioning range, but is always driven to the home position. Short / long oil pump ON time Must be in the home position before changing the phase Delayed shutdown within TSA1 + TSA2 Parameter: Output as startup signal / PM relief valve Parameter: Normal / direct startup Normal startup sequential phase = 10 0 Position as supplied (0) Direct startup sequential phase = 79 90 Actuator fully open (90) (when R = ON) Sequential phase = 24 FGR Flue Gas Recirculation Only with valve proving during startup CPI Closed Position Indicator Parameter: With / without alarm on prevention of startup AD Air damper Parameter: With continuous purging PS-VP Pressure Switch-Valve Proving Fan controlled as before FCC Fan Contactor Contact Running time when LOCK OUT = T_FanLockout LF Low-fire position Parameter: With / without extraneous light test in STANDBY APS Air Pressure Switch With valve proving during startup Startup phase 10 PS Pressure Switch Parameter: Normal / continuous purging PoP Post-Purge position Normal purging: Checking for off in 10, stop to HP Home Position Ph-max time 01 SR Safety Relay Continuous purging: Checking for on in 10 and SLT Safety Limit Thermostat 12, Stop up to Ph-max time 01 TL Temperature Limiter Parameter: OilPressureMin, akt_from_ts no check IGN Ignition position before TSA1 (LO, HO) or TSA2 (LOgp, HOgp) Parameter: GasPressureMin, deakt_xOGP PSmin can Repetition counter: be deactivated for oil programs with gas pilot Parameter: OilPumpCoupling, direct_coupl SVoil has k) Heavy oil to be connected to output Oil pump / magnetic l) Restricted startup behavior clutch. Output is active when fan is on and for n) Restricted safety chain another 15 s after fan is switched off Parameter: Start / PSvalve, PS_Reli_Inv Output PS valve will be logically inverted Parameter: Alarm act / deact, deactivated The alarm output can temporarily be deactivated (for current error only) Parameter: Only with LMV52...: Continuous pilot gas / oil: Activated Pilot valve is also activated in operation Parameter: Only with LMV52...: Extraneous light, pilot phase, operating phase gas / oil Separate flame supervision possible Parameter: Only with LMV52...: DW-DK / CPI or StartReleaseGas Parameter-dependent ON / OFF test CPI Gas: OFF test for gas trains only CPI Oil: OFF test for oil trains only CPI Gas+Oil: OFF test for gas and oil trains

59/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 4 Burner control CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Fuel / air ratio control (FARC)

5.1 General
The electronic fuel / air ratio control system LMV51... can control up to 4 actuators, the LMV52... up to 6 actuators. The functions of the dampers are ready assigned to the addresses and are defined as follows:
LMV51... Air damper Fuel 1 (gas) Fuel 2 (oil) Auxiliary actuator 1 (mixing device) ) LMV52... Air damper ) Fuel 1 (gas) Fuel 2 (oil) Auxiliary actuator 1 (mixing device) ) Auxiliary actuator 2 ) Auxiliary actuator 3 (FGR) ) VSD )

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ) VSD (LMV51.2...) ) Actuators used in connection with air control (can be parameterized)

Actuators 1...6 are controlled with a resolution of 0.1. They can be adjusted between 0 and 90. The VSD is controlled with a resolution of 0.1 %. It can be adjusted between 0 % (off, prepurge / postpurge fan speed) or 10 % (ignition and operating speeds) and 100 %.

5.1.1 Program sequence

The program phases are controlled by the burner control. They advance in tune with the fuel / air ratio control system. Standby In standby, the actuators are driven to their home positions. A deviation from the required position does not lead to lockout, but only to start prevention. The home position is defined for all actuators and can be adjusted differently for oil and gas. Parameters: HomePosAir HomePosGas HomePosOil HomePosAux Aux2 Aux3 VSD Preventilation LMV51... x x x x LMV52... x x x x x x x

In Phase 24, the actuators used for the control of air (air actuator and auxiliary actuator) are driven to their postpurge positions. If the actuator does not reach the required position within the maximum time, safety shutdown will take place position check. The prepurge time starts only when the actuators have reached their prepurge positions. The prepurge position is only defined for the actuators used for the control of air and can be parameterized depending on the type of fuel. The fuel actuators maintain their home positions. Parameters: PrepurgePosAir PrepurgePosAux Aux2 Aux3 VSD LMV51... x x LMV52... x x x x x

60/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 5 Fuel / air ratio control (FARC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Ignition

In Phase 36, all actuators are driven to their ignition positions. For that purpose - like in prepurging - a maximum time is available within which the ignition position must be reached position check. Ignition takes place only when the required position is reached. The ignition position can be adjusted for all actuators, depending on the type of fuel. Parameters: IgnitionPosAir IgnitionPosGas IgnitionPosOil IgnitionPosAux Aux2 Aux3 VSD LMV51... x x x x LMV52... x x x x x x x

Traveling to the operating position

When ignition has taken place and the flame has stabilized, the actuators must be brought into line. For that purpose, the control unit drives the actuators to their basic part load position (low-fire) as defined by the curves. The actuators which, for ignition, have assumed a special position, travel at individually calculated speeds to ensure that all of them will reach the part load position at the same time.
90
Fuel

Position

7550d03E/0202

25 %
Low fire

50 %
Ignition positions

75 %

Ai

Aux

100 %

Load

Traveling to the low-fire position after ignition

Note: The system also permits ignition positions that lie outside the range defined by fuel / air ratio control, that is, not between high-fire and low-fire. Operation In the operating position, the dampers are adjusted according to demand. The ratio curves are defined for gas and oil. For modulating operation, the output can be adjusted in increments of 0.1. The actuators travel to the defined ratio curves. In multistage operation, 2 or 3 load points can be approached. For more detailed information, refer to section Operating position. After there is no more demand from the controller, the fuel / air ratio control system first changes to low-fire (Phase 62) before the fuel valve close. For that purpose, a maximum time is available which can be parameterized part load shutdown.

End of operating position

61/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 5 Fuel / air ratio control (FARC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Postpurging

When the burner is shut down, the actuators will be driven to their postpurge positions in Phase 72. For that purpose, a maximum time is available position check. The postpurge position is defined for all actuators and can be adjusted depending on the type of fuel. Parameters: PostpurgePosAir PostpurgePosGas PostpurgePosOil PostpurgePosAux Aux2 Aux3 VSD LMV51... x x x x LMV52... x x x x x x x

Actuator speed outside normal operation

The actuators speed when traveling to the home, prepurge, ignition and postpurge positions can be parameterized. Parameter: TmeNoFlame

Outside normal operation, all actuators travel at that speed. Note When parameterizing the operating ramp, the speed of the slowest actuator must be taken into consideration! Modulating operation is possible for both types of fuel, gas and oil. In the operating position, the dampers are driven to the defined fuel / air ratio curves in accordance with the required output. Up to 15 curvepoints can be defined. The spacing of the points (difference in output) can be freely selected. The positions of the curvepoints are calculated by making linear interpolations. To ensure correct fuel / air ratio control at any time, the actuators travel in steps of maximum 1.2 seconds. This traveling time corresponds to a positioning angle of 3.6 at an operating ramp of 30 seconds / 90 . For each of these steps, an individual speed is calculated for each actuator, so that all actuators reach the required positions at the same time. The position check is always made between the individual steps when the actuators do not move. The speed of the fastest actuator can be parameterized. If there is a curvepoint on the way to the next target on the curve, it will always be approached. Parameter: Note OperatRampMod

Operating position Modulating

When parameterizing the operating ramp, the speed of the slowest actuator must be taken into consideration!

62/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 5 Fuel / air ratio control (FARC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Multistage operation

Multistage operation is only possible when firing on oil. It is possible to parameterize if multistage or modulating operation is used. Electronic fuel / air ratio control can be configured for both 2-stage and 3-stage burners. In this operating mode, the oil actuator is not controlled. Parameter: Operation Mode (Two-stage / Three-stage / Modulating)

Multistage fuel / air ratio control is defined via different load points. These are the stationary operating points and separately adjustable switch-on / off points. Parameter: Parameter: Parameter: Parameter: Parameter: Parameter: Parameter:
Pos.

SetPointStage1 StartPointStage2 OffPointStage2 SetPointStage2 StartPointStage3 OffPointStage3 SetPointStage3

Air

7550d02E

S1

S2on

S2off

S2

Load

Multistage operation (here: 2-stage)

Between these points, the actuators are adjusted during their continuous travel. The speeds of the individual actuators will be calculated such that they reach their targets at the same time. The speed of the fastest actuator can be parameterized. Parameter: Note OperatRampStage

When parameterizing the multistage operating ramp, the speed of the slowest actuator must be taken into consideration! When changing from stage 1 to stage 2, first switch-on point S2 is approached, starting from operating point S1. Now, the second fuel valve is opened. Then, the system travels to operating point S2. If the output shall be cut back to stage 1, first switch-off point S2 will be approached. If switch-off point S2 has not yet been set, switch-on point S2 will be approached and the fuel valve closed. Then, the ratio position of operating point S1 will be approached again. The procedure is analogous when switching from stage 2 to stage 3 and back again.

63/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 5 Fuel / air ratio control (FARC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

5.1.2 Position check

Dynamic safety time ratio control Definition of Safety time ratio control: Safety time ratio control is the period of time during which deviations from the required position of one or several actuating devices are tolerated before the valves are shut down In contrast to the burner controls safety time, this safety time need not be fixed since the risk potential of a ratio control system increases in proportion to its deviation from the required state All safety-related supervision functions of the ratio control system, especially checking of the actuator positions with regard to the required positions, are based on this Safety time ratio control. The Safety time ratio control of 3 seconds considers the worst case. This describes the situation where the deviations from the actuators required positions are such that loss of flame does just not yet occur, that is, the combustion process is as poor as it can possibly be. In such a case, it is assumed that the amount of unburned or partly burnt gases produced within 3 seconds is not sufficient to cause deflagrations or explosions within the Safety time ratio control or just after that time (that is, after the valves are shut down). As mentioned above, it should also be considered that the smaller the deviation from the required state, the smaller the proportion of unburned gases. This means that the closer the required positions, the smaller the risk of dangerous conditions. For this reason and for reasons of availability, the LMV5... uses a Dynamic safety time ratio control. This safety time is accomplished as follows:
Pos. []
Actual position 2

0,3 Required position -0,3

-2

7550d16E/0502

<3s <8s

Successful change of position

In the case of a change of position, the current actuator position must have approached the required position to within 2 in no more than 3 seconds. Otherwise, safety shutdown occurs. Also, the neutral band must be reached within 8 seconds after starting the change in position.

64/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 5 Fuel / air ratio control (FARC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Monitored band

Neutral band

If, due to external effects, an actuator moves from its required position by more than 0.3 (neutral band) for more than 8 seconds, the supply of fuel will be shut down.
Pos. [] Pos. []

Alarm

0,3 Required position -0,3

0,3 Required position -0,3

-2

-2
7550d15E/0502

<5s

<5s

Successful correction < 2

Fault < 2 (Stall point at constant output)

The required position is considered to be reached when it is within 0.3. When reaching a new position within 0.3, the fuel / air ratio control system makes a fine adjustment on the actuators. Readjustments of the position are made only if the current position deviates from the required position by more than 0.3, followed by another fine adjustment. If, during the load change, an actuator is mechanically blocked, the supply of fuel will be shut down within 3 or 8 seconds.
Pos. []
0,3 Required position -0,3
Alarm

-2 Actual position

7550d18E/0502

<5s

Locking on change of load (approach < 2 > 0.3)

65/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 5 Fuel / air ratio control (FARC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Outside the operating position

In the phases where the actuators are driven to one of the special positions (home, prepurge, ignition or postpurge position), there is no continuous position check. To make possible the change to the next phase, the required position must be reached. To travel to the required position, the maximum time available is 35 seconds or 20 % longer than TmeNoFlame parameterized. If the required position is not reached within this maximum period of time, safety shutdown will be initiated actuator overload protection. In the phases where the damper does not move, the position is continuously checked. If there are deviations from the required position, adjustment attempts are made where the Dynamic safety time ratio control is used. The position checkback signal delivered by the actuators is evaluated only when the actuators do not travel, thus making possible precise position measurements. To ensure that the actuators are not out of control of the basic unit for longer periods of time, longer movements are subdivided into traveling steps of 1.2 seconds. After each step, the required position must be reached. The required position is considered to be reached when the actuator has traveled to a band width of 0.3. If the actual position does not agree with the required position, readjustments will be made, whereby the dynamic safety time of the fuel / air ratio control system will be applied. In multistage operation, the actuators are monitored at stationary points. The actuators must reach these points within the calculated period of time, whereby the dynamic safety time of the fuel / air ratio control system will be applied. Additional position checks are made during the actuators travel, in order to find out if the actuators do not move, or if they travel in the wrong direction.

Operating position modulating

Operating position multistage

5.1.3 Special features

Program stop To facilitate burner startup, startup and shutdown can be stopped in several phases. If a program stop is active, the special positions (prepurge, ignition and postpurge position) can be set in the respective phase. If a program stop has been activated, it remains active until manual deactivation takes place (even after power-OFF). Parameter: ProgramStop (deactivated / 24 PrePurgP / 32 PreP FGR / 36 IgnitPos / 44 Interv 1 / 52 Interv 2 / 72 PostPPos / 76 PostPFGR)

Direction of rotation of actuators

The actuators direction of rotation can be reversed, so that the direction of rotation can be matched to the mounting. method. The direction of rotation must be selected before defining the ignition position and the curvepoints. If that is not observed, these points must be deleted before the direction of rotation is reversed. For that purpose, a special function called Delete curves is offered on the menu for selecting the direction of rotation. Parameters: 1 AirActuator (standard / inverted) 2 GasActuator (oil) (standard / inverted) 3 OilActuator (standard / inverted) 4 AuxActuator (standard / inverted) 5 AuxActuator 2 6 AuxActuator 3 LMV51... x x x x LMV52... x x x x x x

66/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 5 Fuel / air ratio control (FARC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Limitation of the load range

The curves are defined by the 2 limits Low-fire (part load) and Nominal load (maximum load). In certain cases, it has proven practical to limit the burners output, either temporarily or permanently. This limitation of the burners working range can make sense in both directions. The burners working range then looks as follows:

Pos.

Ignition

AIR FUEL AUX

7550d06E

Low fire

Max. load

Min. load

Load

Limited working range

The usable output range always lies within the defined curves. This means that if the minimum load is smaller than the low-fire load, loads below the low-fire load will be disregarded. And if the maximum load is greater than the high-fire load, loads above the high-fire load will be disregarded. If the minimum load is greater than or equal to the low-fire load, the minimum load assumes the role of the low-fire load, that is, after ignition, the minimum load will be considered. The 2 parameters Minimum load and Maximum load can be set depending on the type of fuel burnt, whereby: Low-fire load minimum load maximum load nominal load Parameter: Parameter: Parameter: Parameter: MinLoadGas MaxLoadGas MinLoadOil MaxLoadOil

Nominal load

67/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 5 Fuel / air ratio control (FARC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Activation of actuators / VSD

Parameters: AuxActuator (deactivated / activated) VSDOperation AirActuator (deactivated / activated) (air influen) AuxActuator 1 (deactivated / activated) (air influen) AuxActuator 2 (deactivated / activated) (air influen) AuxActuator 3 (deactivated / activated) (air influen) VSD (deactivated / activated)(air influen)

LMV51... x LMV51.2...

LMV52... x x x x x x

LMV51...

If the auxiliary actuator is not required, it must be deactivated. This can be selected separately for both types of fuel. Here, with the LMV51.2..., the VSD will be activated. The required actuators must be activated. If O2 trim control is used, the actuators having an impact on the air volume must be parameterized to air influen. The standard LMV5... system uses 1 fuel actuator for gas and 1 fuel actuator for oil. But it is also possible to use one common actuator for the fuel damper and the oil pressure controller. However, it is still possible to parameterize independent curves for both types of fuel. Parameter: NumFuelActuators (1 / 2)

LMV52...

Number of fuel actuators

Note

If the above mentioned parameter was set to 1, the common fuel actuator must be addressed as a gas actuator. The traveling speed of the actuators can be adjusted for the different burner statuses. The time to be parameterized is the period of time the actuator requires to cover an angular rotation of 90. Traveling speed in the phases with no flame (e.g. traveling to prepurge): Parameter: TmeNoFlame

Traveling times

Traveling speed in the operating position in modulating operation: Parameter: OperatRampMod

Traveling speed in the operating position in multistage operation: Parameter: OperatRampStage

When parameterizing the speeds, the running times of the connected actuators must be taken into consideration. Shutdown behavior The positions the actuators assume in the event of lockout can be adjusted. To facilitate fault diagnostics, the actuators can be stopped at their last position or can be driven to their home or postpurge position. Parameter: Overload protection of actuators ShutdownBehav (Unchanged / PostpurgeP / HomePos)

If the actuators block, lockout will be enforced. However, if the actuators cannot reach the positions required by lockout, they would be damaged due to overtemperatures. To prevent this, the actuators will be deactivated after a maximum time of 35 seconds, or at 20 % above the value for TmeNoFlame parameterized. Refer to chapter Displays and settings / special function curve adjustment FARC.

Curve adjustment

68/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 5 Fuel / air ratio control (FARC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC)

6.1 General
The internal load controller is provided as an option to the LMV51... and is a standard component of the LMV52... This is a digital PID controller for the control of temperature or pressure, featuring selfsetting or manual setting of the control parameters. On fuel changeover, the control characteristics for modulating or multistage burners are automatically adapted if required. Note For operation and parameterization, refer to chapter AZL5

6.2 Connection diagram

LR - connections
Inputs 1 and 4 Output Input 3
Setpoint or output

Input 2
Actual value pressure or temp.

Actual temp. I1 = Pt 100 I4 = Pt / Ni 1000

OUTPUT
X63
1

SET POINT
X62
1

ACT. VALUE
X61
1

TEMP.
X60
1

Power: Sens.

4-20 mA

0-10 V

4-20 mA

4-20 mA

0-10 V

FE

FE

FE

FE

Pt100

Pt / Ni 1000

LMV51
7550a05E

6.3 Operating modes with the load controller

For the connection of a load controller, the LMV5... can be operated in different configurations. In that case, the internal load controller, different external load controllers, or a load controller via a BACS can be used.
To ensure all involved bus users (BU, LC, AZL5) are correctly configured, the global parameter LC_OptgMode will be defined. This parameter is set on the AZL5 when selecting the operating mode and is delivered to all bus users involved. Then, each bus user makes the configurations required for the relevant operating modes. Parameter: LC_OptgMode (ExtLC X5-03/Int LC/Int LC Bus/Int LC X62/Ext LC X62/Ext LC Bus)

69/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 6 Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Operating mode 1 (ExtLC X5-03)

External load controller. In this operating mode, an external load controller (e.g. RWF40...) is used. The internal control algorithm is not active. The internal temperature limiter function can be activated. The external load controller must have 3 contact outputs which - as shown below must be connected to the LMV5... basic unit.
External load controller ON / OFF or stage 1 Basic unit LMV51... Demand for heat BC (BU)

X5-03 Terminal

ON/OFF CLOSED or stage 3 Terminal 3 Evaluation contact checkback network

CLOSED or stage 3 FARC (BU)

OPEN or stage 2

Terminal 2
7550b07e/0704

OPEN or stage 2 FARC (BU)

Special case: BACS as control via a contact

External load controller ON / OFF or stage 1
BMS

X5-03 Terminal

Basic unit LMV51... Demand for heat BC (BU)

ON/OFF CLOSED or stage 3 Terminal 3 Evaluation contact checkback network

CLOSED or stage 3 FARC (BU)

OPEN or stage 2

Terminal OPEN or stage 2 FARC (BU) 2

7550b08e/0704

70/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 6 Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Operating mode 2 (intLC)

Internal load controller In this operating mode, the load controller inside the LMV5... is used (standard application). The manipulated variable and the demand for heat are internally generated and handled. Terminals X62.1 and X62.2 can be used to make an external changeover between the internal setpoints W1 and W2.
CAN bus

X62.1

Internal load controller

X62.2 = W1 = W2
Manipulated variable, demand for heat

AZL

CAN module (basic unit)

Manipulated variable, demand for heat

Manipulated variable 0...100 %

Demand for heat

FARC (BU)

BC (BU)

Operating mode 3 (int LC bus)

BACS as control via bus with the internal load controller. The internal load controller is connected via the AZL5 and an external bus interface (Modbus) with a BACS. The BACS transmits only predefined setpoints to the internal controller. This means that the actual control is provided by the internal load controller. Terminals X62.1 and X62.2 can be used for changeover from the external predefined setpoint to the internal setpoint W1 (e.g. in the event the BACS fails), triggered via a potential-free contact (LC software version V01.40 or higher).
CAN bus

X62.1

7550b02E/0302

Setpoint

Internal load controller

X62.2
Manipulated variable, demand for heat

Setpoint

BMS

Setpoint Modbus / e-bus

Jack X72

AZL5...

CAN module (basic unit)

Manipulated variable, demand for heat

Manipulated variable 0...100 %

Demand for heat

FARC (BU)

BC (BU)

7550b03e/0704

71/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 6 Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Operating mode 4 (int LC X62)

BACS as control via analog input with the internal load controller. In principle, identical to operating mode 3, except that the BACS delivers the predefined setpoint via analog input 3 (SET POINT INPUT). Terminals X62.1 and X62.2 can be used to make a changeover from externally (e.g. in the event the BACS fails) from the external predefined setpoints to the internal setpoint W1, using a potential-free contact (LC software version V01.40 or higher). With a predefined setpoint via DC 0...10 V signal, voltage in the case of changeover to the internal setpoint W1 - must be separated from input X62.2.
Input 3 (SET POINT INPUT) X62.1 Predefined setpoint 0...10 V or 4...20 mA X62.2 X62.3 X62.4

CAN bus

BMS

Internal load controller

Manipulated variable, demand for heat

AZL5...

CAN module (basic unit)

Manipulated variable, demand for heat

Manipulated variable 0...100 %

Demand for heat

FARC (BU)

BC (BU)

Operating mode 5 (Ext LC X62)

The internal load controller is used for translating the analog load signal to the CAN bus protocol. BACS as control (or external controller) with analog predefined manipulated variable (load signal) to the controller inside the LMV5... .
Input 3 (SET POINT INPUT) Predefined setpoint X62.2 2...10 V or X62.3 4...20 mA X62.4

CAN bus

BMS

Internal load controller

Manipulated variable, demand for heat

AZL5...

CAN module (basic unit)

Manipulated variable, demand for heat

Manipulated variable 0...100 %

Demand for heat

FARC (BU)

BC (BU)

72/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 6 Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

7550b05E/0202

7550b04e/0704

Operating mode 6 (Ext LC bus)

BACS as control with digital predefined load via bus. The LMV5... system is connected to a BACS via the AZL5 and an external bus interface (e.g. eBus or Modbus). The BACS contains the controller and transmits the load (manipulated variable) and the heat demand signal to the LMV5... system. In this operating mode, the load controller inside the LMV5... is not required.
CAN bus

Internal load controller

Jack X72

BMS

-Predefined output -Demand for heat Modbus / e-bus

AZL5...
Manipulated variable, demand for heat

CAN module (basic unit)

Manipulated variable, demand for heat

Manipulated variable 0...100 %

Demand for heat

FARC (BU)

BC (BU)

6.3.1 Operating mode changeover to internal load controller

To improve availability, a potential-free contact at inputs X62.1/ X62.2 can be used to switch from any of the other operating modes to the internal load controller. In that case, setpoint W1 applies. For the selected external operating mode, the switch connected to X62.1 / X62.2 is open. For switching over to the internal load controller, the switch will be closed. Note: When switching to operating mode 2 by means of an external contact, parameter LC_OptgMode set by the AZL5... will not be switched over. If one of the external operating modes was selected with the AZL5..., the internal LC parameter will no longer be offered for making settings. For this reason, to set the internal LC, parameter LC_OptgMode must first be set to IntLC. Then, the LC operating mode must be set to the desired external operating mode. To ensure that controller input X5-03 will not be valued when changing to operating mode 1 (ExtLC X5-03), the on / off controller input at (ExtLC X5-03 Pin 1) should be deactivated. In operating mode 1 (ExtLC X5-03), the input is nevertheless active. Then, when changing to the internal load controller, the on / off controller input is deactivated. Parameter: Input Controller (activated / deactivated)

7550b06e/0704

73/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 6 Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

6.4 Control (characteristics)

Operating mode The load controller can work in 2 different operating modes: Modulating, or Multistage With electronic fuel / air ratio control, modulating or multistage mode must be selected, depending on the type of burner. Parameter: Operation Mode (Two-stage / Three-stage / Modulating)

6.4.1 Integrated 2-position controller (C = ON / OFF)

General The integrated 2-position controller transmits to the burner control section the internal information Heat demand controller (C = ON / OFF). Modulating mode: C = ON when: Actual value (setpoint SD_ModOn) C = OFF when: Actual value > (setpoint + SD_ModOff) Multistage mode: C = ON when: Actual value (setpoint SD_Stage1On) C = OFF when: Actual value > (setpoint + SD_Stage1Off) or C = OFF when: Actual value > (setpoint + SD_Stage3Off) = low-fire; always applies if none of the 2 thresholds Q2 or Q3 has been exceeded Note: When SD_*_On is positive, the switching differential lies above the setpoint. WhenSD_*_On is negative, the switching differential lies below the setpoint (LC software version V01.40 or higher). Parameters: SD_ModOn SD_ModOff SD_Stage1On SD_Stage1Off SD_Stage2Off SD_Stage3Off

Switching differentials

74/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 6 Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

6.4.2 Modulating control

General When selecting Gas as a fuel, the LMV5... will automatically operate in modulating mode. For that reason, no parameterization is required when firing on gas. When selecting Oil as a fuel, the operating mode is to be set to Modulating - if required - using parameter Operation Mode of the electronic fuel / air ratio control system. In this operating mode, the LC calculates the manipulated variable by means of a PID algorithm, depending on the control differential. Example 1: The load is so small that the controller must switch to ON / OFF mode.
Setpoint SD_ModOff W SD_ModOn Actual value

Function diagrams

R=ON Y=OPEN Y=CLOSED

7550f07E/0502

Example 2: The load is greater than the amount of heat produced by the burner under part load conditions, thus enabling correct modulating operation.
Setpoint SD_ModOff W SD_ModOn Actual value

R=ON Y=OPEN Y=CLOSED

7550f08E/0502

Control parameters Manual setting of the control parameters

Parameters: Proportional band: P-Part (Xp) (2...500 %) of the parameterized measurement range Integral action time: I-Part (Tn) (0...2000 s) 0 = no I-part Derivative action time: D-Part (Tv) (0...1000 s) 0 = no D-part The PID parameters can be manually set to any value of the above setting ranges, or a triple value from the standard values described below can be activated (and further edited it required). Standard values: The controllers memory contains 5 standard parameter sets. If required, one of these 5 PID triple values can be copied to the storage locations for the actual values so that it becomes active. PID standard values for the following applications: Parameter: Standardparam (very fast / fast / normal / slow / very slow)

75/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 6 Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Self-setting of control parameters (adaption)

Parameter:

AdaptionLoad

The load controller integrated in the LMV5... is capable of identifying the controlled system, of calculating its PID parameters based on the acquired characteristic data and of resetting the parameters. In modulating mode, the adaption function is available for both temperature and pressure control. In multistage mode, the PID controller is active, so that no adaption can be made there. Adaption can be activated in a number of ways: 1. Adaption from manual operation a) Adaption from shutdown or standby Burner OFF b) Adaption from startup or operation Burner ON 2. Adaption from automatic operation a) Start of adaption from shutdown or standby b) Start of adaption from startup or operation During adaption of the LC, O2 trim control may not be active, since this can considerably distort the PID parameters ascertained! Adaption sequence
Manual operation, shutdown or standby Manual operation, startup or operation Automatic operation, shutdown or standby Automatic operation, startup or operation

Change to automatic operation

Burner OFF

Burner ON, low-fire

Burner OFF

Burner ON, low-fire

Waiting until actual value < setpoint minus 5 %

Setting phase of controlled system, fixed at 5 min

Evaluation of development of actual value. If actual value changes excessively, setting phase will be extended by another 5 min max

Startup

Startup

Saving the startup values and output of the parameterized adaption load

When the temperature or pressure increase changes to a straight line, the delay time Tu and the maximum increase of the controlled system is ascertained from the measured values and the start values. These values are then used to calculate the control parameters. If the adaption load is below 100 %, a correction factor will be used.

Adaption will be terminated or stopped: - before the setpoint is reached - in the case of unusual developments of the actual value (e.g. pure dead time member with extensive dead time)
7550f21E/0502

End of adaption is communicated to the AZL... . If adaption was correct, the control parameters will be saved in EEPROM. Otherwise, the former control parameters are reinstaled and the change to modulating control will take place.
Note: If adaption was successful, the former control parameters in EEPROM will be overwritten. The control then uses the new parameters without waiting for an extra confirmation by the user. The new control parameters appear on the AZL... and are valid from now on.

Note
76/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products

Refer to chapter Displays and settings / special function adaption LC

Basic Documentation LMV5... 6 Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC)

CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Checking the control parameters

Optimum adaption of the controllers to the controlled system can be checked by recording the actual value during startup while the controlled system is working. The diagrams below reveal incorrect settings and give hints on remedy. Here, the behavior of a controlled system of the 3rd order for a PID controller is shown. The procedure for setting the control parameters can also be applied to other types of controlled systems. Practical value for TN : TV = 4...6. XP too small XP too great

Example

7550d21/0501

7550d22/0501

Tn and Tv too small

Tn and Tv too great

7550d23/0501

7550d24/0501

Optimum setting

7550d25/0501

77/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 6 Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Settling of the manipulated variable

Settling of the manipulated variable is used in modulating mode to avoid unnecessary drive pulses, thus extending the life of the controlling elements. Settling of the manipulated variable is active across the entire working range so that a neutral zone is no longer required. For setting the settling of the manipulated variable, a parameter is used that can be set by the user, it is called Minimum possible step of the controlling element. Parameter: MinActuatorStep

Principle

Based on this value, the currently smallest step of the controlling element (ASmincur) is calculated, depending on the control differential. If the difference between the newly calculated manipulated variable and the manipulated variable delivered last is smaller than ASmincur, the last manipulated variable will be maintained and the newly calculated manipulated variable rejected. Calculation of the currently smallest possible step of the controlling element (ASmincur) is made differently for the 2 ranges: a) Value of control differential smaller than setpoint * MinActuatorStep b) Value of control differential greater than setpoint * MinActuatorStep
Currently smallest step of controlling element (ASmincur)

MinActuatorStep
7550d10E/0502

Setpoint MinActuatorStep

Control differential

Parameter: Description (graph)

MinActuatorStep: (0.5...10 %)

Settling of the manipulated variable is based on the following considerations: Sector 1 Actual value very close to the setpoint Range of a small number of large steps of the controlling element In this range, the setpoint can be maintained with a small number of steps of the controlling element. If required, large changes of the controlling element are possible - in contrast to the classical neutral band. Sector 2
Actual value near the setpoint Range of a large number of small steps of the controlling element

In this range, to ensure control, the smallest steps of the controlling element are possible. Sector 3
Actual value far away from the setpoint Range of a small number of large steps of the controlling element

In this range, small steps of the controlling element are suppressed since they would not yet have any major impact.

78/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 6 Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

6.4.3 Multistage control

General When selecting Oil as a fuel, the LMV5... must be set to 2-stage or 3-stage, depending on the type of burner used, using parameter Operation Mode (refer to section 5.4 Operating mode). In these 2 operating modes, the PID algorithm is not required and will not be calculated. The 2 or 3 fuel stages are activated and deactivated depending on the actual values, the parameterized switching differentials_Stage1...3 (refer to subsection 5. 4. 1) and the parameterized reaction thresholds Q2 and Q3.

Load-dependent activation This approach is used to reduce the switching frequency of the higher stages. of the higher burner stages The integral of the control deviation over time is generated Switching on of stage 2 will be locked until the temperature has dropped below the adjustable reaction threshold Q2 Switching on of stage 3 will be locked until the temperature has dropped below the adjustable reaction threshold Q3 Parameter: ThreshStage2On (Q2), ThreshStage3On (Q3) Reaction thresholds Q2 and Q3 (integral of control deviation (K) x time (s))

If the temperature often drops below the switching on thresholds, the integrals will be added up and the higher stage switched on when the associated Q-value is reached. If, before that, the setpoint is reached with the lower stage, the counter will be reset.

79/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 6 Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Function diagrams

Example 1: Reaction thresholds Q2 and Q3 for switching on stages 2 and 3 are not reached. In that case, stage 1 will already be switched off when threshold W+SD_Stage3Off is reached (low-fire operation).
Setpoint Actual value

SD_Stage1Off SD_Stage2Off SD_Stage3Off W SD_Stage1On

R=ON Stage1

Stage 2 Stage 3
7550f09E/0502

Example 2: Reaction thresholds Q2 and Q3 for switching on stages 2 and 3 are exceeded and the stages will be switched on. In that case, stage 1 will be switched off when threshold W+ SD_Stage1Off is reached.
Setpoint
SD_Stage1Off SD_Stage2Off SD_Stage3Off W SD_Stage1On
R=ON Stage 1
Stage 2 Stage 3
Q2 Q3

Actual value

7550f10E/0502

Q2 Q3

80/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 6 Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

6.5 Actual values (X)

Measuring accuracy: Min. 1 % of the measuring range (excluding the sensor error). Parameter: UnitTemperature (Display C / Display F)

Definition of sensors (incl. activation / deactivation of the TL function):

0 = input 1, Pt100, temperature (internal TL function = active) 1 = input 4, Pt1000, temperature, (internal TL function = active) 2 = input 4, LG-Ni 1000, temperature, (internal TL function = active) 3 = input 2, temperature, (internal TL function = not active) 4 = input 2, pressure, (internal TL function = not active) 5 = input 1 Pt100, for TC and TL function and input4, Pt1000, in addition for TL function 6 = input 1 Pt100, for TC and TL function and input4 LG-Ni 1000, in addition for TL function 7 = no sensor (e.g. in the case of external predefined loads and without internal TL function)

Parameter:

SensorSelection (Pt100 / Pt1000 / Ni1000 / TempSensor / PressureSensor / Pt100Pt1000 / Pt100Ni1000 / No Sensor)

Input 1, TEMP, Pt100 sensor (DIN) X60

3-wire circuit (copper wires), line balancing is not required when the resistances of the measuring leads are identical. The TL function is active. Start of measuring range: 0 C or 32 F End of measuring range: 150 C or 302 F or (can be parameterized) 400 C or 752 F Parameter: MeasureRange PtNi

Input 2: TEMP. / PRESS INPUT, DC 0...10 V / DC 2...10 V / 4...20 mA X61

This input can be parameterized as a pressure or temperature input. Parameter: Ext Inp X61 U/I:(4...20 mA/2...10 V/0...10 V)

The TL function is not active. Active power supply by the LMV5...; typically, a pressure or temperature sensor / transmitter is connected here (e.g. QBE620-P or QBE2000-P). Power supply to the pressure sensor: DC 20 V / 25 mA (nominal rating). Measuring range temperature (can be parameterized) Start of measuring range: Parameter: 0 C or 32 F

MeasureRange TempSensor Continuously up to 2,000 C or 3,632 F 0 bar or 0 psi

End of measuring range: Measuring range pressure (can be parameterized) Start of measuring range: Parameter:

MeasureRange PressSensor Continuously up to 100 bar or 1,450 psi

End of measuring range:

Detection of sensor short-circuit and open-circuit is provided (distance from ends of the measuring range about 10 % of the measuring range). In the case of DC 0...10 V signals, detection of short-circuits and open-circuits is not possible. If a fault is detected, the burner will be shut down (changing to the safety phase). If the short-circuit or open-circuit disappears within the safety phase, a change to standby will take place. Otherwise, lockout will be triggered.

81/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 6 Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Input 4: TEMP, Pt1000 / LG-Ni 1000 X60

2-wire circuit. Line balancing is not required if the resistances of the measuring leads are small compared to the sensor's resistance. The TL function is active. The sensors to be used are QAE22.5A and QAE21.1. Start of measuring range: End of measuring range: 0 C or 32 F 150 C or 302 F or (can be parameterized) 400 C or 752 F

Parameter:

MeasureRange PtNi

82/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 6 Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

6.6 Setpoints (W)

Internal setpoint Using the AZL5, 2 setpoints (W1 and W2) can be adjusted. It is not possible to adjust a temperature controller setpoint higher than the actual limit value of the integrated TL function. The setting range automatically corresponds to the parameterized measuring range of the actual value. Changeover between W1 and W2 can be accomplished by means of an external (potentialfree) contact connected to input 3 (X62), External predefinition of setpoint / load. W1 is active as standard (contact open). Parameters: SetpointW1 SetpointW2

Input 3: SET POINT INPUT X62

Input for an external predefined setpoint, suited for a predefined load or setpoint changeover. The input is passive (not powered by the LMV5...). Typically, an active PC output is connected here (PC output requires galvanic separation for PELV). Parameter: Ext Inp X62 U/I: (4...20 mA / 0/2...10V) When setting is (0/2...10 V), the setting ranges are as follows DC 2...10 V with external predefined load DC 0...10 V with external predefined setpoint

External predefined setpoint

If parameterized for Int LC X62, the input signal is converted to pressure or temperature according to the parameterization of the measuring range and interpreted as the boilers setpoint. The setting range automatically corresponds to the parameterized measuring range of the actual value and can also be limited. Parameters: Ext Setpoint min Ext Setpoint max Setpoint min. measuring range 4 0 Setpoint max. measuring range 20 10

I (mA) U (V)

Detection of short-circuits and open-circuits of lines is ensured - similar to the sensor inputs (but not when configured for DC 0...10 V). The demand for heat results from the difference between actual value and setpoint. External predefined load If parameterized for Ext LC X62, the input signal is interpreted as the predefined load. This will internally be transmitted to FARC where it is translated into the respective actuator driving signals. Since the internal controller is inactive in this operating mode, control must be performed externally. If, in addition, a temperature sensor Pt100 (and / or Pt1000, LG-Ni 1000 sensor) is connected, it is also possible to use the internal temperature limiter function with the external predefined load. Part load 4 2 Full load 20 10

External predefined load, modulating

I (mA) U (V)

83/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 6 Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

External predefined load, multistage

I (mA) U (V)

Stage 1 5 2.5

Stage 2 10 5

Stage 3 15 7.5

Detection of short-circuits and open-circuits of lines is ensured - similar to the sensor inputs. External setpoint changeover External setpoints or predefined load via digital modbus / e-bus interface In operating mode 2 (intLC), changeover between the 2 internally defined setpoints W1 and W2 can be accomplished by means of an external (potentialfree) contact. The settings described under Input 3 can also be made from a BACS connected to the AZL5 via RS-232 and bus interface. Parameter: LC_OptgMode (intLC o.DDC / extLC o.DDC)

An external predefined setpoint via modbus / e-bus exists with Int LC bus. An external predefined load via modbus / e-bus exists with Ext LC bus.

84/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 6 Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

6.7 Integrated temperature limiter function

The temperature limiter function is implemented as a safety-related function conforming to DIN 3440. This means that the function is single-error-proof. In other words, a single error cannot negate the protective function of the controller and temperature limiter. The temperature limiter works similar to the 2-position controller but with a separate limit value that can only be changed after entry of a password. Parameters: TL_ThreshOff TL_SD_On

The TL function also ensures that controller setpoints > TL_Threshold_Off cannot become active. The TL function is only active in connection with the Pt100, Pt1000 and LG-Ni 1000 sensors. These sensors are monitored for short-circuits and open-circuits. Activation / deactivation of the TL function depends on the parameterization of the actual value input (parameter SensorSelection) (refer to section 5.5). Short-circuits or open-circuits of the TL sensors lead to C = OFF, TL = OFF and to the relevant error message. TL within the scope of TRD Within the scope of TRD (Technical Directives for Steam), 2 temperature sensors are required to ensure the internal TL function. Parameter: Inp1/2/4Sel (Pt100Pt1000) or Inp1/2/4Sel (Pt100Ni1000)

The Pt100 input is always assigned to the TC function. For the TL function, the Pt1000 or LG-Ni 1000 input is used for the second sensor. TL with external predefined load The internal TL function can be used in all operating modes, provided the appropriate actual value input parameterization is made and the associated temperature sensor is connected. If the internal TL function is used, the time constant T of the temperature sensor with protection pocket may not exceed 45 seconds.

Requirements placed on sensor and protection pocket

1 Temperature

Xa 0.63

7550d19E/0502

Time t

Instant temperature change of test medium to determine the time constant

M Xa T

Temperature of test medium Output signal of temperature sensor Time constant

85/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 6 Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

6.8 Cold start thermal shock protection (CSTP)

Thermal shock protection can be activated and deactivated. A differentiation is made between modulating and multistage control. The cold start sequence is activated when, on startup, the actual value lies below the ON threshold). If thermal shock protection is activated, the manipulated variable on cold start will be increased in a stepwise fashion using the set load step (or the next stage will be activated). The output will be increased as soon as the actual value has exceeded the start value of the load stage by the setpoint step. If this switching threshold is not reached within the adjustable maximum time, heating will automatically be ensured by the next output stage. When the OFF threshold is reached, the cold start sequence will be terminated in order to switch to normal control operation. Parameters: Thermal shock protection on / off Activation value for thermal shock protection Deactivation value for thermal shock protection Load step (only for modulating mode) Setpoint step, modulating Setpoint step, multistage Max. time, modulating per step Max. time, multistage per step ColdStartOn ThresholdOn ThresholdOff StageLoad StageStep_Mod StageStep_Stage MaxTmeMod MaxTmeStage

6.8.1 CSTP modulating operation

For the output step, any output value in % can be predefined. 100 % divided by the output step gives the number of possible stages.
Threshold OFF Setpoint Actual value

Spacing of temperature lines corresponds to the setpoint steps

Output steps Manipulated variable Threshold ON

Burner off, actual value below threshold ON. Burner will be switched on Setpoint step not reached, but max. time exceeded. Therefore, manipulated variable increased by output step Setpoint step is reached before max. time has elapsed. Manipulated variable increased by output step Actual value reached. Threshold OFF Change to control
7550d04E/0202

86/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 6 Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

6.8.2 CSTP multistage operation

The difference between multistage and modulating control is that with multistage control the output steps are defined by the number of burner stages. With modulating control, any output value in % can be entered. With multistage control, a maximum of 3 output stages are available: 1. Stage 1 2. Stage 1 and stage 2 3. Stage 1, stage 2 and stage 3 Use of the output stages 2 and 3 can be locked. In that case, the boiler is heated with stage 1 only. Parameter: Release Stages (release / no release)

When stages 2 and 3 are locked, the system may stay in low-fire mode until the cold start function is terminated, if the output delivered by stage 1 is not sufficient to reach the switch-off threshold for thermal shock protection.
Setpoint Threshold OFF Actual value

Spacing of temperature lines corresponds to the setpoint steps Stages 1, 2 und 3

Stages 1 und 2 Stage 1

Manipulated variable Threshold ON

Burner off, actual value below threshold ON. Burner will be switched on with stage 1

Setpoint step not reached, but max. time exceeded. Therefore, start of 2nd stage

Setpoint step is reached before max. time has elapsed. Start of 3rd stage. Max. output will be delivered.

Actual value reached. Threshold OFF Change to multistage control

7550d05e/0704

6.8.3 CSTP with temperature sensor in pressure plants

In pressure plants, thermal shock protection can also be accomplished with a temperature sensor (additional sensor), as an alternative to the pressure sensor. Parameter: Additional Sensor (deactivated / PT100 / PT1000 / NI1000)

If an additional sensor is selected, the temperature setpoint for the additional sensor applies. Threshold_Off refers to that value. Parameter: Parameter: Setpoint AddSens Threshold_Off

Note: When using the pressure sensor, the temperature limiter is not active. This function may only be used in combination with temperature or pressure sensors. Parameter: SensorSelection (Temp Sensor, Press Sensor)

87/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 6 Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

6.9 Output
6.9.1 Output 4...20 mA
This active output serves primarily for covering the current load, e.g. for boiler sequence control and for display by the BACS (if no bus interface is used). If a voltage signal is required, it can be delivered by connecting a resistor (maximum 500 Ohm). Output, modulating I (mA) Output, multistage I (mA) Burner OFF 4 Burner OFF 4 0% 4 Stage 1 5 Stage 2 10 100 % 20 Stage 3 15

Tolerance 5 %

6.10 Multiboiler plants

Boiler sequence control is accomplished with the help of external devices or control systems (e.g. BACS or PCs). In principle, there are 2 choices available:

6.10.1 Multiboiler plants by means of an analog input

For that purpose, the LC of the LMV5 has an analog input (X62). This means that the individual boilers can be a) released / locked, and b) operated at the required output (or set to the required setpoint)

6.10.2 Multiboiler plants by means of a digital interface

For that purpose, BACS terminal X72 on the AZL5 can be used with the help of the bus interface. Inputs: Controller release / lock Predefined setpoint or predefined load Outputs:
Actual value Controller ON / OFF Manipulated variable multistage / modulating Error messages

For more detailed information, refer to section 7.2.2 Connection to superposed systems.

88/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 6 Temperature or pressure controller (internal load controller LC) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Display and operating unit AZL5...

Display and operating unit AZL5...

89/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

7.1 Assignment of AZL5 terminals

CAN X70 PIN 2 CAN L 3 GND 4 VAC 2 7 CAN H 8 VAC 1 Pin

COM2 X72 PIN 1 3 4, 6 5 7 TXD RXD GND U1 U2

CAN
9
5
4

COM 2
6
1

X70

X72

Socket

LCD

Operating field

COM1 X71 PIN 2 RXD 3 TXD 5 GND Socket

COM 1
6 1
7 8

9
4

X71
7550a08E/0502

Unknown pins = not connected

COM1

Port for PC (RS-232); for parameterization and visualization with the help of the PC tool software COM2 Port for BACS via external bus interface CAN bus Port for the LMV5 basic unit

Note

COM1 and COM2 cannot be active at the same time!

90/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Connecting cable to the e-bus adapter

AZL COM2 8-pin RI 45

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TxD __ RxD GND U1 GND U2 __

Cable

e-bus PC adapter 25-pin SUB-D connector

2 __ 3 7 20 __ 4 __
7550t02e/0704

When making and fitting a connecting cable between the AZL5.. and a converter, it is to be noted that Pin 5 and Pin 7 can deliver a current of maximum 5 mA each. Adequate insulation against other potentials must be ensured.

Connecting cable to the PC

AZL COM1
9-pin connector 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 GND RxD TxD

Cable

PC COM 9-pin socket

1 RxD TxD 2 3 4 GND 5 6 7 8 9
7550t01E/0502

91/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

7.2 Ports of the AZL5

The AZL5 has 3 ports: Port for the basic unit: CAN bus including power supply for the AZL5 (Sub-D connector on the underside of the AZL5) Port for the PC / laptop: RS-232 (Sub-D jack under the cover of the AZL5 front) Port for BACS including power supply for the external e-bus interface (RJ45 jack on the underside of the AZL5)

AZL
C

Changeover via AZL menu

COM2

COM1

7550b09e/0804

PC
External interface (incl. galvanic separation)
Max. 3 m

Modbus / eBus

eBus: Max. 100 m Modbus: Depending on transmission path (interface line and environmental conditions)

BACS

The AZL5 menu (Operation Select operating mode) offers the following choices:
Interface PC Gateway BACS on Gateway BACS off

Note

The CAN bus connection to the basic unit can simultaneously be combined with only one of the 2 ports, either Interface PC or Gateway BACS.

92/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

7.2.1 Port for the PC

Communication with the PC takes place via the COM1 port of the AZL5 . The PC software ACS450 offers the following operating functions: Readout of settings, operating states, types of error, and points in time the errors occur (LMV5...) Graphic support for setting FARC Parameterization of the LMV5... Trend recording (write function) Printout functions for documenting the plant settings Program update of the AZL5 For the standard operating functions, the following transmission parameters have been set: 19,200 bit / s 8 data bits No parity 1 stop bit During the program update of the AZL5, the transmission rate between PC tool and AZL5 is automatically increased to 38,400 bit / s.

93/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

7.2.2 Connection to superposed systems

(Refer to Port for BACS)

General information and BACS functions

Communication with a BACS is accomplished via a data link and an external bus interface with galvanic separation. That interface is to be connected to the COM2 port of the AZL5 . The interface can be used for eBus or Modbus, depending on the configuration of the AZL5...

Modbus With this bus protocol, the AZL5... operates as a slave. The transmission mode used is RTU (Remote Terminal Unit). For detailed information, refer to the document Modbus AZL5.... Standardized interfacing software is available on request.
Example: Interconnection of Siemens Simatic S7 and LMV5... system
Use in industrial applications
Management level

Automation level

Sub station Process control

Field level

DP/MODBus converter

CAN bus Burner management system Burner control, boiler control

LMV5... system

7550p20e/1003

eBus The following functions can be provided: Reading parameters and operating states Hours run Reading of start counter Fuel consumption (LMV51.2..., LMV52...) Operating display Current type of fuel Phase number Input states (if available) Output states including alarms (if available) Actual value of temperature or pressure Temperature or pressure setpoint Current output Final temperature or pressure setpoint Contents of lockout and error storages
Reading eBus-specific data Identification (device identification, eBus software version) Existence inquiry Querying supported commands Fault status message

94/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Writing parameters

Boiler sequence control (maximum 8 boilers) Boiler sequence control with predefined setpoints: On the AZL5 menu Params & Display SystemConfig, set the LC_OptgMode parameter to Int LC bus, or boiler sequence control with predefined load: In this case, set the parameter to Ext LC bus. Select the type of fuel Set the date and the time of day Only non-safety-related data may be changed via BACS. A reset via BACS is not possible.

List of supported eBus commands

Primary command
03h 05h

Secondary command
10h 07h 08h 09h

Name
Meter readings Operating data of the controller to the BC Operating data request of the controller to the BC Operating data of the BC to controller block 1+2 plus block 3 with the LMV52... Set date / time of day Identification Query of the supported commands Existence inquiry Sign of life Readout of LMV5... error storage (Siemens BTspecific) Readout of LMV5... lockout storage (Siemens BTspecific) Error message

07h

15h 15h FEh

01h 04h 05h FEh FFh 10h 11h 01h

For details, refer to bus specification, Application Layer OSI7 of User Club eBUS e. V. www.eBUS.de

95/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

7.3 Display and settings

7.3.1 Menu structure
Main menu level
Display of operation
Normal operation Presetting without pressing the buttons Resetting
+

Fault history Lockout history

Operation

Boiler setpoint Type of fuel Date, time of day Hours run

+

Start counter Number of lockouts Burner ID Selection of operating mode

Manual operation
Set load Autom / Manual / Off
+

Parameterization & display

Burner control
Times

Ratio control
Gas settings Oil settings Autom/Manual/Off
+ -

Load controller
Controller parameters Temperature limiter
+

Password-protected range

Configuration Valve proving

+

Cold start Configuration Adaptation (PID part) SW version

Flame detector test System ID BC SW version

Times Number of fuel actuators Shutdown behaviour Program stop

AZL
Times Language
-

Actuators
Addressing Direction of rotation
+ -

System configuration
LC operating mode Inp3Config_C/V
+

Date format Physical units

+

System ID ACT SW version

Temperature limiter

e-bus Address e-bus Sendcycle BU Display Contrast System ID AZL SW version

Hours run

Start counter

Updating
+

Passwords Burner ID Parameter backup Load SW from PC

PW Login
AZL operation Esc + Enter < Select >

+
7550d01E/0402

PW Logout

Submenu selection

SafetyCheckFunct

LossFlameTest STL test

96/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Displays

Below, the most important displays of Normal operation and examples of Lockout and start prevention messages and Parameter settings are defined. In Normal operation, the display shown is the default display which automatically appears and which is maintained as long as no settings are made and no unusual events like faults or start preventions occur. The change from other displays to the normal display can be made by pressing the Info button. If the startup procedure shall be watched, the display can be switched to Normal operation by simultaneously pressing the Select buttons < and > or the Info button.

Normal operation (undisturbed, no manual entries) HOME RUN L H S F M o t 0 V m a 5 5 e r . t 1 x N A o 0 1 4 2

(Phase 10)

3 0

4 4

1 5 .

0 6 3

STANDBY S A F S e c u t t t e a p l n o V d i a b n l y t u e 1 1 2 2

(Phase 12)

5 4 O

C C l 1

STARTUP I W S F a t 0 i a 5 t r . i t 1 n g R A e 0 f a 2 o l .

(Phases 20,21)

r a 4

e 0 4

2 .

1 3

STARTUP II S F F t a 0 a n 5 r t o 1 n A 0 2 . 4

(Phase 22)

2 0 4 .

2 3

STARTUP III D P F r r 0 i e 5 v . i p 1 n u g r L g 4 t i 4 o n . g 6

(Phase 24)

2 3 0 .

4 3

STARTUP IV P F r 0 e 5 . p 1 u r L g 9 i 4 n .

(Phases 30...34)

g 6 9 8

3 .

2 3

STARTUP V D I F r g 6 i n 5 v i . i t 1 n i g o L t n 4 4 o P . o 6 s

(Phase 36)

3 1 0 .

6 3

97/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Display (contd)

STARTUP VI I F g 3 n 2 i . t 1 i o L n 4 2 P . o 3 s

(Phase 38)

3 2 2 .

8 3

STARTUP VII F R F F u e l 3 e l a 2 l e m . a e 1 s e L 4 1 2

(Phases 40,42,44)

8 2

4 0 .

0 % 3

STARTUP VIII F R F F u e l 3 e l a 2 l e m . a e 1 s e L 4 2 2 .

(Phases 50,52)

8 2

5 0 .

0 % 3

STARTUP IX D L F r o 2 i w 8 v . i f 5 n i g r L t e 3 8 . 3 o

(Phase 54)

5 1 8 .

4 5

OPERATION I S A S F e c e l t t t a p o V L e i a o n l a t u d e 5 1 1 7 1 2 2 . 0

(Phase 60)

5 4 5 0

% %

C C

OPERATION II S L F h o 2 u w 8 t . f 5 d i o r L w e 1 n

(Phase 62)

6 7 . 6 1 2 .

2 5

SHUTDOWN S h u t d o w n

(Phase 70)

7 F 2 8 . 5 L 1 7 . 6 1 2 .

0 5

SHUTDOWN D P F r o 0 i s 5 v t . i p 1 n u g r L g 4 t e 4 o

(Phase 72)

7 . 6 3 0 .

2 3

SHUTDOWN P F o 2 s 8 t . p 5 u r L g 1 i 7 n .

(Phases 74...78)

g 6 1 2

7 .

4 5

98/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Displays (contd)

SHUTDOWN T S F e w 2 s i 8 t t . c 5 A h i r P r e

(Phase 79)

s 7 9 5

VALVE PROVING V E a v l a v c e u a P t r i o n v g

(Phases 80...83)

g 8 0

V T

a e

l s

v t

e a

P t

r m

o o

v s

n P

g r e 8 s 1 s

V F

a i

l l

v l

e i n

P g

g 8 2

V T

a e

l s

v t

e G

P a

r s

v P

i r

n e

g 8 s s 3

99/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Lockout and error messages

SAFETY PHASE S a f e t y P h a s e

(Phase 01)

LOCKOUT L R O o e p S c s e t k e r a o t a t u t u t v i s i o / a n U

(Phase 00)

a n

l l

S o

t c

a k

Example: Display of lockouts in the lockout history

In the event lockout occurs, the display alternates at 5-second intervals. Press Enter to choose 1 of the 2 display texts. In that case, the alternating cycle will be interrupted. Example: Lockout due to a gas pressure signal in connection with gas valve proving.

1 C S L G V V S

: t o a a a i

1 3 a a s l l d

8 1 r d

. t : P e e

0 D

6 : N

. 0 o 2 s r n a

9 0 5 s o k

9 : . u v G i P 1 0 r i a n

1 : 2

0 8 3

: 1 4 G w

3 5 a

5 6 s

v v e

e P o e

e n s g

C = error code P = phase

D = diagnosis VP = gas valve proving

Example: Display of errors in the error history In contrast to the lockout history, the error history contains the errors of all error classes and not only the lockouts. If an error occurs, the display alternates at 5-second intervals. 1 C D S 2 o i t C e g r l : : t a 2 0 s 1 0 N s : P L : 0 a d 1 3 s : 2 G : 0 4 A 2 . 5 S 4 0 6

d a a

h o

e 3

Example: Safety loop open

S o

a p

f e

e n

t !

100/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Lockout and error messages Example: Immediate display of lockouts (contd) In the event lockout occurs, the display alternates at 5-second intervals.

G V V S

a a a i

s l l d

v v e

P e e

e P o e

s r n a

s o k

u v G i

r i a n

e n s g

w g

Example: Immediate display of safety shutdowns In the event of safety shutdown, the display alternates at 5-second intervals.

G d m

a r i

s o n

p i

P p m

r e u

e d m

s b L

u e i

r l m

e o i

h w t

Example: Immediate display of warnings In the event of warnings, the display alternates at 5-second intervals.

C t

u o

r o

e h

G g

r h

Example: Immediate display of start preventions In the event of start preventions, the display alternates at 5-second intervals.

A o

i n

101/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Standard parameterizations (incl. entry of password)

F o r t h e c o m p l e t e p a ra m e t e r l i s t , r e f e r t o s e c t i o n 6 . 5 M e n u a n d p a rameter lists. Menu selection A main menu item is selected as follows: O O M P p p a a e e n r r r u a a a a m t t l s i i o o O & n n p a e D l r i S a s t t p a i l t o a n y

Calling up and selection To indicate a selection, the first letter of the menu item is shown with a flashing pointer. As long as the selection is made by pressing the SELECT buttons within the 4 menu items shown on the display, the selection scrolls. If some other (presently not shown) menu item shall be selected, the menu display scrolls. Press Enter to make the final selection. This calling up and selection procedure is similar on all other menu levels.
Example:

O M P U

p a a p

e n r d

r u a a

a a m t

t l s i

o O & g

n p

e D

r i

a s

t p

i l

o a

n y

Changing the standard parameters This action is shown using the example of setting the prepurge time of the burner control section.
Selection of the associated main menu item: The main menu item Parameterization & Display is called up and selected as described above:

O O M P P

p p a a

e e n r

r r u a

a a a m

t t l s

i i

o o O &

n n p

a e D

l r i

S a s

t t p

a i l

t o a n y

= flashing cursor

102/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Entry of password (PW)

It is very important to study chapter Safety notes on settings and parameterization! Before changing to the parameter settings range, a password must be entered. For that purpose, the display shown below appears.
First, the pointer points to the first character of the line Access without PW. Access without PW is always available for access level Enduser. If a valid password has been entered, there will be no more password prompt when accessing this parameter setting level until the end of the legitimation period is reached, or until legitimation is manually deactivated If required, access to the parameters can be deactivated on the bottom line of the main menu before the legitimation period expires If a password shall be entered, line Enter password is selected by means of decrementing (pointer points to the first character of that line) and selected by pressing Enter. Then, the pointer jumps to the first position of the password entry line. Now, through incrementing or decrementing, a character (digit or letter) can be selected. A character is confirmed by pressing Enter. If a wrong entry has been made, the last character can be edited again by pressing Esc. The other password positions can be selected, edited and entered in a similar way. Hence, when making an entry, there is always only one character visible. When the last character of the password is reached, the entry is to be confirmed by pressing Enter.

Service OEM = burner manufacturer LS = Siemens (formerly Landis & Staefa)

The passwords are linked to the access levels (Service, OEM, Siemens BT). This means that the parameters available for editing are only those associated with the access level When leaving the parameter setting level, a backup is offered

Start display

A A A A

c c c c

c c c c

e e e e

s s s s

s s s s

w S O L

e E S

o r M

u v

Display before the first password character is entered:

E :

Display when entering the third password character:

E :

If the check of the password entered is positive, the change to the next menu level will take place. Otherwise, the display will return to the main menu level.

103/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

First submenu level

Example: Calling up and selecting submenu Burner control

B R L A
Second submenu level

u a o Z

r t a L

n i d

e o

r C C

C o o

o n n

n t t

t r r

r o o

o l l

l l e r

Example: Calling up and selecting submenu Times

T C V F
Third submenu level

i o a l

m n l a

e f v m

s i e e

g F

u P a

r r i

a o l

t v T

i i e

o n s

n g t

Example: Calling up and selecting submenu Times Startup

T T T T
Fourth submenu level

i i i i

m m m m

e e e e

S S S G

t t h e

a a u n

r r t e

t t d r

u u o a

p p w l

1 2 n

Example: Calling up and selecting parameter Prepurge Time Gas

M F P P

i a r r

n n e e

T R -

i u p p

m n u u

e u r r

S p g g

t T e e

a i T T

r m i i

t e m m

R e e

e G O

l a i s l

Setting the parameter: a) After the required parameter has been called up and selected, the display shown below will appear. Lines Curr and New show identical values at first, namely the actual parameter value. The pointer automatically points to the colon on line New. Here, the required new value can be entered,
whereby the AZL5 automatically displays the 4 possible line setting ranges with the associated resolutions: - 0...12.6 s resolution 0.2 s - 13...63 s resolution 1 s - 70...630 s resolution 10 s - 11...63 min resolution 1 min

P C N

r u e

e r w

p : :

u 1 1

r 2 2

g . .

e 6 6

T s s

104/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Setting the new value

P C N

r u e

e r w

p : :

u 1

r 2

g . 3

e 6 0

T s s

b) As soon as the basic unit has handled the parameter settings, the new value appears on line Curr. The user has to make certain that the 2 values are identical (safety test of display).

P C N

r u e

e r w

p : :

g 3 3

e 0 0

T s s

The user can return to the next higher menu level by pressing ESC.

Addressing the actuators (function assignment)

To make the addressing, the actuator must be opened. A button and an LED are located behind the actuators removable plastic cover. In connection with addressing with the help of the AZL5, the button is used to define the address of an actuator. When commissioning the plant, the actuators are in their addressing mode. To indicate this, the LED is steady on. If the LED is not steady on, refer to Reset below. To make the addressing, the following menu is required on the AZL5: Params & Display Actuators Addressing This menu contains the choice of actuators to be addressed (e.g. the air actuator). By appropriately positioning the pointer and then pressing Enter, the user can select the required actuator function. Address assignment is started by pressing Enter. After a short period of time, the user will be prompted to press the button on the actuator to be addressed. The AZL5 confirms the successful address assignment. To be sure, the address of the actuator can be checked against the blink code which now appears. This procedure can be repeated for other actuators used by the system, but the AZL5 does not allow double assignments. In that case, a display tells the user that an appropriate actuator is already used by the system.

105/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Direction of rotation

To select the direction of rotation, choose the following menu on the AZL5: Params & Display Actuators DirectionRot You are given the choice of Standard and Reversed:

Standard (counterclockwise)
0

Reversed (clockwise)
90

90

7550d29/0903

Facing the end of the drive shaft (not mounted) To check the direction of rotation, every actuator can be moved in the home position in fault-free standby mode. The parameter is filed in the basic unit so that the direction of rotation need not be reentered when replacing the actuator.

Note:

After setting the ignition positions or curves, the direction of rotation can only be changed after deleting the curves and ignition positions on setting menu Delete Curves.

Reset

This facility makes it possible to reset an already addressed actuator in the case of a replacement, repair, or if addressing is wrong (wrong address assignment by the user). For that purpose, the user must press the actuators addressing button for at least 10 seconds when the actuator is in normal operation. The actuator will then reset its address which is indicated by the LED when steady on.

Operational status indication by LED on the actuator Power is fed to unaddressed actuator LED steady ON

Button for addressing is pressed (display during addressing procedure)

ON OFF Time
7550d11E

Addressing completed, normal operation of actuator

The actuator gives the addressing number via the LED. The blink interval is 200 ms: 1 pulse air actuator 2 pulses gas actuator 3 pulses oil actuator 4 pulses auxiliary actuator 5 pulses auxiliary actuator 2 6 pulses auxiliary actuator 3 After each blink cycle, there is a pause of 1.2 seconds. Example of an actuator for gas
ON OFF Time
7550d12E

106/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Special function curve settings FARC

The following section covers the parameter settings of the curves used by the basic unit module Fuel / air ratio control.

Selection menu Ratio control

The selection menu looks as follows:

S S A T N S P

e e u i u h r

t t t m m u o

t t o e F t g

i i m s u d r

n n / e o a

g g M l w m

s s a A n

n c B S

G O u t e t

a i a u h o

s l l a a p

/ t v

O o

f r

f s

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7)

Selection of 3) through 6) leads to standard parameter settings of the parameters specified. Selection of 1) leads to: Selection menu Settings gas Only the data associated with the currently active type of fuel can be parameterized.

S C L A

p u o u

e r a x

c v d A

i e c

a L t

l P i u

P a m a

o r i t

s a t o

i m s r

1) 2) 3) 4)

Calling up 1) (HomePositions, PrepurgePositions...), 3) and 4) leads to standard parameter settings of the parameters specified. Selection of 2) leads to: Selection menu Curve Param(modulating)

P M

o a

i : n

t 1

| | | | I I I

L F A A A A F

o u i u u u U

a e r x x x

d l

2 3

: : : : : : :

2 2 4 3 2 1 4

3 3 1 3 9 3 5

. . . . . . .

2 2 6 3 2 8 0

only LMV52... only LMV52... only LMV52...

In this example, the ignition positions are copied to the first point of the curve. This is always made automatically when the ignition positions are defined but no point on the curve has as yet been entered. The preliminary load value entered is the position value of the fuel actuator. This point is also automatically approached as the low-fire point. If the installer attempts to reach submenu Curve parameter settings before the ignition positions are defined, point number 1 appears. But the position fields display XXXX, indicating that the data are invalid. When making the parameter settings, the installer is guided, starting with entry of the ignition positions and coarse adjustment of the low- and high-fire positions to fine adjustment of the curve settings with up to 15 curvepoints. This setting of the curve can be made in 2 different ways: 1. Individual points are specifically entered. 2. Ratio control is operated manually until the value reached shall be stored as a new point.
107/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

A more detailed description of both approaches is given below: Editing or introducing an individual point In this setting mode, an individual point of curve is edited by acknowledging the pointer on Point with Enter, so that the pointer jumps to the curvepoint number. By scrolling the (available) curvepoints, the point to be edited or a new point can be selected. After acknowledgement, the pointer jumps to the right field of the display, thus releasing the individual actuator positions and the associated load value for change or adjustment. Below, the procedure is shown in graphic form: When accessing this menu, the pointer is positioned on Point. To edit the curvepoint, the pointer must be positioned on Point. - Pointer positioned on Point:

P M

o a

i n

| | | |

L F A A

o u i u

a e r x

d l

: : : :

2 2 4 3

3 3 1 3

. . . .

5 2 6 3

- Continue with Enter P o i n t : 3 O 2 4 . 5

| | | |

L F A A

o u i u

a e r x

d l

: : : :

2 2 4 3

3 3 1 3

. . . .

5 2 6 3

After selecting the curvepoint number, the associated point data will always be displayed in the right column (see above). Below that, the currently acquired O2 value will now be shown if a PLL52.110A200 O2 module and an O2 sensor are connected to the system. The first unused point always has the highest number. If, for instance, 3 points are used, a new point is given number 4 prior to sorting. The new point is also characterized by the display of XXXX for the points data.

Note: When introducing a new point, the following display will be skipped! - For changing the parameter data: Select the required curvepoint, then continue with Enter P M o a i : n n t 3 | | | | P c d o h e i a l n n e t g t e e ? ?

Here, the pointer position can change between change? and delete?. To edit the point, change? must be selected here.

108/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

- Continue with Enter P o i n t : 3 O 2 4 . 5

| | | |

L F A A

o u i u

a e r x

d l

: : : :

2 2 4 3

3 3 1 3

. . . .

5 2 6 3

It is to be noted that with these settings, which can be made in standby and normal operation, the actuators will travel to the displayed or changed positions. Traveling to the load that is assigned to the curvepoint can be stopped by pressing Esc. During the time the actuators approach the positions, the display shows > in place of : .

Note: If a new point is introduced, the points data to be entered are the actual values.
The parameter that shall be changed (e.g. the fuel position) can be selected by changing the pointer position.

o O

i : 2 4

t 3 5

| | | |

L F A A

o u i u

a e r x

d l

: : : :

2 2 4 3

3 3 1 3

. . . .

5 2 6 3

After the selected point of curve has been reached by the system: - Continue with Enter P o i n t | L o a d : 2 3 : 3 | F u e l : 2 3 O 2 | A i r : 4 1 4 . 5 | A u x : 3 3

. . . .

5 2 6 3

Now, the selected parameter can be changed online. This means that the system follows the changes at the rate of the selected ramp speed. Press Enter to save the changed values. Now, additional parameters for change can be selected. If Esc is pressed before Enter, changes made to the selected parameter (e.g. fuel position) will be rejected and the value last saved will be restored. When leaving this level with Esc, the following query appears:

P S C

o t a

i o n

n r c

t e e

> >

E E

N S

T C

Enter saves the changes or the new point and adds them to the already existing points in the correct order (during the storage process, no buttons will be evaluated. To indicate this, a symbol appears on the display). The changes can be rejected by pressing Esc.

109/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Canceling a curvepoint
When accessing this menu, the pointer is positioned on Point. To cancel a curvepoint, the pointer must be positioned on Point. - Pointer positioned on Point:

P M

o a

i n

| | | |

L F A A

o u i u

a e r x

d l

: : : :

2 2 4 3

3 3 1 3

. . . .

5 2 6 3

- Continue with Enter

Point of curve number

o O

i : 2 4

t 3 5

| | | |

L F A A

o u i u

a e r x

d l

: : : :

2 2 4 3

3 3 1 3

. . . .

5 2 6 3

By calling up the curvepoint number the respective point is selected. The data associated with the point number are always displayed in the column on the right (see above). - For canceling the parameter data: Select the required curvepoint, then continue with Enter P o i n t | P o i n t : 3 | c h a n g e ? M a n | d e l e t e ? | Here, the pointer position can change between change? and delete?. To cancel the point of curve, delete? must be selected here. Confirm by pressing Enter. The selected point has been canceled and the actuators travel to the positions determined by the remaining curvepoints, in other words, the systems output will be maintained.

Setting the curve via manual control

In addition to curve settings by means of individual point entry, it is also possible to adjust the burner in manual operation with optional point storage. The procedure is the following: After leaving menu item CurveParams, position the pointer on Man when reaching the menu. - Pointer positioned on Man:

P M

o a

i n

| | | |

L F A A

o u i u

a e r x

d l

: : : :

2 2 4 3

3 3 1 3

. . . .

5 2 6 3

110/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

After pressing Enter, the following display appears:

O M : a 2

2 4 n 3

. .

5 5

| | | |

L F A A

o u i u

a e r x

d l

: : : :

2 2 4 3

3 3 1 3

. . .

5 2 6 3

This menu enables the installer to manually change the output by using incrementing or decrementing commands, letting the actuators operate on interpolated straight lines (outside the parameterized curvepoints: Extrapolation). Above that, the currently acquired O2 value will now be shown if a PLL52.110A200 O2 module and an O2 sensor are connected to the system. Traveling to the output preset here can be stopped by pressing Esc. The actual curve settings are made by adjusting the entire ratio control system based on the roughly predefined curvepoints and outside the already defined points. After pressing Enter again, new points can be introduced at the required positions. Then, the values can be changed:

o O

i : 2 4

t 3 5

| | | |

L F A A

o u i u

a e r x

d l

: : : :

2 2 4 3

8 8 5 1

. . . .

5 4 2 3

The further setting procedure is the same as that used with Edit individual point.

Example: Adjustment of the ratio control system via manual control

Prerequisite: No curvepoints are parameterized.

1. Activating program stop On menu: Params & Display Ratio Control Program Stop parameterize from deactivated to Stop_Ph24 2. Starting the system On menu: Params &. Display Ratio Control Settings Gas / Oil Special Positions Autom / Manual / Off or on: Manual Operation Autom / Manual / Off to Burner on and confirm. 3. Setting the prepurge positions The system commences the startup sequence and stops in phase Driving to Prepurge 24. Now, the prepurge positions can be set on menu SpecialPositions. Then, on ProgramStop, change to Stop_Ph36. 4. Setting the ignition positions The system continues the startup sequence and stops in phase Driving to ignition position 36. Now, the ignition positions can be set on menu SpecialPositions. Then, on ProgramStop, set to Stop_Ph72, if operation shall immediately follow. To readjust the ignition positions after the burner has ignited: ProgramStop to Stop_Ph44, or Stop_Ph52 for pilot ignition after the pilot flame has been shut down. Then, on ProgramStop, set to Stop_Ph72.

111/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

5. Curve settings via manual control

The system continues the startup sequence and assumes normal operation. The first curvepoint entered are the ignition positions and the load entered is the number of degrees (angular rotation) of the fuel actuator.
90

Pos.
Ignition = low fire AIR FUEL AUX

0 0%
7550d07e/0704

Load

100 %

Change of load / position resulting from an automatically entered point

Choose Man from the menu Params & Display Ratio Control Settings Gas / Oil Curve Param. It is now possible to follow the above curves by changing the load. A point can be saved at every intermediate point. Then, the load / position graph will look as follows:
90

Pos.
2nd curve point

Low fire

Ignition

AIR FUEL AUX

0 0%
7550d08e/0704

Load

100 %

Change of load / position with two points

112/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

90

Pos.
2nd curve point

Low fire

Ignition

Nominal load

AIR FUEL AUX

0 0%
7550d09e/0704

Load

100 %

Change of load / position with several points

Using this method, up to 15 points can be defined.

6. Shutdown
On the menu: Params & Display Ratio Control Settings Gas / Oil Special Positions Autom / Manual / Off or on: Manual Operation Autom / Manual / Off to Burner off and confirm

7. Setting the postpurge positions

The system shuts down and stops in phase Driving to postpurge 72. Now, the postpurge positions on menu Special positions can be set. Then, on Program Stop, set to deactivated. The system continues the shutdown sequence and stops in phase Standby 12.

113/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Selection menu Settings Oil Only the data associated with the currently active type of fuel can be parameterized. S C L A p u o u e r a x c v d A i e c a L t l P i u P a m a o r i t s a t o i m s r t e i t o e n r s
1) 2) 3) 4)

Selection of 1) (HomePositions, PrepurgePositions), 3) and 4) leads to standard parameter settings of the parameters specified. Selection of 2) leads to:

C O

u p

r e

v r

e a

S i

e o

t n

t M

i o

n d

g e

1) 2)

Selection of 2) leads to standard parameter settings of the operating mode (modulating or multistage). Selection of 1) leads to curve setting, modulating (refer to gas) or curve setting, multistage, depending on the parameterized operating mode.

Setting modulating ratio control Refer to selection menu S e t t i n g s G a s

114/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Setting multistage ratio control With multistage ratio control, the position values can be changed in 2 different ways:
1. Presetting the positions with no response by the actuators in order to fine-adjust the points later using Followed. 2. Setting the switching and operating positions from below using Followed. This means that stage 1 must be adjusted first, followed by the next switching on point, etc.

A P

c o f n

t s o o

u i l t

a t l

t i o f

o o w o

r n e l

s d l

When the switch on / off and operating positions have been parameterized with Not followed, the values can be changed. The system maintains its current load stage. The menu offers the choice of Followed or Not followed. The display is maintained while the settings are made. When accessing the menu, the operating positions Stage 1 appear. By pressing the Selection buttons the entered positions of all switching and operating points can be viewed. This has no impact on the system, even if Followed has been selected:

P :

o B O

i S 2 4

n 1 .

I I I I

A A

i u

r x

: : : :

2 2

8 8

. .

5 4

115/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Setting multistage ratio control Followed The startup is made similar to modulating operation, including automatic entry of the ignition positions in the operating positions Stage 1, if these still display invalid values (showing: XXX.X as a value). P : o B O i S 2 4 n 1 . t I I I I A A i u r x : : : : 2 2 8 8 . . 5 4

For the fine adjustment of that point, confirm by pressing Enter.

P :

o B O

i S 2 4

n 1 .

I I I I

A A

i u

r x

: : : :

2 2

8 8

. .

5 4

This causes output stage 1 to be approached. Here, the actuator to be adjusted can be selected. Again, confirm by pressing Enter.

P :

o B O

i S 2 4

n 1 .

I I I I

A A

i u

r x

: : : :

2 2

8 8

. .

5 4

Now, the value can be changed and the respective actuator follows at the rate of the set ramp speed. Enter saves the value and Esc rejects it. In this way, all stages can be set one by one. The following table shows the response of the system when a point is selected. However, the relevant valve is switched on only when at least the switching on point is definitely used ( XXXX).

Selected point
Operating point stage 1 Switch-on point stage 1 Switch-off point stage 2 Operating point stage 2 Switch-on point stage 3 Switch-off point stage 3 Operating point stage 3

Response
Approach of stage 1 Approach of stage 1 -Approach of stage 2 Approach of stage 2 -Approach of stage 3

Remark
Fine adjustment of stage 1 Setting from stage 1 Setting from both stage 1 and stage 2 Fine adjustment of stage 2 Setting from stage 2 Setting from both stage 2 and stage 3 Fine adjustment of stage 3

System response when a point is selected

116/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Special function adaption LC

Sequence steps of adaption (self-setting):

1) Starting the adaption Using the AZL5 menu, the heating engineer manually activates the adaption function of the LC.
After selecting menu item Adaption (within the parameter settings of the LC), the following display will appear: The pointer is positioned on Start adaption. Adaption is activated by pressing Enter

S w S A

t i e c

a t t t

r h p

t o V E i a

A N n l

d T t

a E : :

p R 7 6

t 0 0

i . .

o 0 0

n 6 C C 0

Adaption starts after pressing Enter whereupon the following text appears:

A L A C

d o c a

a a t n

p d c

t V e a l

a l

t : : i

i 5 6 t

v 2 0 h

e . .

0 0 E

% S

C C

Depending on the adaption step, the following displays appear, alternating with the display shown above:

A S m C A T A C A H m C

d e a a d e c a d e a a

a t x n a m t n a a x n

p t . c p p c p t . c

t i e t V e t i e

n 1 l

a g 0

w a e l c t w a g 0 c

t P m i t b : i t m i

i h i t i a 6 t i i t

v a n h v c 0 h v n h

e s

e E S C

S a l

e k .

0 E

C C

n 1 l

117/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

2) End of a successful adaption After the adaption, the relevant characteristics will be displayed.
By pressing the Selection buttons, the P-, I- and D-parts as well as the acquired loop delay time Tu will be displayed:

A P C A I C A D C A D C

d o d o d o d e o

a P n a P n a P n a l n

p a t p a t p a t p a t

t r i t r i t r i t y i

i t n i t n i t n i

n ( e n ( e n ( e n i e

o p w o n w o v w o e w

u o

k ) X i k ) i k )

2 t

5 h

0 <

% >

u o

4 h

0 <

s >

3 u o T u i k ( i t T h u 1 t h

5 <

s >

) 0 <

s >

3) Canceling the adaption If the LC was not able to select a suitable loop, it will stop the adaption and display the following text.
If a running adaption is manually canceled by pressing Esc, the following text will also appear:

A c C

d a o

a n n

p c t

t e i

i l n

o e u

n d e w E S C

The system changes to Normal operation. In that case, the previous PID parameters will be maintained.

118/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Burner identification (burner ID)

Burner ID offers the OEM the opportunity - which may also be the OEMs duty - to store an individual burner ID in each LMV5... system by means of the OEM password, prior to delivery. Burner ID is then used to enable or disable the data transfer between the basic unit and the AZL5 backup storage. Parameters can be loaded to the AZL5 at any time, if the burner ID in the basic unit is not in the as supplied status. The burner ID itself is part of the data transfer in both directions (if that is possible). In addition, for the burner, the burner ID represents one of a number of start prerequisites. In other words, the burner cannot be started up as long as the burner ID is in the as supplied status. So, it is possible to have data transmission between the basic unit and the AZL5 of one plant (burner IDs are identical) and between an AZL5 and a new basic unit (burner ID as supplied by Siemens BT). Data transmission between AZL5 and basic units of different plants (burner IDs not identical) is not possible (no cloning!).

Makeup of burner ID

Invalid characters for the burner ID are all vowels (, , and ). Minimum length of burner ID = 4 characters Maximum length of burner ID = 15 characters The AZL5 can output the display texts in different languages. Changeover to another language takes place via menu Params & Display AZL5 Language. In addition to English as the basic language, the AZL5 provides another 5 languages. This means that a language group can comprise a maximum of 6 languages. Using the program update function of the PC tool, additional language groups can be loaded to the AZL5 together with the relevant program version. Hence, direct exchange of the language without loading a new program version is not possible. The LMV5... system is equipped with a real time clock with a calendar and backup, which is accommodated in the AZL5... . The clock features automatic summer- / wintertime changeover. The following parameter setting choices are available: Parameter1 summer- / wintertime changeover: on / off Parameter2 summer- / wintertime changeover: EU version / US version EU version start: last Sunday in March end: last Sunday in October US version start: first Sunday in April end: like EU version Changeover takes place on the dates given above in the night between 02:00 and 03:00 hrs. The time shift is always 1 hour. Changeover takes place only if the AZL5 receives power at that moment in time.

Languages

Real time clock and calendar

S / W changeover

Backup

Backup is about 10 years. The backup battery is a replaceable lithium battery. Refer to Technical data. When changing batteries, ensure ESD protection! If the AZL5 uses the associated interface to communicate with a building management center, the latter can act as the clock master by transmitting cyclically a preset time of day and date to the AZL5... . This information is given priority over all other time of day / date sources.

Type of battery

119/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Adjustment of contrast (display)

In Normal operation of the AZL5, the contrast of the display can be adjusted. To do this, keep the Enter button depressed and, at the same time, press the Selection buttons ( + or - ). The contrast of the display can also be adjusted on the parameter setting level of the AZL5 menu. Lockout of the basic unit can be triggered by simultaneously pressing Enter and Esc. Lockout will be stored in the AZL5... . To be able to check burner operation at all times, press the 2 Select buttons simultaneously to switch from any menu item to the Normal operation view, either during operation, when making parameter settings, or when programming. To return to the menu item previously used, press the ESC button.

Shutdown function

Quick access Normal operation

120/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

7.4 Safety check function

The safety check function may only be performed by authorized staff. It is possible to activate the floss-of-flame test, and the SLT test

Loss-of-flame test

The loss-of-flame test is triggered manually with the AZL5 and produces an interruption of the flame signal. Using safety shutdown Loss of flame, the LMV5... must shut the burner down. Activation of the SLT test negates the internal controller and temperature limiter function. The setpoint and the temperature limiter switch-off threshold will be ignored. The burner will be switched on and the output automatically increased to 100 %. After safety shutdown by STL lockout or manual selection, the SLT test can be deactivated again.

SLT test

7.5 Menu and parameter lists

AZL5 menu structure For each line, a parameter for the AZL5 menu is defined. with parameter definitions Name of column Description
Menu level Description Value range Access rights This parameter name or this submenu level corresponds to the name on the menu Brief explanation of the parameter or of the submenu level Definition of setting limits within which the parameter can be changed Definition of access rights. Parameters can be set by: User: Plant operator Service: Heating engineer OEM: Boiler / burner manufacturer Factory-set parameter Line marked with an x: Line displayed with the LMV51... system Line marked with an x: Line displayed with the LMV52... system

Basic parameter setting LMV51... LMV52...

The parameter list shown on the next pages represents the preselection for the following type of system: LMV52.200A2 SQM45... The basic parameter settings made in the factory can vary, depending on customer- or country-specific requirements. The preselected values listed are valid for the following parameter set: Parameter set code: 20 Parameter set version: 400 If required, the code or version of the parameter set can be displayed on the AZL5... In that case, select menu item Factory ID from the menu of the relevant device.

121/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

OperationalStat

Menu level for displaying normal operation NormalOperation Status/Reset FaultHistory LockoutHistory Alarm act/deact Display of actual values, setpoints, load a. flame signal Shows the current error (or no fault), lockout reset function Last 21 error messages Storing the last 9 lockout indications with date and time of day Activation / deactivation of horn in the event of an alarm Menu level for operating the key functions
BoilerSetpoint

User User User User User activated deactivated User User User ---

x x x x x x x x ----x x x --Gas x x x x ------x x x

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Operation

SetpointW1 SetpointW2

Internal setpoint W1, in C Internal setpoint W1, in bar Internal setpoint W2, in C Internal setpoint W2, in bar Displaying and selecting the type of fuel

0..2000 C 0..100 bar 0..2000 C 0..100 bar

User User User

Fuel

CurrentFuel FuelSelect

Information about the type of fuel currently burnt (read only) Fuel selection via DOU when fuel selector is set to "Internal" Displaying and setting the time of day and the date

Gas Oil Gas Oil

User User User User

Date/TimeOfDa y DisplayClock

Date TimeOfDay Weekday

Display of date (Day.Month.Year or Month-Day-Year) Display of time of day (Hour:Minute) Display of day of week

01.01.00..31.12.99 01-01-00..12-31-99 00:00..23:59 Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday

User User User

SetClock

User Date TimeOfDay Setting the display of date (Day.Month.Year or Month-DayYear) Setting the time of day (Hour:Minute) 01.01.00..31.12.99 01-01-00..12-31-99 00:00..23:59 User --User ---

x x x

x x x

122/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

Weekday

Setting the display of day of week

Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday

User

---

HoursRun

Displaying the current hours run readings GasFiring OilStage1/Mod OilStage2 OilStage3 TotalHoursReset TotalHours SystemOnPower Hours run gas (selectable) Hours run oil stage 1 or modulating (selectable) Hours run oil stage 2 (selectable) Hours run oil stage 3 (selectable) Hours run total (can be reset) Hours run total (read only) Hours run device under voltage (read only) Displaying the start counter readings GasStartCount OilStartCount TotalStartCountR TotalStartCount Total number of startups, start counter (read only) Displaying the current counter readings Curr Flow Rate Volume Gas Volume Oil Volume Gas R Volume Oil R Reset Date Gas Reset Date Oil Current fuel throughput Fuel volume gas (read only) Fuel volume oil (read only) Fuel volume gas (resettable) Fuel volume oil (resettable) Reset date fuel volume gas Reset date fuel volume oil Total number of lockouts that occurred (read only) 0..6553,4 0..199999999,9 m 0..1999999999 ft 0..199999999,9 l 0..199999999,9 gal 0..199999999,9 m 0..1999999999 ft 0..199999999,9 l 0..199999999,9 gal 01.01.00..31.12.99 01-01-00..12-31-99 01.01.00..31.12.99 01-01-00..12-31-99 0..65535 0..999999 Number of startups gas, start counter (selectable) Number of startups oil, start counter (selectable) Total number of startups, start counter (can be reset) 0..999999 0..999999 0..999999 0..999999 h 0..999999 h 0..999999 h 0..999999 h 0..999999 h 0..999999 h 0..999999 h

User User User User User User User User User User User User User User User User User User User User User User --0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

StartCounter

Fuel Meter

LockoutCounter

123/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

O2 Module

User Actual O2 Value O2 Setpoint SupplyAirTemp FlueGas Temp CombEfficiency Actual O2 value O2 setpoint Supply air temperature in C Flue gas temperature in C Combustion efficiency Identification of burner Operating mode selection of AZL5... for serial port and eBus InterfacePC GatewayBASon GatewayBASoff Type of Gateway Setting the serial port (RS-232) of the AZL5... to interface operation for PC tool Activating the eBus port on the AZL5... for BAS Deactivating the eBus port on the AZL5... eBus Modbus Activating the O2 trim controller Menu level for activating manual operation with the preselected load deactivated activated User User User User User 0..100%, S1, S2, S3 Automatic Burner on Burner off Menu level for making the parameter settings User User Service
TimesStartup1

x ----------invalid x x x x x Modbus --x --Automatic x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

0...100 % 0...25 % -100...923 C -100...923 C 0...200 % 4..15 characters

User User User User User User User User

BurnerID
OptgModeSelect

O2Ctrl activate

ManualOperation

SetLoad Autom/Manual/O ff

Set target load Selection of manual or automatic operation

User User

Params & Display BurnerControl Times

x x x x 1s 2s 20 s 15 s 20 s 15 s x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x x

Setting the burner control parameters

Burner control startup times 1 MinTmeStartRel FanRunupTme PrepurgeTmeGas PrepurgeTmeOil MinT_PrepurgeG as MinT_PrepurgeO il Minimum prepurge time oil 0.2..63 min Prepurge time oil Minimum prepurge time gas Minimum time for start release Fan runup time Prepurge time gas 0.2..63 s 0.2..63 s MinT_PrepurgeGas..63 min MinT_PrepurgeOil..63 min 0.2..63 min

Service OEM OEM Service Service OEM OEM

124/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

PrepurgeSafeGas PrepurgeSafeOil PreIgnitionTGas PreIgnitionTOil MinOnTmeOilPump

TimesStartup2

Prepurge time after safety shutdown gas Prepurge time after safety shutdown oil Preignition time gas Preignition time oil Minimum on time of oil pump Burner control startup times 2

MinT_PrepurgeGas..63 min MinT_PrepurgeOil..63 min 0.2..63 s 0.2..44 s 0.2..63 s

OEM OEM OEM OEM OEM Service

20 s 15 s 2s 2s 1s

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

SafetyTme1Gas SafetyTme1Oil Interval1Gas Interval1Oil SafetyTme2Gas SafetyTme2Oil Interval2Gas Interval2Oil PressReacTme

TimesShutdown

Safety time 1 gas Safety time 1 oil Interval 1 (ts1-ts2) gas Interval 1 (ts1-ts2) oil Safety time 2 gas Safety time 2 oil Interval 2 (ts2 operation) gas Interval 2 (ts2 operation) oil Reaction time to lack of pressure in ts1 and ts2 Burner control shutdown times

1 s..MaxSafetyTGas 1 s..MaxSafetyTOil 0.2..63 s 0.2..63 s 1 s..MaxSafetyTGas 1 s..MaxSafetyTOil 0.2..63 s 0.2..63 s 0.2 s..MaxSafetyTGas

OEM OEM Service Service OEM OEM Service Service OEM Service

2s 2s 2s 2s 2s 2s 2s 2s 1s

x x x x x x x x x x

MaxTmeLowFire AfterburnTme PostpurgeT1Gas PostpurgeT1Oil PostpurgeT3Gas PostpurgeT3Oil MinTmeHomeRun DelayLackGas

TimesGeneral

Maximum time to low-fire in operation 2 Afterburn time Postpurge time 1 gas Postpurge time 1 oil Postpurge time 3 gas Postpurge time 3 oil Minimum time in home run phase Basic waiting time in the event of lack of gas General times of burner control

0.2..630 s 0.2..63 s 0.2..63 min 0.2..63 min 0.2..63 min 0.2..63 min 0.2..63 s MinTmeHomeRun ..63 s

Service OEM OEM OEM Service Service OEM OEM Service

45 s 8s 0.2 s 0.2 s 5s 5s 1s 10 s

x x x x x x x x x

AlarmDelay DelayStartPrev PostpurgeLockout MaxTmeStartRel

Time to alarm in the event of start prevention and heat demand Time until message on start prevention and heat demand is delivered Postpurge in lockout position Maximum phase time start release (timeout)

0.4..630 s 0.4..630 s 0.2..63 min 0.2..630 s

Service Service OEM OEM

35 s 35 s 0.2 s 120 s

x x x x

125/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

Configuration ConfigGeneral

USER General parameters of burner control AlarmStartPrev NormDirectStart OilPumpCoupling IgnOilPumpStart ForcedIntermit ContinuousPurge FuelTrainGas Fuel train when firing on gas Switch-on time of ignition and oil pump With / without forced intermittent operation Configuration for normal or continuous fan operation With / without alarm in the event of start prevention and heat demand Normal / direct start in the event of heat demand in phase 78 Configuration for coupling the oil pump deactivated activated NormalStart DirectStart Magnetcoupl Directcoupl on in Ph38 on in Ph22 deactivated activated deactivated activated DirectIgniG Pilot Gp1 Pilot Gp2 FuelTrainOil Fuel train when firing on oil LightOilLO HeavyOilHO LO w Gasp HO w Gasp
FuelTrainReset

x x deactivated NormalStart Magnetcoupl on in Ph38 activated deactivated invalid x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x

Service Service OEM OEM OEM Service OEM OEM

OEM

invalid

Resetting the fuel train to invalid value FuelTrainGas FuelTrainOil

OEM OEM OEM

x x x deactivated deactivated 50 Hz x x StartRelGas

x x x x x x x x

ContPilotGas ContPilotOil MainsFrequency

Continuous pilot gas Continuous pilot oil Selection of mains frequency 50 / 60 Hz Configuring the inputs and outputs

deactivated activated deactivated activated 50 Hz 60 Hz

OEM OEM OEM OEM

ConfigIn/Output

StartReleaseGas

Input start release gas active

deactivated StartRelGas CPI Gas CPI Gas + Oil CPI Oil

OEM

126/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

StartReleaseOil AirPressureTest PS-VP/CPI

Input start release oil active Assess / ignore air pressure signal Configuration of input on PM-VP or CPI

deactivated activated deactivated activated PS-VP CPI Gas CPI Gas + Oil CPI Oil

OEM OEM OEM

activated activated PS-VP

x x x

x x x

FGR-PS/FCC

Configuration of input for FCC or FGR-PS

FCC FGR-PS deactivated

OEM

FCC

InputController GasPressureMin

Input controller active Input minimum gas pressure (+start release gas) active

deactivated activated deactivated activated deact xOGP

OEM OEM

activated activated

x x

x x

GasPressureMax OilPressureMin

Input maximum gas pressure active Input minimum oil pressure active

deactivated activated deactivated activated act from ts

OEM OEM

activated activated

x x

x x

OilPressureMax HeavyOilDirStart Start/PS-Valve

Input oil pressure max. active Input immediate heavy oil start active Configuration of output for start signal or PS relief valve

deactivated activated deactivated activated StartSignal PS Relief PS Reli_Inv

OEM OEM OEM

activated activated StartSignal

x x x

x x x

ConfigFlameDet

Configuring the flame detector ReacExtranLight Reaction in the event of extraneous light in standby Configuring the flame signal Standardize StandardFactor Standardizing the flame signal Reading / reseting the standard factor 0...255 0...255 Lockout Startblock
FlameSignal

User OEM User OEM OEM User User ----Startbllock

x x x x x

x x x x x x x

FlameSig QRI_B Flame signal QRI_B FlameSig ION Flame signal ION

127/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

SensExtranlGas

QRI(QRB) or ionization with plausibility check, only 1 flame detector connected QRI (QRB) OR ionization QRI (QRB) AND NOT ionization QRI (QRB) ionization input will not be evaluated Ionization AND NOT QRI (QRB) Ionization QRI (QRB) input will not be evaluated

1 Sensor QRI_B / ION QRI_B & / ION QRI_B ION & / QRI_B ION 1 Sensor QRI_B / ION QRI_B & / ION QRI_B ION & / QRI_B ION QRI_B & ION 1 Sensor QRI_B / ION QRI_B & / ION QRI_B ION & / QRI_B ION QRI_B & ION 1 Sensor QRI_B / ION QRI_B & / ION QRI_B ION & / QRI_B ION 1 Sensor QRI_B / ION QRI_B & / ION QRI_B ION & / QRI_B ION

OEM

1 sensor

SensPilotPhGas

QRI(QRB) or ionization with plausibility check, only 1 flame detector connected QRI (QRB) OR ionization QRI (QRB) AND NOT ionization QRI (QRB) ionization input will not be evaluated Ionization AND NOT QRI (QRB) Ionization QRI (QRB) input will not be evaluated QRI (QRB) AND ionization

OEM

1 sensor

SensOperPhGas

QRI(QRB) or ionization with plausibility check, only 1 flame detector connected QRI (QRB) OR ionization QRI (QRB) AND NOT ionization QRI (QRB) ionization input will not be evaluated Ionization AND NOT QRI (QRB) Ionization QRI (QRB) input will not be evaluated QRI (QRB) AND ionization

OEM

1 sensor

SensExtranlOil

QRI(QRB) or ionization with plausibility check, only 1 flame detector connected QRI (QRB) OR ionization QRI (QRB) AND NOT ionization QRI (QRB) ionization input will not be evaluated Ionization AND NOT QRI (QRB) Ionization QRI (QRB) input will not be evaluated

OEM

1 sensor

SensPilotPhOil

QRI(QRB) or ionization with plausibility check, only 1 flame detector connected QRI (QRB) OR ionization QRI (QRB) AND NOT ionization QRI (QRB) ionization input will not be evaluated Ionization AND NOT QRI (QRB) Ionization QRI (QRB) input will not be evaluated

OEM

1 sensor

128/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

QRI (QRB) AND ionization SensOperPhOil QRI(QRB) or ionization with plausibility check, only 1 flame detector connected QRI (QRB) OR ionization QRI (QRB) AND NOT ionization QRI (QRB) ionization input will not be evaluated Ionization AND NOTQRI (QRB) Ionization QRI (QRB) input will not be evaluated QRI (QRB) AND Ionisation
RepetitCounter

QRI_B & ION 1 Sensor QRI_B / ION QRI_B & / ION QRI_B ION & / QRI_B ION QRI_B & ION OEM x 3 10 16 x x x x VP shutdown x x x x x x x OEM 1 sensor x

HeavyOil StartRelease SafetyLoop

ValveProving

Rep. counter: Immediate start heavy oil Rep. limit value: Start prevention Rep. limit value: Safety loop Settings for valve proving

1..16 1..16 1..16

OEM OEM OEM OEM

ValveProvingType

Type and time of proving test

No VP VP startup VP shutdown VP stup/shd

OEM

Config_PMVP/CPI

Configuration of input on PM-VP or CPI

PS-VP CPI Gas CPI Gas + Oil CPI Oil

OEM

PS-VP

VP_EvacTme VP_TmeAtmPre ss VP_FillTme VP_Tme_GasPr ess

ProductID

Proving test evacuation time Proving test time atmospheric pressure Proving test filling time Proving test time gas pressure Displaying the burner control's HW version

0.2..3 s MinT_VP_AtmPress..63 s 0.2..3 s MinT_VP_GasPress..63 s

OEM OEM OEM OEM User

3s 10 s 3s 10 s

x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x x

ASN ProductionDate SerialNumber ParamSet Code ParamSet Vers

Type reference Production date Serial number Preselected parameter set: Customer code Preselected parameter set: Version

1..15 characters 01.01.00..31.12.99 01-01-00..12-31-99 0..65535 0..255 0..65535

User User User User User

"LMV52.200 A2" ----20 430

x x x x x

129/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

SW Version SW Version
RatioControl GasSettings SpecialPositions HomePos

SW version of burner control

0..65535 0..65535

User User User Service Service Service

-----

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Parameter settings for ratio control Parameter settings for firing on gas Setting the special actuator positions for firing on gas Setting the home positions for firing on gas HomePosGas HomePosAir HomePosAux1 HomePosAux2 HomePosAux3 HomePosVSD
PrepurgePos

Home position of fuel damper (gas) Home position of air damper (gas) Home position of auxiliary damper (gas) Home position of auxiliary damper 2 Home position of auxiliary damper 3 Home position of VSD Setting the prepurge positions for firing on gas

0..90 0..90 0..90 0..100 % 0..90 0..90 0..100 %

Service Service Service Service Service Service Service

0 0 0 0 0 0

x x x

PrepurgePosAir PrepurgePosAux1 PrepurgePosAux2 PrepurgePosAux3 PrepurgePosVSD

IgnitionPos

Prepurge position of air damper (gas) Prepurge position of auxiliary damper (gas) Prepurge position of auxiliary damper 2 Prepurge position of auxiliary damper 3 Prepurge position of VSD Setting the ignition positions for firing on gas

0..90 0..90 0..100 % 0..90 0..90 0..100 %

Service Service Service Service Service Service

90 90 90 90 100 %

x x

IgnitionPosGas IgnitionPosAir IgnitionPosAux

Ignition position of fuel damper (gas) Ignition position of air damper (gas) Ignition position of auxiliary damper (gas)

0..90 0..90 0..90 0..100 % 0..90 0..90 10..100 %

Service Service Service Service Service Service Service

invalid invalid invalid invalid invalid invalid

x x x

IgnitionPosAux2 Ignition position of auxiliary damper 2 IgnitionPosAux3 Ignition position of auxiliary damper 3 IgnitionPosVSD
PostpurgePos

Ignition position of VSD Setting the postpurge positions for firing on gas

PostpurgePosGas

Postpurge position of fuel damper (gas)

0..90 0..90

Service Service

15 15

x x

PostpurgePosAir Postpurge position of air damper (gas)

130/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

PostpurgePosAux1 PostpurgePosAux2 PostpurgePosAux3 PostpurgePosVSD ProgramStop

Postpurge position of auxiliary damper (gas) Postpurge position of auxiliary damper 2 Postpurge position of auxiliary damper 3 Postpurge position of VSD Program stop

0..90 0..100 % 0..90 0..90 0..100 % deactivated 24 PrePurgP 32 PreP FGR 36 IgnitPos 44 Interv 1 52 Interv 2 72 PostPPos 76 PostPFGR

Service Service Service Service Service

25 25 25 50 % deactivated

x x x x

ResetIgnitPos

Resetting the ignition positions to invalid value IgnitionPosGas IgnitionPosAir IgnitionPosAux1 IgnitionPosAux2 IgnitionPosAux3 IgnitionPosVSD

Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service

x x x x

x x x x x x x

CurveParams
LoadLimits

x x 0% 100 % deactivated x x x

x x x x

Setting the minimum and maximum load limits MinLoadGas MaxLoadGas Minimum load "Low fire" (gas) Maximum load "High fire" (gas) Auxiliary actuator for firing on gas: Deactivate / activate / VSD operation 0..MaxLoadGas MinLoadGas..100 % deactivated Damper act VSD activat deactivated activated air influen deactivated activated air influen

Service Service Service OEM

AuxActuator

AirActuator

Air actuator for firing on gas: Deactivate / activate / airregulating

OEM

air influen

AuxActuator 1

Auxiliary actuator 1 for firing on gas: Deactivate / activate / airregulating

OEM

air influen

131/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

AuxActuator 2

Auxiliary actuator 2 for firing on gas: Deactivate / activate / airregulating

deactivated activated air influen deactivated activated air influen deactivated activated air influen

OEM

deactivated

AuxActuator 3

Auxiliary actuator 3 for firing on gas: Deactivate / activate / airregulating

OEM

deactivated

VSD

VSD for firing on gas: Deactivate / activate / air-regulating

OEM

air influen

OilSettings SpecialPositions HomePos

Parameter settings for firing on oil Setting the special actuator positions for firing on oil Setting the home positions for firing on oil HomePosOil HomePosAir HomePosAux1 HomePosAux2 HomePosAux3 HomePosVSD
PrepurgePos

Service Service Service 0..90 0..90 0..90 0..100 % 0..90 0..90 0..100 % Service Service Service Service Service Service Service 0..90 0..90 0..100 % 0..90 0..90 0..100 % Service Service Service Service Service Service 0..90 0..90 0..90 0..100 % 0..90 Service Service Service Service invalid invalid invalid invalid 90 90 90 90 100 % 0 0 0 0 0 0

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x

Home position of fuel damper (oil) Home position of air damper (oil) Home position of auxiliary damper (oil) Home position of auxiliary damper 2 Home position of auxiliary damper 3 Home position of VSD Setting the prepurge positions for firing on oil

x x x

x x x x x x

PrepurgePosAir PrepurgePosAux1 PrepurgePosAux2 PrepurgePosAux3 PrepurgePosVSD

IgnitionPos

Prepurge position of air damper (oil) Prepurge position of auxiliary damper (oil) Prepurge position of auxiliary damper 2 Prepurge position of auxiliary damper 3 Prepurge position of VSD Setting the ignition positions for firing on oil

x x x x

x x x x x

IgnitionPosOil IgnitionPosAir

Ignition position of fuel damper (oil) Ignition position of air damper (oil)

IgnitionPosAux1 Ignition position of auxiliary damper (gas) IgnitionPosAux2 Ignition position of auxiliary damper 2

132/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

IgnitionPosAux3 Ignition position of auxiliary damper 3 IgnitionPosVSD

PostpurgePos

0..90 10..100 %

Service Service Service

invalid invalid x 0 15 25 25 25 50 % deactivated x x x x

x x x x x x x x x x

Ignition position of VSD Setting the postpurge positions for firing on oil

PostpurgePosOil Postpurge position of fuel damper (oil) PostpurgePosAir Postpurge position of air damper (oil) PostpurgePosAux1 PostpurgePosAux2 PostpurgePosAux3 PostpurgePosVSD ProgramStop Program stop Postpurge position of VSD Postpurge position of auxiliary damper 3 Postpurge position of auxiliary damper 2 Postpurge position of auxiliary damper (oil)

0..90 0..90 0..90 0..100 % 0..90 0..90 0..100 % deactivated 24 PrePurgP 32 PreP FGR 36 IgnitPos 44 Interv 1 52 Interv 2 72 PostPPos 76 PostPFGR

Service Service Service Service Service Service Service

ResetIgnitPos

Resetting the ignition positions to invalid value IgnitionPosOil IgnitionPosAir IgnitionPosAux1 IgnitionPosAux2 IgnitionPosAux3 IgnitionPosVSD

Service Service Service Service Service Service Service

x x x x

x x x x x x x

CurveParams

Setting the curve parameters of ratio control for firing on oil Curve Settings Operation Mode Selection of burner operating mode (multistage or modulating) for oil Setting the minimum and maximum load limits MinLoadOil MaxLoadOil Minimum load "Low fire" (oil) Maximum load "High fire" (oil) 0..MaxLoadOil MinLoadOil..100 % Two-stage Three-stage Modulating

Service Service OEM Modulating

x x x

x x x

LoadLimits

Service Service Service 0% 100 %

x x x

x x x

133/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

AuxActuator

Auxiliary actuator for firing on oil: Deactivate / activate / VSD operation

deactivated Damper act VSD activat deactivated activated air influen

OEM

deactivated

AirActuator

Air actuator for firing on oil: Deactivate / activate / air-regulating

OEM

air influen

AuxActuator 1

Auxiliary actuator 1 for firing on oil: Deactivate / activate / airregulating

deactivated activated air influen deactivated activated air influen deactivated activated air influen deactivated activated air influen

OEM

air influen

AuxActuator 2

Auxiliary actuator 2 for firing on oil: Deactivate / activate / airregulating

OEM

deactivated

AuxActuator 3

Auxiliary actuator 3 for firing on oil: Deactivate / activate / airregulating

OEM

deactivated

VSD

VSD for firing on oil: Deactivate / activate / air-regulating

OEM

air influen

Autom/Manual/O ff

Selection of manual or automatic operation

Automatic Burner on Burner off

User

Automatic

Times

Service OperatRampMod OperatRampStage TimeNoFlame Duration ramp in prepurge and ignition position Number of fuel actuators This parameter determines the way the ratio control system behaves in the lockout phase 10..120 s 1..2 Unchanged PostpurgeP HomePos deactivated 24 PrePurgP 32 PreP FGR 36 IgnitPos 44 Interv 1 Service deactivated Service OEM Service 10 s 2 HomePos Duration operating ramp ratio control modulating operation Duration operating ramp ratio control multistage operation 30..120 s 10..60 s Service Service 30 s 10 s

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

NumFuelActuators ShutdownBehav

ProgramStop

Program stop

134/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

52 Interv 2 72 PostPPos 76 PostPFGR

O2Contr/Guard GasSettings

Parameter settings for O2 control and monitor function Parameter settings for firing on gas OptgMode Operating mode of O2 controller / monitor when firing on gas auto deact man deact O2 Limiter O2 Control conAutoDeac O2 Control O2 Monitor
Control Param

User Service Service man deact

x x x

Parameter settings for O2 trim control Parameter settings for monitoring the function

Service Service Service

x x x invalid invalid invalid invalid invalid invalid 0% naturalGasH x x x x x x x x

P Low-Fire I Low-Fire Tau Low-Fire P High-Fire I High-Fire Tau High-Fire O2 CtrlThreshold Type of Fuel

P-part of O2 controller with low-fire I-part of O2 controller with low-fire Time constant Tau of O2 controller's controlled system with low-fire P-part of O2 trim controller for nominal load I-part of O2 trim controller for nominal load Time constant Tau of O2 trim controller's controlled system for nominal load Minimum load O2 control (gas) Selection of type of gas

3..500 % 0..500 s 1..27 s 3..500 % 0..500 s 1..27 s 0..100 % user def naturalGasH naturalGasL propane butane

Service Service OEM Service Service OEM Service Service

Fuel user def

User-defined setting of the fuel parameters V_LNmin V_afNmin V_atrNmin A2 Air volume under standard conditions and lambda = 1 Flue gas volume wet under standard conditions and lambda = 1 Flue gas volume dry under standard conditions and lambda = 1 Adjustable constant for calculating the combustion efficiency (gas) 0.40..0.80 0.00..40.00 0.00..40.00 0.00..40.00

Service Service Service Service Service 9.90 10.93 8.89 0.65

x x x x x

135/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

B / 1000 O2 Content Air Type ofAirChange O2 OffsetGas LoadCtrlSuspend FilterTimeLoad

OilSettings

Adjustable constant for calculating the combustion efficiency (gas) Oxygen content of air Impact of air density change on O2 value O2 offset during change of load gas Difference between delayed and current load Filter time for delayed load Parameter settings for firing on oil

1..20 0..30 % like theory like P air 0...5 % 0...25 % 4...10

Service OEM OEM Serivice Serivice Serivice Service

9 20.9 % like theory 0% 5% 5

x x x x x x x

OptgMode

Operating mode of O2 controller / limiter when firing on oil

auto deact man deact O2 Limiter O2 Control conAutoDeac

Service

man deact

O2 Control O2 Monitor
Control Param

Parameter settings for O2 trim control Parameter settings for monitoring the function

Service Service Service

x x x invalid invalid invalid invalid invalid invalid 0% oil EL x x x x x x x x

P low-fire I low-fire Tau low-fire P nominal load I nominal load Tau nominal load O2 CtrlThreshold Type of Fuel

P-part of O2 controller with low-fire I-part of O2 controller with low-fire Time constant Tau of O2 controller's controlled system with low-fire P-part of O2 controller with nominal load I-part of O2 controller with nominal load Time constant Tau of O2 controller's controlled system with nominal load Minimum load O2 control (oil) Selection of type of oil

3..500 % 0..500 s 1..27 s 3..500 % 0..500 s 1..27 s 0..100 % user def oil EL oil H

Service Service OEM Service Service OEM Service Service

Fuel user def

Service V_LNmin V_afNmin V_atrNmin Air volume under standard conditions and lambda = 1 Flue gas volume wet under standard conditions and lambda = 1 Flue gas volume dry under standard conditions and lambda = 1 0.00..40.00 Service 10.53 0.00..40.00 0.00..40.00 Service Service 11.2 12.02

x x x x

136/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

A2 B / 1000 O2 Content Air Type Air Change

Adjustable constant for calculating the combustion efficiency (oil) Adjustable constant for calculating the combustion efficiency (oil) Oxygen content of air Impact of air density change on O2 value O2 offset during change of load oil Difference between delayed and current load Filter time for delayed load

0.40..0.80 1..20 0..30 % like theory like P air 0...5 % 0...25 % 4...10

Service Service OEM OEM Service Service Service User

0.65 9 20.9 % like theory 0% 5% 5

x x x x x x x x

O2 OffsetOil LoadCtrlSuspend FilterTimeLoad Process Data

CombEfficiency ManVar O2 Ctrl State O2 Ctrl

Combustion efficiency Manipulated variable of O2 trim controller Release O2 trim controller

0..200 % -35..35 % deactivated locked LockTStaff InitContr LockTLoad active LockTCAct

User User User

-------

x x x

Air-related Load Diag Reg State

LoadController ControllerParam ContrlParamList

0..100%, S1, S2, S3 Diagnostic code when controller is locked Settings for the internal load controller Setting the controller parameters PID control parameters StandardParam Selection of standard parameter sets for the load controller Adaption very fast fast normal slow very slow P-Part (Xp) I-Part (Tn) Controller parameter proportional band Controller parameter integral part 2..500 % 0..2000 s 0...255

User User User User User User

----x x x --x

x x x x x x

User User

15 % 320 s

x x

x x

137/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

D-Part (Tv) MinActuatorStep SW_FilterTmeCo n SetpointW1 SetpointW2 SD_ModOn SD_ModOff SD_Stage1On SD_Stage1Off SD_Stage2Off SD_Stage3Off ThreshStage2On ThreshStage3On

Controller parameter differential part Minimum actuator step possible Software filter time constant Internal setpoint W1, in C Internal setpoint W1, in bar Internal setpoint W2, in C Internal setpoint W2, in bar 2-position controller switching differential burner ON modulating referred to the current setpoint (Wcurrent) 2-position controller switching differential burner OFF modulating referred to the current setpoint (Wcurrent) 2-position controller switching differential burner ON multistage referred to the current setpoint (Wcurrent) 2-position controller switching differential stage 1 OFF referred to the current setpoint (Wcurrent) 2-position controller switching differential stage 2 OFF referred to the current setpoint (Wcurrent) 2-position controller switching differential stage 3_1 OFF referred to the current setpoint (Wcurrent) Reaction threshold Q2 for switching on stage 2 (integral control deviation * time) Reaction threshold Q3 for switching on stage 3 (integral control deviation * time) Settings for the temperature limiter function

0..1000 s 0.5..10 % 1..10 s 0..2000 C 0..100 bar 0..2000 C 0..100 bar -50..+50 % Wcurrent 0..+50 % Wcurrent -50..+50 % Wcurrent 0..+50 % Wcurrent 0..+50 % Wcurrent 0..+50 % Wcurrent 0..1000 0..1000

User User User User User User User User User User User User User Service

40 s 1% 3s ----1.0 % 10 % -2 % 10 % 8% 6% 300 600

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

TempLimiter

TL_ThreshOff TL_SD_On
ColdStart

Temperature limiter OFF threshold, in C Temperature limiter switching differential ON Settings for the cold start (thermal shock protection)

0..2000 C -50..0 % TL_Thresh_Off

Service Service Service

95 C -5 %

x x x

ColdStartOn ThresholdOn StageLoad StageSetp_Mod Stage-

Cold start thermal shock protection, activate / deactivate Cold start thermal shock protection activation level referred to the current setpoint (Wcurrent) Cold start thermal shock protection load step (modulating) Cold start thermal shock protection setpoint step (modulating) referred to the current setpoint (Wcurrent) Cold start thermal shock protection setpoint step (multistage)

deactivated activated 0..100 % Wcurrent 0..100 % 1..100 % Wcurrent 1..100 % Wcurrent

Service Service Service Service Service

deactivated 20 % 15 % 5% 5%

x x x x x

138/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

Setp_Stage MaxTmeMod MaxTmeStage ThresholdOff AdditionalSens

referred to the current setpoint (Wcurrent) Cold start thermal shock protection, max. time per step (modulating) Cold start thermal shock protection, maximum time per step (multistage) Cold start thermal shock protection deactivation level referred to the current setpoint (Wcurrent) Selection for additional sensor (cold start thermal shock protection) deactivated Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 Service deactivated x x 0..100 % Wcurrent Service 80 % x x 1..63 min Service 3 min x x 1..63 min Service 3 min x x

Setp AddSensor Release Stages

Setpoint for additional sensor (cold start thermal shock protection) Cold start thermal shock protection load step stage mode (multistage operation) General configuration of the load controller

0..450 C no release release

Service Service User

60 C release

x x x

x x x x

Configuration

LC_OptgMode

Operating mode with load controller

ExtLC X5-03 IntLC IntLC Bus IntLC X62 ExtLC X62 ExtLC Bus

User

IntLC

Sensor Select

Select actual value input E1 Pt100, TL act. E4 Pt1000, TL act. E4 Ni1000, TL act. E2 Temp, TL inact. E2 Pressure, TL inact. E1 Pt100 for controller + TL and E4 Pt1000 for TL E1 Pt100 for controller + TL and E4 Ni1000 for TL No input Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 TempSensor PressSensor Pt100Pt1000 Pt100Ni1000 NoSensor 150 C / 302 F 400 C / 752 F Configuration of external input X61 4..20 mA 2..10 V 0..10 V

Service

Pt100

MeasureRangePtNi Ext Inp X61 U/I

End of measurement range for sensor at input X60

Service Service

150 C / 302 F 0..10 V

x x

x x

139/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

MRange TempSens MRange PressSens Ext Inp X62 U/I Ext MinSetpoint Ext MaxSetpoint
Adaption

End of temperature measuring range for input X61 End of pressure measuring range for input X61 Configuration of external input X62 Accepted preselected minimum external setpoint for X62 / bus

0..2000 C 0..99.9 bar 4..20 mA 0 / 2..10 V 0..100 % ScaleHIcurrent

Service Service Service Service Service User User

90 C 2 bar 4..20 mA 0% 60 %

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Accepted preselected maximum external setpoint for X62 / bus 0..100 % ScaleHIcurrent Adapting the controlled system

StartAdaption AdaptionLoad SW Version

AZL Times

Adaption load SW version of internal load controller Settings for the display and operating unit AZL5...-specific time settings

40..100 % 0..65535

User User User User

100 % ---

x x x x

PasswordTime Sum/WinterTime Time EU/US Language

Validity of password Setting the summer-/wintertime Setting the summer-/wintertime US / EU Selection of language

10..480 min Manual Automatic S / W time EU S / W time US English German Language 3 Language 4 Language 5 Language 6

OEM User User User

120 min Automatic S / W time EU German

x x x x

DateFormat

Selection of date format (Day.Month.Year or Month-Day-Year)

DD.MM.YY MM-DD-YY

User User

DD.MM.YY

x x

x x x x x x x

PhysicalUnits

UnitTemperature UnitPressure

Selection of display format C or F Selection of display format bar or psi

Display C Display F Display bar Display psi

User User User

Display C Display bar

x x x

eBUS

Address SendCycleBU

E-bus address of LMV5... Cycle time for sending the burner control's operating data to BAS

1..8 10..60 s

User User

1 30 s

x x

140/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

Modbus

User Address Baudrate Parity Modbus address of LMV5... Modbus rate of transmission Modbus parity for LMV5... 1..247 19200 bit/s 9600 bit/s no even odd Timeout Lokal / Remote Remote Mode Maximum time with no communication. When this period of time has elapsed, "Remote" changes to "Local" Change of operating mode local / remote Operating mode: Remote "off" / remote "on" / W3 local remote Automatic Burner on Burner off W3 External setpoint W3, in C External setpoint W3, in bar 0..2000 C 0..100 bar User Displaying the HW version of the AZL5... ASN ProductionDate SerialNumber ParamSet Code ParamSet Vers Type reference Production date Serial number Preselected parameter set: customer code Preselected parameter set: version SW version of AZL5... Settings for the actuators 1..15 characters 01.01.00..31.12.99 01-01-00..12-31-99 0..65535 0..255 0..65535 0..65535 User User User User User Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service --20 430 --User User User "AZL52.00A 1WH" --User --User --User --0..7200 s User 30 s User no User User 1 19200 bit/s

x x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Display Contrast
ProductID

SW Version
Actuators Addressing

Addressing unaddressed actuators 1 AirActuator 2 GasActuat(Oil) 3 OilActuator 4 AuxActuator 5 AuxActuator2 6 AuxActuator3 Actuator to be addressed becomes the air actuator Actuator to be addressed becomes the gas actuator, or the fuel actuator for dual fuel burners with one fuel actuator Actuator to be addressed becomes the oil actuator Actuator to be addressed becomes the auxiliary actuator Actuator to be addressed becomes the auxiliary actuator Actuator to be addressed becomes the auxiliary actuator

DirectionRot

141/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

DeleteCurves 1 AirActuator 2 GasActuat(Oil) 3 OilActuator 4 AuxActuator 5 AuxActuator2 6 AuxActuator3 Direction of rotation of the respective actuator Direction of rotation of the respective actuator Direction of rotation of the respective actuator Direction of rotation of the respective actuator Direction of rotation of the respective actuator Direction of rotation of the respective actuator Displaying the actuators' HW version
1 AirActuator

Service standard reversed standard reversed standard reversed standard reversed standard reversed standard reversed OEM User User ASN ProductionDate SerialNumber ParamSet Code ParamSet Vers Type reference Date of production Serial number Preselected parameter set: customer code Preselected parameter set: version 1..15 characters 01.01.00..31.12.99 01-01-00..12-31-99 0..65535 0..255 0..65535 User User User User ASN ProductionDate SerialNumber ParamSet Code ParamSet Vers Type reference Date of production Serial number Preselected parameter set: customer code Preselected parameter set: version 1..15 characters 01.01.00..31.12.99 01-01-00..12-31-99 0..65535 0..255 0..65535 User User User User ASN ProductionDate Type reference Date of production 1..15 characters 01.01.00..31.12.99 01-01-00..12-31-99 User User "SQM45.29x A9" ----20 430 User User "SQM45.29x A9" ----20 430 User User "SQM45.29x A9" --standard OEM standard OEM standard OEM standard OEM standard OEM standard

x x x x x

x x x x x x x

ProductID

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

2 GasActuat(Oil)

3 OilActuator

142/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

SerialNumber ParamSet Code ParamSet Vers

4 AuxActuator

Serial number Preselected parameter set: customer code Preselected parameter set: version

0..65535 0..255 0..65535

User User User User

--20 430

x x x x

x x x x x x x x x x

ASN ProductionDate SerialNumber ParamSet Code ParamSet Vers

5 AuxActuator2

Type reference Date of production Serial number Preselected parameter set: customer code Preselected parameter set: version

1..15 characters 01.01.00..31.12.99 01-01-00..12-31-99 0..65535 0..255 0..65535

User User User User User User

"SQM45.29x A9" ----20 430

x x x x x

ASN ProductionDate SerialNumber ParamSet Code ParamSet Vers

6 AuxActuator3

Type reference Date of production Serial number Preselected parameter set: customer code Preselected parameter set: version

1..15 characters 01.01.00..31.12.99 01-01-00..12-31-99 0..65535 0..255 0..65535

User User User User User User

"SQM45.29x A9" ----20 430

x x x x x x

ASN ProductionDate SerialNumber ParamSet Code ParamSet Vers

SW Version

Type reference Date of production Serial number Preselected parameter set: Customer code Preselected parameter set: Version Displaying the actuators SW version

1..15 characters 01.01.00..31.12.99 01-01-00..12-31-99 0..65535 0..255 0..65535

User User User User User User

"SQM45.29x A9" ----20 430 x ------------x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x x x x x

1 AirActuator 2 GasActuat(Oil) 3 OilActuator 4 AuxActuator 5 AuxActuator2 6 AuxActuator3

VSD Module

SW version of actuator SW version of actuator SW version of actuator SW version of actuator SW version of actuator SW version of actuator Settings for the VSD module

0..65535 0..65535 0..65535 0..65535 0..65535 0..65535

User User User User User User User

143/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

Configuration Speed

Service Service Num Puls per R Standardization StandardizedSp Setpoint Output Setteling Time Number of pulses per revolution Standardization process for fan speed Standardized speed: Speed corresponding to 100 % Configuration of analog interface Time between speed readjustment and speed acquisition for long run commands
Fuel Meter

x x 3 --1 4..20 mA 16 x x x x x x 1 x

x x x x x x x x x

3..6 deactivated activated 1..6300 0..20 mA 4..20 mA 200...5000 ms

Service Service Service Service OEM Service

Fuel counter controller PulseValueGas Number of pulses per volume unit gas 0.0000..9999.9999 Imp/m 0.00000..999.99999 Imp/ft PulseValueOil Number of pulses per volume unit oil 0.0000..9999.9999 Imp/l 0.0000..9999.9999 Imp/gal

Service

Service

Process Data

User Max Stat Dev Max Dyn Dev Num Dev >0.3% Num Dev >0.5% Absolute Speed Maximum speed deviation at the end of a run command Maximum speed deviation when accelerating Number of speed deviations >0.3 % at the end of a run command Number of speed deviations >0.5 % at the end of a run command Absolute speed 0..6553.5 User User ASN ProductionDate SerialNumber ParamSet Code ParamSet Vers Type reference Date of production Serial number Preselected parameter set: customer code Preselected parameter set: version SW version of VSD Settings for the O2 module 1..15 characters 01.01.00..31.12.99 01-01-00..12-31-99 0..65535 0..255 0..65535 0..65535 User User User User User Service O2 Sensor Configuration of oxygen sensor no sensor Service no sensor --20 430 --User User ------0..255 User --0..100 % 0..100 % 0..255 User User User -------

x x x x x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

ProductID

SW Version
O2 Module Configuration

144/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

QGO20 SupAirTempSens FlueGasTempSens MaxTempFlGasGas MaxTempFlGasOil

Displayed Values

Configuration of supply air temperature input

no sensor Pt1000 Ni1000

Service

no sensor

Configuration of flue gas temperature input

no sensor Pt1000 Ni1000

Service

no sensor

Switch-off limit of flue gas temperature Switch-off limit of flue gas temperature

0..400 C 0..400 C

Service Service User

400 C 400 C

x x x

Actual O2 Value O2 Setpoint SupplyAirTemp FlueGasTemp CombEfficiency QGO SensorTemp QGO HeatingLoad QGO Resistance
ProductID

Actual O2 value O2 setpoint Supply air temperature in C Flue gas temperature in C Combustion efficiency Sensor temperature of QGO... in C Control value of QGO... heating in 0.1 % Internal resistance of QGO's Nernst cell

0..100 % 0...25 % -100..923 C -100..923 C 0...200 % -100..923 C 0..100 % 0..1000 Ohm

User User User User User User User User User

-----------------

x x x x x x x x x

ASN ProductionDate SerialNumber ParamSet Code ParamSet Vers SW Version

SystemConfig

Type reference Date of production Serial number Preselected parameter set: customer code Preselected parameter set: version SW version of O2M Settings for LMV5... system configuration

1..15 characters 01.01.00..31.12.99 01-01-00..12-31-99 0..65535 0..255 0..65535 0..65535

User User User User User User User

"PLL52.110 A100" ----20 430 --x IntLC x

x x x x x x x x

LC_OptgMode

Operating mode with load controller

ExtLC X5-03 IntLC IntLC Bus

User

145/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

IntLC X62 ExtLC X62 ExtLC Bus Ext Inp X62 U/I Configuration of external input X62 4..20 mA 0 / 2..10 V
TempLimiter

Service Service

4..20 mA

x x

x x x x x

TL_Thresh_Off TL_SD_On Sensor Select

Temperature limiter OFF threshold, in C Temperature limiter switching differential ON Select actual value input E1 Pt100, TL act. E4 Pt1000, TL act. E4 Ni1000, TL act. E2 Temp, TL inact. E2 Pressure, TL inact. E1 Pt100 for controller + TL and E4 Pt1000 for TL E1 Pt100 for controller + TL and E4 Ni1000 for TL No input

0..2000 C -50..0 % TL_Thresh_Off Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 TempSensor PressSensor Pt100Pt1000 Pt100Ni1000 NoSensor 150 C / 302 F 400 C / 752 F auto deact man deact O2 limiter O2 control conAutoDeac

Service Service Service

95 C -5 % Pt100

x x x

MeasureRangePtNi O2Ctrl/LimitrGas

End of measurement range for sensor at input X60 Operating mode of O2 controller / limiter when firing on gas

Service Service

150 C / 302 F man deact

x x

O2Ctrl/LimitrGas

Operating mode of O2 controller / limiter when firing on oil

auto deact man deact O2 limiter O2 control conAutoDeac

Service

man deact

HoursRun

User GasFiring OilStage1/Mod OilStage2 OilStage3 TotalHoursReset TotalHours Hours run gas (selectable) Hours run oil stage 1 or modulating (selectable) Hours run oil stage 2 (selectable) Hours run oil stage 3 (selectable) Hours run total (can be reset) Hours run total (read only) 0..999999 h 0..999999 h 0..999999 h 0..999999 h 0..999999 h 0..999999 h User User User User User User 0 0 0 0 0 0

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

146/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

SystemOnPower
Reset

Hours run device under voltage (read only) Resetting the hours run counters GasFiring OilStage1/Mod OilStage2 OilStage3 TotalHoursReset Hours run gas (selectable) Hours run oil stage 1 or modulating (selectable) Hours run oil stage 2 (selectable) Hours run oil stage 3 (selectable) Hours run total (can be reset)

0..999999 h

User User

x x

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

0..999999 h 0..999999 h 0..999999 h 0..999999 h 0..999999 h

User User User User User User

0 0 0 0 0

x x x x x x

StartCounter

GasStartCount OilStartCount TotalStartCountR TotalStartCount

Reset

Number of startups gas, start counter (selectable) Number of startups oil, start counter (selectable) Total number of startups, start counter (can be reset) Total number of startups, start counter (read only) Resetting the start counters GasStartCount OilStartCount TotalStartCountR Number of startups gas, start counter (selectable) Number of startups oil, start counter (selectable) Total number of startups, start counter (can be reset)

0..999999 0..999999 0..999999 0..999999

User User User User User

0 0 0 0

x x x x x

0..999999 0..999999 0..999999

User User User User

0 0 0

x x x x

Fuel Meter

Curr Flow Rate Volume Gas Volume Oil Volume Gas R Volume Oil R Reset DateGas Reset DateOil

Current fuel throughput Fuel volume gas (read only) Fuel volume oil (read only) Fuel volume gas (resettable) Fuel volume oil (resettable) Reset date fuel volume gas Reset date fuel volume oil

0..6553.4 0..199999999.9 m 0..1999999999 ft 0..199999999.9 l 0..199999999.9 gal 0..199999999.9 m 0..1999999999 ft 0..199999999.9 l 0..199999999.9 gal 01.01.00..31.12.99 01-01-00..12-31-99 01.01.00..31.12.99 01-01-00..12-31-99

User User User User User User User User

--0 0 0 0 0 0

x x x x x x x x x

Updating Passwords

Changing the passwords ServicePassword Service password (not included in parameter backup) 3..8 characters

OEM OEM ---

147/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

OEM Password BurnerID

ParamBackup BackupInfo

OEM password (not included in parameter backup) Identification of burner

4..8 characters 4..15 characters

OEM OEM User User

--invalid

x x x x

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Date TimeOfDay BU included? AZL included? LC included? ACT1 included? ACT2 included? ACT3 included? ACT4 included? ACT5 included? ACT6 included? VSD included? O2 included? LMV5x AZL AZL LMV5x Load_SW_from_ PC PW Login

Date of backup Time of day of backup Information: BU included in last backup YES / NO Information: DOU included in last backup YES / NO Information: LC included in last backup YES / NO Information: ACT1 included in last backup YES / NO Information: ACT2 included in last backup YES / NO Information: ACT3 included in last backup YES / NO Information: ACT4 included in last backup YES / NO Information: ACT5 included in last backup YES / NO Information: ACT6 included in last backup YES / NO Information: ACT1 included in last backup YES / NO Information: O2 included in last backup YES / NO Saving the parameters of the system on the AZL5... Transferring the parameters saved on the AZL5... to the system Updating the AZL5... software via the serial port with the PC tool Obtaining access right via the password (access times can be parameterized)

01.01.00..31.12.99 01-01-00..12-31-99 00:00..23:59 No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes

User User User User User User User User User User User User User Service Service Service User

0 0 No No No No No No No No No No No

x x x x x x x x x

x x

x x x x

x x x x

148/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Representation of parameters based on the AZL5... menu structure, OEM level, as supplied by Siemens Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Description Value range Access rights Default pa- LMV51 LMV52 rameter setting

PW Logout
SafetyCheckFunct

Canceling the last access right obtained via password TV test LossFlameTest SLT Test Loss of flame test Safety limit thermostat test deactivated activated

Service User Service User ---

x x x x

x x x x

149/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 7 Display and operating unit AZL5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system

8.1 Practice-oriented setting instructions for the system configuration, the burner control, and the electronic fuel / air ratio control system
These settings instructions serve for commissioning the LMV5 system. To access the parameter setting levels, a password must be entered. After having entered the correct password, the data will appear on the AZL5 (backup for emergencies). Then, the unit can be parameterized. After leaving the parameter setting level, we recommend to make a backup.

8.1.1 Basic configuration

1. Parameterizing the burner identification (burner ID) Menu level 1
Updating BurnerID

Menu level 2

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

Burner identification: E.g. OEM13-10-02-003 (name of OEM = burner manufacturer; date 13-10-2002, production number 003); minimum 4 characters 2. Selecting the fuel trains Menu level 1
Params & Display BurnerControl Configuration ConfigGeneral FuelTrainGas FuelTrainOil

Menu level 2

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

FuelTrainGas from DirectIgniG to Pilot Gp2 FuelTrainOil from LightOilLO to HO w Gasp

3. Checking the inputs / outputs while taking into account the burner and plant conditions. For details, refer to subsection 4.1.1 Digital inputs Menu level 1
Parameter BurnerControl Configuration ConfigInput/Output

Menu level 2

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

150/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 8 Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

4. Setting gas valve proving

Menu level 1
Params & Display

Menu level 2
BurnerControl

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

ValveProving ValveProvingType

Selection of gas valve proving: No VP, VP startup, VP shutdown or VP stup/shd ( Gas valve proving system)

5. Addressing the actuators Menu level 1

Params & Display

Prior to programming the actuators, the connector for the bus connection at the last CAN bus element must be plugged in.

Menu level 2
Actuators

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

Addressing 1. AirActuator 2. GasActuat(Oil) 3. OilActuator 4. AuxActuator 5. AuxActuator 2 6. AuxActuator 3

For addressing an actuator, select the respective type of actuator: 1. Air actuator 2. Gas actuator (oil) [for dual-fuel burners with only one fuel actuator] 3. Oil actuator 4. Auxiliary actuator 5. Auxiliary actuator 2 6. Auxiliary actuator 3 Confirm by pressing Enter ( Display and operating unit AZL5). The AZL5 prompts you to operate the addressing switch on the actuator.

151/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 8 Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

6. Selecting the actuators direction of rotation Menu level 1

Params & Display Actuators DirectionRot DeleteCurves 1. AirActuator 2. GasActuat.(Oil) 3. OilActuator 4. AuxActuator 5. AuxActuator 2 6. AuxActuator 3

Menu level 2

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

Select the direction of rotation with Standard or Reversed. The standard direction of rotation is anticlockwise when facing the end of the drive shaft ( Display and operating unit AZL5).

Note:

To check the direction of rotation, every actuator can be rotated when in the home position (see item 11). After setting the ignition positions / curves, the direction of rotation can only be changed after canceling the curves and the ignition positions on the setting menu DeleteCurves.

7. Configuration of VSD (only LMV5x.2...) (subsection 18.1.2)

Depending on the application and the type of fuel (with or without auxiliary actuator), the auxiliary actuator can be activated or deactivated, or used as a VSD (only LMV51.2...).

Menu level 1
Params & Display

Menu level 2
RatioControl

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

GasSettings Actuator OilSettings Actuator

LMV52... activating and deactivating the actuators Menu level 1

Params & Display

In accordance with the application and the type of fuel, the actuators can be activated or deactivated. Here, it is also defined whether the relevant actuator influences the air volume.

Menu level 2
RatioControl

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

GasSettings AirActuator AuxActuator 1 AuxActuator 2 AuxActuator 3 VSD OilSettings AirActuator AuxActuator 1 AuxActuator 2 AuxActuator 3 VSD

152/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 8 Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

8. Setting the load controller (option) Menu level 1

Params & Display LoadController Configuration LC_OptgMode

Menu level 2

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

Select a load controller operating mode in accordance with the examples given in chapter Operating modes with load controller. This configures the output signal for the VSD (section 6.3)

9. Selecting a temperature or pressure sensor Menu level 1

Params & Display

If the internal load controller of the LMV5 is used, a temperature or pressure sensor must be connected to input 1, 2 or 4.

Menu level 2
LoadController

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

Configuration SensorSelection MeasureRange PtNi Ext Input X61 U/I MeasureRange TempSensor MeasureRange PressSens Ext Setpoint minExt Setpoint max

On the configuration level of the LC, select the required type of sensor. Then, define the sensors measuring range. This configures speed acquisition (subsection 18.1.3)

153/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 8 Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

8.1.2 Settings for gas-fired operation

The next steps explain how the fuel / air ratio control system is to be set. Specific curves are required for each type of fuel.

10. Activating program stops in different program phases

Activate a program stop when startup shall be stopped to set the special positions. Prepurging Ignition position Interval 1 Interval 2 Postpurging Phases 24 - 34 Phase 36 Phase 44 Phase 52 Phases 72 - 78

Menu level 1
Params & Display

Menu level 2
RatioControl

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

ProgramStop deactivated 24PrePurgP 32PreP FGR 36IgnitPos 44Interv1 52Interv2 72PostPPos 76PostPFGR

Activate a program stop in Phase 24.

11. Checking and presetting the actuators positions for gas ignition

The unit is supplied with presettings for the parameters home position, prepurge and postpurge position. These positions should be checked and adapted if required, either now or during the following program stops. The ignition positions are not predefined. In this section, a valid setting must be made or, otherwise, burner startup is not possible.

Menu level 1
Params & Display

Menu level 2
RatioControl

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

GasSettings SpecialPositions IgnitionPos IgnitionPosGas IgnitionPosAir IgnitionPosAux IgnitionPosAux2 IgnitionPosAux3 IgnitionPosVSD Only LMV52...

Example: 12. Manual startup Menu level 1

ManualOperation Autom/Manual/Off

Gas actuator: 32.5

Air actuator: 25.6

To start the burner, select Autom/Manual/Off and BurnerOn.

Menu level 2

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

If startup shall be watched, press simultaneously selection buttons < and > to switch the display to Normal operation.

154/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 8 Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

13. Actuator positions during the prepurge time Menu level 1

Params & Display

The burner control stops startup during the prepurge phase (Phase 24). The positions of the actuators for prepurging can thus be set very straightforwardly.

Menu level 2
RatioControl

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

GasSettings SpecialPositions PrepurgePos PrepurgePosAir PrepurgePosAux PrepurgeAux2 PrepurgeAux3 PrepurgeVSD Only LMV52...

Note:

The prepurge position of auxiliary actuator 3 is approached in Phase 32 (FGR). After the settings have been made, the program stop in the prepurge position should be replaced by the program stop of the ignition position in Phase 36.

14. Ignition positions

The burner control continues the startup sequence until the ignition position (Phase 36) is reached. Then, it stops again so that the actuators ignition positions can be set.

Menu level 1
Params & Display

Menu level 2
RatioControl

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

GasSettings SpecialPositions IgnitionPos IgnitionPosGas IgnitionPosAir IgnitionPosAux Aux2 Aux3 VSD Only LMV52...

To verify the ignition positions again, the program sequence can be stopped in interval phase 44 or 52 (interval with ignited flame on completion of the relevant safety time). On deactivation of the program stop, the burner continues its program until the operating phase (Phase 60) is reached. If no point for the fuel / air ratio control system has as yet been predefined, the first curvepoint P1 to be adopted on a preliminary basis are the ignition positions of the actuators.

155/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 8 Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

15. Setting the curve First setting

The burner travels to the ignition load. The burners output should now be increased manually and in steps of the curve setting until the nominal capacity (100 %) is reached. During the manual procedure, the actuators travel on the interpolated straight line to the maximum position of 90 at 100 % output. The flue gas values and the stability of the flame must be constantly checked. It may be necessary to define provisional curvepoints, which can be canceled again later. As soon as the nominal capacity is reached, the burner should be optimized with regard to flue gas values. It is recommended to measure the gas throughput at each curvepoint in order to reflect the real burner output on the display in relation to the maximum gas throughput. Press the ESC button to leave the curvepoint setting Store the point by pressing Enter Now, select the second curvepoint. The settings of the previous curvepoint will be adopted on a preliminary basis Store the second curvepoint like the first one During storage, the LMV5... sorts the curvepoints based on rising output. This means that you can enter the curvepoints in any order you like as long as the output was correctly set. Proceed in this way point by point until the minimum output is reached. After storage of the minimum output point, leave the curve setting.

Note

Menu level 1
Params & Display

Menu level 2
RatioControl

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

GasSettings CurveParams Point Manual

Example:
Point Order of setting Output Gas Air Aux 1 5 15 % 8.6 10.5 20.3 2 4 28 % 28.0 28.8 30.0 3 3 50 % 43.0 46.0 45.0 4 2 71 % 62.5 55.7 52.0 5 1 100 % 81.5 70.8 60.0

Fuel / air ratio control

90 80

Position []

70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Gas actuator position Auxiliary actuator
7550d26E/0502

Air actuator position

100 %

Load [%]
156/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 8 Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Changing an existing curve

The curvepoints can be changed during burner off periods (Phase 12) or during burner operation (Phase 60). To change an existing curve, select the curvepoint in Point mode. You are now able to change the point, or to cancel it.

Menu level 1
Params & Display

Menu level 2
RatioControl

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

GasSettings CurveParams Point Manual

Creating a new curvepoint

To create a new curvepoint, select Manual. Set the output of the new point and acknowledge by pressing Enter. During the manual procedure, the actuators travel on the interpolated straight lines between the curvepoints. After pressing Enter, each individual actuating device can be selected to optimize the position. To leave the curvepoint setting, press the ESC button and store the point by pressing Enter. Finally, you can limit the burner output to a minimum and maximum in accordance with the boilers requirements.

16. Load limits

Menu level 1
Params & Display

Menu level 2
RatioControl

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

GasSettings LoadLimits MinLoadGas MaxLoadGas

17. Shutdown Menu level 1

ManualOperation

Choose Autom/Manual/Off to select BurnerOff.

Menu level 2
Autom/Manual/Off

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

157/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 8 Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

8.1.3 Settings for multistage firing on oil

18. Fuel changeover for firing on oil Menu level 1
Operation Fuel FuelSelect

Fuel changeover on the AZL5 is possible only if input FuelSelect is set to internal. Set fuel selection to Oil or set the external fuel selector to Oil.

Menu level 2

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

19. Changing the burner operating mode from modulating to multistage (only when firing on oil) Menu level 1
Params & Display

Here, the burner operating mode can be set to 2-stage or 3-stage.

Menu level 2
RatioControl

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

OilSettings CurveParams Operation Mode

20. Activating the program stops in the different program phases

Activate the program stop if startup shall be interrupted to continue setting the special positions. Prepurge Ignition position Interval 1 Interval 2 Postpurge Phases 24 - 34 Phase 36 Phase 44 Phase 52 Phases 72 - 78

Menu level 1
Params & Display

Menu level 2
RatioControl

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

ProgramStop deactivated 24PrePurgP 32PreP FGR 36IgnitPos 44Interv1 52Interv2 72PostPPos 76PostPFGR

Activate a program stop in Phase 24.

158/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 8 Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

21. Checking and presetting the ignition positions for firing on oil

For the parameters home, prepurge and postpurge position, the parameter set as supplied contains presettings. These should be checked and, if necessary, adapted, either now or during the following program stops. There is no presetting for the ignition position. In this section, a valid setting must be made because otherwise, the burner cannot be started up.

Menu level 1
Params & Display

Menu level 2
RatioControl

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

OilSettings SpecialPositions IgnitionPos IgnitionPosOil IgnitionPosAir IgnitionPosAux Aux2 Aux3 VSD Only LMV52...

Example: Gas actuator: 22.5 Air actuator: 37.6 These values are also transferred to operating point S1 even if it has not yet been set. 22. Manual startup Menu level 1
ManualOperation Autom/Manual/Off

To start the burner, select Autom/Manual/Off to choose BurnerOn.

Menu level 2

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

If startup shall be watched, the display can be changed to Normal operation by pressing simultaneously selection buttons < and >.

23. Actuator positions during the prepurge time Menu level 1

Params & Display

The burner control stops startup in the prepurge phase (Phase 24), so that the positions of the actuators for prepurging can be straightforwardly set.

Menu level 2
RatioControl

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

OilSettings SpecialPositions PrepurgePos PrepurgePosAir PrepurgePosAux Aux2 Aux3 VSD Only LMV52...

Note:

The prepurge position of auxiliary actuator 3 is approached in Phase 32 (FGR). After the settings are made, the program stop in the prepurge position should be replaced by the program stop of the ignition position in Phase 36.

159/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 8 Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

24. Ignition positions

The burner control proceeds with the startup sequence until the ignition position (Phase 36) is reached. There, the burner control stops again for setting the ignition positions of the actuators.

Menu level 1
Params & Display

Menu level 2
RatioControl

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

OilSettings SpecialPositions IgnitionPos IgnitionPosOil IgnitionPosAir IgnitionPosAux Aux2 Aux3 VSD Only LMV52...

To repeatedly verify the ignition positions, the program sequence can be stopped in interval phase 44 or 52 (interval with ignited flame on completion of the respective safety time). When the program stop is deactivated, the burner proceeds with its program until normal operation is reached (Phase 60). If the switching points of the burner stages have not yet been defined, the ignition positions of the actuators will be used as the first stage for the moment.

160/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 8 Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

25. Setting the burner stages Menu level 1

Params & Display

The burner runs at ignition load or at the first burner stage. The positions of the actuators can now be changed.

Menu level 2
RatioControl

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

OilSettings CurveParams Curve Settings Actuator Positions followed not followed

It is recommended to use the function Actuator positions followed to set the switching points and operating points of the second and third stage.

Menu level 1
Params & Display

Menu level 2
RatioControl

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

OilSettings CurveParams Curve Settings Actuator Positions followed not followed SetPointStage1 StartPointStage2 OffPointStage2 SetPointStage2 StartPointStage3 OffPointStage3 SetPointStage3

Example:
Stage Air Aux S1 35.0 13.0 S2 on 43.0 28.0 S2 off 45.0 20.0 S2 53.0 43.0 S3 on 61.0 50.0 S3 off 62.0 50.0 S3 69.0 54.0

Fuel / air ratio contol (multistage operation)

80 70

Position []

60 50 40 30 20 10 0 45 70
Air actuator position Up Air actuator position Down Auxiliary actuator Up Auxiliary actuator Down
7550d27e/0704

Load [%]
V3 down V3 up

100 %

V1

V2 down

V2 up

V2

V3
161/301

Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products

Basic Documentation LMV5... 8 Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system

CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

26. Shutdown Menu level 1

ManualOperation

Select Autom/Manual/Off and choose BurnerOff.

Menu level 2
Autom/Manual/Off

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

162/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 8 Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

8.1.4 Extra functions of the LMV5...

27. Valve proving (leakage test LT) Menu level 1
Params & Display BurnerControl ValveProving ValveProvingType Config_PM-VP/CPI VP_EvacTme VP_TmeAtmPress VP_FillTme VP_Tme_GasPress

Menu level 2

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

The gas volume contained in the piping between the valves (including the valve volume) must be calculated in accordance with the gas train. Example of fuel train
Program
SV
PS min

Direct ignition
V1
PS VP

V2
PS max
ACT

7550s01E/0202

Determination of the test time with predefined leakage rate to be detected during valve proving:
(PG - Pw) V 3600

t Test = Patm Q Leck

Determination of the detected leakage rate during valve proving:

(PG - Pw) V 3600 Q Leck = Patm t Test Legend
QLeck PG PW Patm V t Test in l / h in mbar in mbar in mbar in l in s Leakage rate in liters per hour
Overpressure between the valves at the beginning of the test phase

Overpressure set on the pressure switch (normally 50 % of the gas inlet pressure) Absolute air pressure (1,013 mbar normal pressure) Volume between the valves (test volume) including valve volume and pilot path (Gp1) if present Test time

163/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 8 Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Example 1 (calculation of test time)

PG PW Patm V QLeck

= = = = =

30 mbar 15 mbar 1013 mbar 3l 50 l / h

(30 - 15) mbar 3 l 3600 s / h t Test = = 3.2 s 1013 mbar 50 l / h

Result: The test time to be set is 4 seconds Example 2 (determination of detectable leakage rate)
PG PW Patm V tTest = = = = = 30 mbar 15 mbar 1013 mbar 3l 4s

(30 - 15) mbar 3 l 3600 s / h Q Leck = = 40.0 l / h 1013 mbar 4 s

Result: The detected leakage rate is 40 l / h

164/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 8 Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

8.1.5 Configuration of the load controller

Selection of operating mode
Operating modes with the load controller

Example: Internal load controller with Pt1000 sensor. Menu level 1

Params & Display SystemConfig LC_OptgMode ExtLC X5-03 Int LC Int LC Bus Int LC X62 Ext LC X62 Ext LC Bus

Menu level 2

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

Or, alternatively:

Menu level 1
Params & Display

Menu level 2
LoadController

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

Configuration LC_OptgMode ExtLC X5-03 Int LC Int LC Bus Int LC X62 Ext LC X62 Ext LC Bus

After the internal load controller has been activated, the sensor input must be selected and configured.

Menu level 1
Params & Display

Menu level 2
LoadController

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

Configuration SensorSelection Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 TempSensor PressSensor Pt100Pt1000 Pt100Ni1000 NoSensor

Then, the temperature measuring range must be defined.

Menu level 1
Params & Display

Menu level 2
LoadController

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

Configuration MeasureRange PtNi 150C/302F 400C/752F

165/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 8 Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

8.1.6 Control parameters of the load controller

The control parameters can be defined in 3 different ways.

1. Selection of the standard parameter set

The memory of the load controller contains 5 standard parameter sets. Depending on the characteristics of the controlled system, a PID triple value can be selected and activated. The following standard parameter sets can be chosen:

P [%]
Very fast Fast Normal Slow Very slow 40 4 7 15 30

I [s]
55 35 90 320 400

D [s]
15 17 50 40 10

2. Individual setting of the PID parameters

Alternatively, the PID parameters can be directly selected and set within the predefined value range.

Menu level 1
Params & Display

Menu level 2
LoadController

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

ControllerParam ContrlParamList StandardParam Adaption very fast fast normal slow very slow

Or
P-Part (Xp) I_Part (Tn) D-Part (Tv)

3. Automatic adaption

With the method of adapting the control parameters, the characteristic data of the controlled system are acquired with an adaption procedure whereupon matching PID parameters will be calculated. If possible, the adaption load should be 100 %.

Menu level 1
Params & Display

Menu level 2
LoadController

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

Adaption StartAdaption AdaptionLoad

166/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 8 Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Temperature limiter function

The integrated temperature limiter observes a separate temperature limit. (for details Integrated temperature limiter function). After the switch-off point in C for the temperature limiter has been entered, the relative switch-on point in % will be given.

Example:

TW_Threshold_Off: TW_SwiDiff_On Temperature limitation on at

80 C -10 % ( = 8 K) 72 C

Menu level 1
Params & Display

Menu level 2
LoadController

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

TempLimiter TL_Thresh_Off TL_SD_On

Or
SystemConfig TempLimiter TL_Thresh_Off TL_SD_On

Boiler setpoints W1 and W2

2 boiler setpoints can be adjusted which, however, must not lie above the actual limit value of the temperature limiter function ( Setpoints). Changeover from setpoint W1 to setpoint W2 is accomplished by means of an external, potential-free contact at input 3.

Menu level 1
Params & Display

Menu level 2
LoadController

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

ControllerParam Setpoint W1 Setpoint W2

Or
Operation BoilerSetpoint Setpoint W1 Setpoint W2

167/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 8 Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

2-position controller (C = ON / OFF)

Example: Modulating control

After the boiler setpoint in C has been entered, the switch-on and switch-off point of the 2-position controller in % will be given. The switching points will be calculated in relation to the current setpoint.

Example:

Setpoint: SD_ModOn SD_ModOff Controller loop open (Off) Controller loop closed (On)

70 C +5 % ( = 3.5 K) +10 % ( = 7 K) 70 + 3.5 = 73.5 C 70 - 7 = 63 C

Menu level 1
Params & Display

Menu level 2
LoadController

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

ControllerParam SD_ModOn SD_ModOff

Diagram
SD_ModOff W SD_ModOn

Setpoint

Actual value

R=ON Y=OPEN Y=CLOSED

7550f07E/0502

Cold start thermal shock protection (CSTP)

When the cold start thermal protection has been activated, a boiler after having dropped below a predefined switch-on threshold will be heated up in multistage operation. This approach ensures that when cold, the boiler does not have to satisfy the maximum demand for heat within a very short period of time. Thermal strain on the boiler will thus be prevented. The cold start sequence will be activated when, on startup, the actual value lies below the switch-on threshold. When cold start thermal shock protection is activated, the manipulated variable - on cold start - will be increased in a stepwise fashion using the adjusted output step (or the next stage will be switched on). Start output for the cold start is the minimum load. The increase of the output by the output step depends on 2 criteria: 1. If the predefined change of the actual value is not reached with the current output (setpoint step modulating or setpoint step multistage), the output will be increased by this step (output step) when the maximum time has elapsed. 2. If the predefined change of the actual value is reached with the current output within the maximum time, the output will be increased by one output step. When the switch-off threshold is reached, the cold start sequence will be terminated and normal control operation started.

Description

168/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 8 Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Example

Modulating burner with pressure control For the output step, any output value in % can be predefined. 100 % divided by the output step gives the number of possible steps.
Parameters: Shock protection on / off Shock protection activation level Output step (only for modulating operation) Setpoint step modulating Max. time modulating per step Shock protection deactivation level
Setpoint

ColdStartOn ThresholdOn StageLoad StageStep_Mod MaxTmeMod ThresholdOff

activated 40 % of setpoint 10 % of burner output 10 % of setpoint 5 minutes 80 % of setpoint

Actual value
10 bar = 100 % 8 bar = 80 %

Example (contd)

Threshold OFF

Load 85 %

Spacing of temperature lines corresponds to the setpoint steps from the actual setpoint, e.g. 10 % = 1 bar

7 bar
Load 70 %

6 bar

Load 55 %

Load steps e.g. 15 % Burner start at low-fire, e.g. 25 %

Load 40 %

5 bar

4 bar = 40 %

Manipulated variable Threshold ON

Burner off, actual value below threshold ON. Burner will be switched on

1. Setpoint step not reached, but max. time exceeded. Therefore, increase of manipulated variable by load step, e.g. MaxTmeMod = 5 min.

2. Setpoint step is reached before max. time has elapsed. Increase of manipulated variable by load step.

Actual value reached. Threshold OFF Change to control

7550d30E/0502

Menu level 1
Params & Display

Menu level 2
LoadController

Menu level 3

Menu level 4

Menu level 5

Menu level 6

ColdStart ColdStartOn ThresholdOn StageLoad StageStep_Mod StageStep_Stage MaxTmeMod MaxTmeStage ThresholdOff

169/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 8 Commissioning instructions for the LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Connection terminals / coding of connectors

9.1 Connection terminals of the LMV51.000x1 / LMV51.040x1

X8-03

X8-02

X8-01

X9-03

X9-02

X9-01

X10-03

X10-02.1 X10-02.2

X10-01

max. LT (CPI) L

min.

L L

L PE

PE

FSV / QRI PE

POWER QRI

OIL

GAS

V1

V2

OIL
1

V1

V1

GAS

PV SV

GAS + OIL

FLAME

X7-01

PE OIL N L PE N L PE L V3 V2

X7-03

X7-02

Start

L G0 12 VAC G

ION

N L

PE

N L

QRB

LINE

L L

X6-01

L
HO-Start

L
1

X6-02

PE N L

X6-03

OIL

SV

RESET

FA G LNE

MOTOR

(S R TA T)

O /O F N F

3 2

min.

GAS

INT

X5-01

X5-02

X5-03

X4-01

X4-02

X4-03

X3-01 X3-02 X3-03

X3-04

PE LINE N VOLTAGE

OIL

GAS + OIL

max.

OIL

PE IGNITION

PE

PE

N L PE

N L

ALARM

SFT A EY LO OP

7550z12/0404

TRAFO
X52 1

12VAC2

12VAC1

FE

BUS
12VAC2 CANH CANL GND

X51 1

X50 1

BUS

12VAC1

12VAC2

12VAC1

CANH

Shield

170/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 9 Connection terminals / coding of connectors CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Shield

CANL

GND

T6,3 IEC 60127-2/V

PE N

GMD-4A

GMD-4A

9.2 Connection terminals of the LMV51.000x2

X8-03

X8-02

X8-01

X9-03

X9-02

X9-01

X10-03

X10-02.1 X10-02.2

X10-01

min. max. LT (CPI) L

L L

L PE

PE

FSV / QRI PE

POWER QRI

OIL

GAS

V1

V2

OIL
1

V1

V1

GAS

PV SV

GAS + OIL

FLAME

X7-01

PE OIL N L PE N L PE L V3 V2

X7-03

X7-02

X6-01

L
HO-Start

L
1

X6-02

OIL

PE N L

X6-03

SV

FA G LNE

RESET

MOTOR

(S R TA T)

max.

3 2

min.

GAS

X5-01

X5-02

X5-03

X4-01

X4-02

X4-03

X3-01 X3-02 X3-03

X3-04

PE LINE N VOLTAGE

OIL
O /O F N F

GAS + OIL

INT

OIL

PE IGNITION

PE

PE

N L PE

N L

ALARM

SFT A EY LO OP

7550z13/0404

TRAFO
X52 1

12VAC2

12VAC1

FE

BUS
12VAC2 CANH CANL GND

X51 1

X50 1

BUS

12VAC1

12VAC2

12VAC1

CANH

Shield

Shield

CANL

GND

171/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 9 Connection terminals / coding of connectors CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

T6,3 IEC 60127-2/V

PE N

T4 IEC 60127-2V/

Start

L G0 12 VAC G

ION

N L

PE

QRB

LINE

L L L

T4 IEC 60127-2V/

9.3 Connection terminals of the LMV51.100x1 / LMV51.140x1

X8-03

X8-02

X8-01

X9-03

X9-02

X9-01

X10-03

X10-02.1 X10-02.2

X10-01

max. LT (CPI) L

min.

L L

L PE

PE

FSV / QRI PE

POWER QRI

OIL

GAS

V1 V2

OIL
1

V1

V1

GAS

PV SV

GAS + OIL

FLAME

X7-01

PE OIL N L PE N L PE L V3 V2

X7-03

X7-02

Start

L G0 12 VAC G

ION

N L

PE

N L

QRB

LINE

L L

X6-01

L
HO-Start

L
1

X6-02

OIL

PE N L

X6-03

SV

FA G LNE

RESET

MOTOR

(S R TA T)

3 2

min. L

GAS

INT

L L

X5-01

X5-02

X5-03

X4-01

X4-02

X4-03

X3-01 X3-02 X3-03

X3-04

PE LINE N VOLTAGE L

OIL
O /O F N F

GAS + OIL

max.

OIL

PE IGNITION

PE

PE

N L PE

N L

ALARM

SFT A EY LO OP

7550z14/0404

LOAD OUTPUT

X63 1

SET POINT INPUT

X62 1

TEMP./PRES. INPUT

TEMP.
X60 1

TRAFO
X52 1

X61 1

12VAC2

0 4...20 mA

0 4...20 mA

Power Supply Sensor

4...20 mA

Pt100 Pt / Ni 1000

12VAC1

FE

FE

0...10V

FE

FE

0...10V

FE

BUS
12VAC2 CANH CANL GND

X51 1

X50 1

BUS

12VAC1

12VAC2

12VAC1

CANH

Shield

172/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 9 Connection terminals / coding of connectors CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Shield

CANL

GND

T6,3 IEC 60127-2/V

PE N

GMD-4A

GMD-4A

9.4 Connection terminals of the LMV51.100x2

X8-03

X8-02

X8-01

X9-03

X9-02

X9-01

X10-03

X10-02.1 X10-02.2

X10-01

max. LT (CPI) L

min.

L PE

L L

PE

FSV / QRI PE

POWER QRI

OIL

GAS

V1

V2

V1

OIL
1

V1

GAS

PV SV

GAS + OIL

FLAME

X7-01

PE OIL N L PE N L PE L V3 V2

X7-03

X7-02

X6-01

L
HO-Start

L
1

X6-02

OIL

PE N L

X6-03

SV

FA G LNE

RESET

MOTOR

(S R TA T)

max.

3 2

min.

GAS

X5-01

X5-02

X5-03

X4-01

X4-02

X4-03

X3-01 X3-02 X3-03

X3-04

PE LINE N VOLTAGE

OIL
O /O F N F

GAS + OIL

INT

OIL

PE IGNITION

PE

PE

N L PE

N L

ALARM

SFT A EY LO OP

7550z15/0404

LOAD OUTPUT

X63 1

SET POINT INPUT

X62 1

TEMP./PRES. INPUT

TEMP.
X60 1

TRAFO
X52 1

X61 1

12VAC2

0 4...20 mA

0 4...20 mA

Power Supply Sensor

4...20 mA

Pt100 Pt / Ni 1000

12VAC1

FE

FE

FE

0...10V

0...10V

FE

FE

BUS
12VAC2 CANH CANL GND

X51 1

X50 1

BUS

12VAC1

12VAC2

12VAC1

CANH

Shield

Shield

CANL

GND

173/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 9 Connection terminals / coding of connectors CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

T6,3 IEC 60127-2/V

PE N

T4 IEC 60127-2V/

Start

L G0 12 VAC G

ION

N L

PE

N L

QRB

LINE

L L

T4 IEC 60127-2V/

9.5 Connection terminals of the LMV51.200x1

0/4-20 mA setpoint OUT

3 wire - PNP

3 wire - PNP

3 wire - PNP

DC 12-24 V alarm IN

2 wire

2 wire

2 wire

Pulse-IN

Reserve

Pulse-IN

Usensor

Usensor

Usensor

Pulse-IN

FE

FE

FE

Start OUT

X 70

1 GA S

X 71

1 OIL

X 72

X 73

M OT OR S PE ED IN P U T

FU E L M E TE R I N P U T

V AR IAB LE S PE ED D RI VE

FE

X8-03

X8-02

X8-01

X9-03

X9-02

X9-01

X10-03

X10-02.1 X10-02.2

X10-01

L L

max. LT (CPI) L

min.

PE

PE

ION

L L

FSV / QRI PE

L POWER QRI

OIL

GAS

V1 V2

V1

OIL
1

V1

GAS

PV SV

GAS + OIL

FLAME

X7-01

PE OIL N L PE N L PE L
Start

V2

X7-02

V3

X7-03

L G0 12 VAC G

PE N

QRB

LINE

X6-01

L
HO-Start

L
1

X6-02

PE N L

X6-03

OIL

SV

RESET

FA G LNE

MOTOR

(S R TA T)

O /O F N F

max.

3 2

min. L

GAS

X5-01

X5-02

X5-03

X4-01

X4-02

X4-03

X3-01 X3-02 X3-03

X3-04

PE LINE N VOLTAGE L

OIL

GAS + OIL

INT

OIL

PE IGNITION

PE

PE

N L PE

N L

ALARM

SFT A EY LO OP

7550z16/0404

LOAD OUTPUT
X63 1

SET POINT INPUT

X62

TEMP./PRES. INPUT
1

TEMP.
X60 1

TRAFO
X52 1

X61 1

0 4...20 mA

0 4...20 mA

4...20 mA

12VAC2

Power Supply Sensor

Pt100 Pt / Ni 1000

12VAC1

FE

FE

FE

FE

FE

0...10V

0...10V

BUS
12VAC2 CANH CANL GND

X51 1

X50 1

BUS

12VAC1

12VAC2

12VAC1

CANH

Shield

174/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 9 Connection terminals / coding of connectors CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Shield

CANL

GND

T6,3 IEC 60127-2/V

PE N

GMD -4A

GMD-4A

9.6 Connection terminals of the LMV51.200x2

0/4-20 mA setpoint OUT

3 wire - PNP

3 wire - PNP

3 wire - PNP

DC 12-24 V alarm IN

2 wire

2 wire

2 wire

Pulse-IN

Reserve

Pulse-IN

Usensor

Usensor

Usensor

Pulse-IN

FE

FE

FE

Start OUT

X 70

1 GA S

X 71

1 OIL

X 72

X 73

M OT OR S PE ED IN P U T

FU E L M E TE R I N P U T

V AR IAB LE S PE ED D RI VE

FE

X8-03

X8-02

X8-01

X9-03

X9-02

X9-01

X10-03

X10-02.1 X10-02.2

X10-01

min. max. LT (CPI) L

L L

PE

PE

FSV / QRI PE

POWER QRI

OIL

GAS

V1 V2

V1

OIL
1

V1

GAS

PV SV

GAS + OIL

FLAME

X7-01

PE OIL N L PE N L PE L
Start

V2

X7-02

V3

X7-03

L G0 12 VAC G

ION

N L

PE

QRB

LINE

L L L

X6-01

L
HO-Start

L
1

X6-02

OIL

PE N L

X6-03

SV

RESET

FA G LNE

MOTOR

(S R TA T)

O /O F N F

3 2

min.

GAS

INT

X5-01

X5-02

X5-03

X4-01

X4-02

X4-03

X3-01 X3-02 X3-03

X3-04

PE LINE N VOLTAGE L

OIL

GAS + OIL

max.

OIL

PE IGNITION

PE

L PE

L PE

N L

ALARM

SFT A EY LO OP

7550z17/0404

LOAD OUTPUT
X63 1

SET POINT INPUT

X62 1

TEMP./PRES. INPUT

TEMP.
X60 1

TRAFO
X52 1

X61 1

12VAC2

0 4...20 mA

0 4...20 mA

Power Supply Sensor

4...20 mA

Pt100 Pt / Ni 1000

12VAC1

FE

FE

FE

0...10V

0...10V

FE

FE

BUS
12VAC2 CANH CANL GND

X51 1

X50 1

BUS

12VAC1

12VAC2

12VAC1

CANH

Shield

Shield

CANL

GND

175/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 9 Connection terminals / coding of connectors CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

T6,3 IEC 60127-2/V

PE N

T4 IEC 60127-2V/

T4 IEC 60127-2V/

9.7 Connection terminals of the LMV52.200A2 / LMV52.240A2

0/4-20 mA setpoint OUT

3 wire - PNP

3 wire - PNP

3 wire - PNP

DC 12-24 V alarm IN

2 wire

2 wire

2 wire

Pulse-IN

Pulse-IN

Reserve

Usensor

Usensor

Usensor

Pulse-IN

FE

FE

FE

Start OUT

X 70

1 GA S

X 71

1 OIL

X 72

X 73

M OT OR S PE ED IN P UT

FU E L M E TE R I NP UT

V AR IAB LE S PE ED D RI VE

FE

X8-03

X8-02

X8-01

X9-03

X9-02

X9-01

X10-03

X10-02.1 X10-02.2

X10-01

L PE

L L

max. LT (CPI) L

min.

PE

FSV / QRI PE

POWER QRI

OIL

GAS

V1

V2

V1

OIL
1

V1

GAS

PV SV

GAS + OIL

FLAME

X7-01

PE OIL N L PE N L PE Start (CPI) L

Start

V2

X7-02

V3

X7-03

GAS

L G0 12 VAC G

N L

L L L

ION

PE

N L

QRB

LINE

X6-01

L
HO-Start

L
1

X6-02

PE N L

X6-03

OIL

SV

FA G LNE

RESET

PE IGNITION

(S R TA T)

max.

3 2

min.

GAS

X5-01

X5-02

X5-03

X4-01

X4-02

X4-03

X3-01 X3-02 X3-03

X3-04

PE LINE N VOLTAGE L

OIL
O /O F N F

GAS + OIL

INT

OIL

PE

PE

N L PE

N L

MOTOR

ALARM

SFT A EY LO OP

7550z18/0404

LOAD OUTPUT
X63 1

SET POINT INPUT

X62 1

TEMP./PRES. INPUT

TEMP.
X60 1

TRAFO
X52 1

X61 1

12VAC2

0 4...20 mA

Power Supply Sensor

4...20 mA

4...20 mA

Pt100 Pt / Ni 1000

12VAC1

FE

FE

FE

0...10V

0...10V

FE

FE

BUS
12VAC2 CANH CANL GND

X51 1

X50 1

BUS

12VAC1

12VAC2

12VAC1

CANH

Shield

176/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 9 Connection terminals / coding of connectors CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Shield

CANL

GND

T6,3 IEC 60127-2/V

PE N

T4 IEC60127-2/V

T4 IEC 60127-2/V

9.8 Connection terminals of the LMV52.200A1 / LMV52.240A1

0/4-20 mA setpoint OUT

3 wire - PNP

3 wire - PNP

3 wire - PNP

DC 12-24 V alarm IN

2 wire

2 wire

2 wire

Pulse-IN

Pulse-IN

Reserve

Usensor

Usensor

Usensor

Pulse-IN

FE

FE

FE

Start OUT

X 70

1 GA S

X 71

1 OIL

X 72

X 73

M OT OR S PE ED IN P U T

FU E L M E TE R I N P U T

V AR IAB LE S PE ED D RI VE

FE

X8-03

X8-02

X8-01

X9-03

X9-02

X9-01

X10-03

min. max. LT (CPI) L

X10-02.1 X10-02.2

X10-01

L L

PE

PE

ION

FSV / QRI PE

POWER QRI

OIL

GAS

V1 V2

V1

OIL
1

V1

GAS

PV SV

GAS + OIL

FLAME

X7-01

PE OIL N L PE N L PE Start (CPI) L

Start

V2

X7-02

V3

X7-03

GAS

L G0 12 VAC G

N L

L L L

PE

QRB

LINE

X6-01

L
HO-Start

L
1

X6-02

PE N L

X6-03

OIL

SV

FA G LNE

RESET

PE IGNITION

(S R TA T)

max.

3 2

min.

GAS

X5-01

X5-02

X5-03

X4-01

X4-02

X4-03

X3-01 X3-02 X3-03

X3-04

PE LINE N VOLTAGE L

OIL
O /O F N F

GAS + OIL

INT

L PE

OIL

PE

L PE

N L

MOTOR

ALARM

SFT A EY LO OP

7550z19/0404

LOAD OUTPUT
X63 1

SET POINT INPUT

X62 1

TEMP./PRES. INPUT

TEMP.
X60 1

TRAFO
X52 1

X61 1

12VAC2

0 4...20 mA

0 4...20 mA

Power Supply Sensor

4...20 mA

Pt100 Pt / Ni 1000

12VAC1

FE

FE

FE

0...10V

0...10V

FE

FE

BUS
12VAC2 CANH CANL GND

X51 1

X50 1

BUS

12VAC1

12VAC2

12VAC1

CANH

Shield

Shield

CANL

GND

177/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 9 Connection terminals / coding of connectors CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

T6,3 IEC 60127-2/V

PE N

GMD-4A

GMD-4A

PE

PE

PE

ION

min

max LT (CPI)

PE

OIL

GAS

FSV / QRI

QRB

V1

V2

PV

SV

FSA SIGNAL (QRI) SHIELD N L

POWER SUPPLY/TEST QRB

V1

Lumberg designation
X8-01 02K13 02K43 04K78 01K03 04K30 04K31 X9-03 X9-02 X9-01 X10-03 X10-02 X10-01

4 3 2 1
X10-02

4 3 2 1 2 1

4 3 2 1 2 1 4 3 2 1

1 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1

Tabs

Plug

X7-01

OIL

PE

03K34

X7-02

V3

03K10

GAS

X7-03

X6-01

OIL

9.9 Coding of connectors

PE

X6-02

PE

X6-03

Lumberg designation
04K01 03K66 X4-02 X4-03 X4 03K48 X5-03 X4-01 X5 04K49

X6

03K54

03K31

02K32 02K02 02K15 X3-01 X3-02 X3-03 X3

05K30 X3-04

Siemens designation
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3
L

X5-01

X5-02

1 2 3

1 2 3 1 2 3 4

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5

RESET

(START)

ALARM

MOTOR

IGNITION

PE

min

OIL

PE

max

ON/OFF

GAS

PE

PE

INT

PE

CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

OIL

OIL + GAS

LINE VOLTAGE

FLANGE

7550a09e/0903

3 2 1 3 2 1

03K57

SV

03K37

4 3 2 1

04K42

Basic Documentation LMV5... 9 Connection terminals / coding of connectors

QRB QRI
5

START

HO-START

X7

3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1

03K30

Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products

GAS OIL + GAS Detector connection
V1
FLAME

Siemens designation

X8 X9 X10

X10

POWER QRI

LINE

12VAC

G0

178/301
6 5 4 3 2 1 4
X10 - 02.1 05K37

OIL

X8-03

X8-02

04K37

04K80

Siemens designation Lumberg designation

3
X10 - 02.2 05K53

PE

V2

Siemens designation Lumberg designation

PE

START

(CPI)

AGG5.720

Standard connector set LMV51... for gas / oil applications with up to 3 actuators. Standard connector set LMV52... for gas / oil applications with up to 3 actuators.

LMV5...

Terminal designation
X3-01 X3-02 X3-03 X3-04 X4-01 X4-02 X4-03 X5-01 X5-02 X5-03 X6-01 X6-02 X6-03 X7-01 X7-02 X7-03 X8-01 X8-02 X8-03 X9-01 X9-02 X9-03 X10-01 X10-02.2 [/] X10-03

Description RAST5

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1

Alarm, fan Air pressure switch (APS) Burner flange Power supply safety loop Fuel selection, lockout reset Ignition Start signal / PS relieve valve Oil pressure switch min. Oil pressure switch max. Load controller external Direct heavy oil start Magnetic clutch / oil pump Safety valve SV (oil) Oil valve V2 Oil valve V3 Not used Firing on gas / oil Oil valve V1 Oil valve V1 Gas valves Protective earth, neutral conductor Gas pressure switch min., max. Power transformer (prim I, sec I) Infrared flame detector QRI... Plug Ionization probe ION

Transformer
1 1 1 prim I sec I sec II CDO DFO DEFL

Type 3.5
2 1 1 1 1 1 6 X50, X51 X52 X60 X61 X62 X63 [/] CAN bus (6-pole) Transformer, secondary side (4-pole, low-voltage) Inputs 1 and 4 - temperature sensor (5 pins), TEMP. Input 2 - pressure input - temperature limiter (5 pins) TEMP. / PRESS. INPUT Input 3, analog input (5 pins), SET POINT INPUT Load output (3 pins), LOAD OUTPUT Actuator (5 pins)

179/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 9 Connection terminals / coding of connectors CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

AGG5.721

Extension connector set LMV5... (in addition to AGG5.720, covering all connector variants).

LMV5...

Terminal designation
[/] [/] [/] [/]

Description Type 3.5

2 2 1 1

Actuator (5 pins) VSD 4-pin connector 2 x 5-pin connector 1 x 6-pin connector 1 x

RAST5

Transformer
1 1 1 prim I sec II X10-02.1 CDO DEFL Photoresistive detector QRB...

180/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 9 Connection terminals / coding of connectors CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

10
Terminal designa-

Description of the connection terminals (AC 120 V)

Description
Output Input

Connection symbol
tion

Electrical rating

X3-01

PIN1 PIN2

x x x x x x x x x x x

Fan motor contactor Alarm Air pressure switch (LP) Power signal for air pressure switch (LP) End switch burner flange Power signal for end switch burner flange Safety loop Power signal for safety loop Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Live conductor (L)

AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1 A, (pilot duty), cos 0.4 AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1 A, (pilot duty), cos 0.4 AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 500 mA AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 5 A AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 5 A AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 5 A AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 5 A

X3-02

PIN1 PIN2

X3-03

PIN1 PIN2

X3-04

PIN1 PIN2 PIN3 PIN4 PIN5

AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, fuse 6.3 AT (DIN EN 60 127 2 / 5)

X4-01 PIN1 PIN2 PIN3 PIN4 X4-02 PIN1 PIN2 PIN3 X4-03 PIN1 PIN2 PIN3 x x x x x x x x x x

Fuel selection internal if pin 1-2 is not used Fuel selection gas Fuel selection oil Fan contactor contact (FCC) or FGRPS Reset / manual lockout Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Ignition Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Start signal or PS relief (APS test valve) AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 75 VA, (pilot duty), cos 0.4 AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1.6 A, (pilot duty), cos 0.2 AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA

181/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products terminals (AC 120 V) Basic Documentation LMV5... 10 Description of the connection 13.08.2004 CC1P7550en

Description of the connection terminals (contd)

Connection symbol
Terminal designation Output

Description

Electrical rating

X5-01

PIN1 PIN2 PIN3 x

Input

Protective earth (PE) AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA Power signal for pressure switch-min-oil AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, (DWmin-oil) Imax 500 mA Protective earth (PE) Pressure switch-max-oil (DWmax-oil) AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 500 mA AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 500 mA AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 500 mA AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 500 mA Pressure switch min-oil (DWmin-oil)

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

X5-02

PIN1 PIN2 PIN3

X5-03

PIN1 PIN2 PIN3 PIN4

Power signal for pressure switch-maxoil (DWmax-oil) Controller (ON / OFF) Controller closes / stage 3 Controller opens / stage 3 Power signal for control of controller Start release oil Power signal start release oil Direct heavy oil start Power signal direct heavy oil start Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Oil pump / magnetic coupling Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Fuel valve SV (oil)

X6-01

PIN1 PIN2 PIN3 PIN4

X6-02

PIN1 PIN2 PIN3

AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1.6 A, (pilot duty), cos 0.4

X6-03

PIN1 PIN2 PIN3

AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1.6 A, (pilot duty), cos 0.4

X7-01

PIN1 PIN2 PIN3

x x

Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Fuel valve V2 (oil) AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1.6 A, (pilot duty), cos 0.4

X7-02

PIN1 PIN2 PIN3

x x

Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Fuel valve V2 (oil) AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1.6 A, (pilot duty), cos 0.4

X7-03

PIN1 PIN2 PIN3 x

Protective earth (PE) Start release gas CPL (LMV52...) AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.6 mA AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 500 mA

Power signal (reserve)

182/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products terminals (AC 120 V) Basic Documentation LMV5... 10 Description of the connection 13.08.2004 CC1P7550en

Description of the connection terminals (contd)

designation

Connection symbol
Output

Description

Electrical rating

Terminal

X8-01

PIN2 PIN1

Input

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Firing on oil Firing on gas Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Wiring point for valves connected in series Fuel valve V1 (oil) Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Wiring point for valves connected in series Fuel valve V1 (oil) Fuel valve V1 (gas) Fuel valve V2 (gas) Fuel valve PV (gas) Fuel valve SV (gas) Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Pressure switch-min-gas, start release gas

AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1 A, cos 0.4 AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1 A, cos 0.4

X8-02

PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1

AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1.6 A, (pilot duty), cos 0.4

X8-03

PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1

AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1.6 A, (pilot duty), cos 0.4 AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1.6 A, (pilot duty), cos 0.4 AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1.6 A, (pilot duty), cos 0.4 AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1.6 A, (pilot duty), cos 0.4 AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1.6 A, (pilot duty), cos 0.4

X9-01

PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1

X9-02

PIN2 PIN1

X9-03

PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1

AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA Imax 1.5 mA

Pressure switch-max-gas (DWmax-gas) AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Pressure switch-VP-gas / LT or valve closing contact (CPI) Power signal for pressure switch AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 500 mA

183/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products terminals (AC 120 V) Basic Documentation LMV5... 10 Description of the connection 13.08.2004 CC1P7550en

Description of the connection terminals (contd)

Terminal designation

Connection symbol
Output

Description

Electrical rating

X10-01

PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1 x x x

Input

x x

Neutral conductor (N) Power signal transformer AC power signal GO AC power signal G QRI... (IR detector) signal voltage AC 12 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, max 1.2 mA Umax DC 5 V AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, max 1 mA

X10-02

PIN6 PIN5 PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Power signal QRI... (IR detector) power supply QRB... signal voltage Ionization probe Reference ground (PELV) Communication signal (CANL) Communication signal (CANH) AC 12 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, fuse max. 4 A DC U 5 V, Rw = 120 , level to ISO-DIS 11898 AC 120 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 500 mA DC 14 / 21 VC Imax 100 mA max. DC 8 V Umax (X3-04-PINS) Imax. 0.5 mA

X10-03 X50

PIN1 PIN6 PIN5 PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1

AC power supply for actuators / display and operating unit AZL... Shield connection (functional earth) Reference ground (PELV) Communication signal (CANL) Communication signal (CANH)

X51

PIN6 PIN5 PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1

DC U 5 V, Rw = 120 , level to ISO-DIS 11898

AC power supply for actuators / display and operating unit AZL... Shield connection (functional earth) Functional earth AC power supply from transformer to LMV51... system Reference ground (PELV) AC power supply from transformer to LMV51... system

AC 12 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, fuse max. 4 A

X52

PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1

AC 12 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz

AC 12 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz

184/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products terminals (AC 120 V) Basic Documentation LMV5... 10 Description of the connection 13.08.2004 CC1P7550en

Description of the connection terminals (contd)

designation

Connection symbol
Output

Description

Electrical rating

Terminal

Input

Temperature / pressure controller

X60

PIN5 PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1

x x x x x x x x

Functional earth for shield connection Reference ground Temperature sensor input Pt / LG-Ni 1000 (Input 4, TEMP) Line compensation temperature sensor PT100 Temperature sensor input PT100 (input 1, TEMP) Functional earth for shield connection Reference ground Current input for temperature / pressure DC 0...20 mA signal (input 2, TEMP / PRESS INPUT 4...40 mA)

X61

PIN5 PIN4 PIN3

PIN2

Voltage input for temperature / pressure DC 0...10 V signal (input 2, TEMP / PRESS INPUT DC 0...10 V

PIN1 X62 PIN5 PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1 x x x x

Power supply for temperature / pressure transmitter Functional earth for shield connection Reference ground Current input for setpoint or load (input 3, SETPOINT INPUT) Voltage input for setpoint or load (input 3, SETPOINT INPUT)

approx. DC 20 V max. 25 mA

DC 0...20 mA DC 0...10 V approx. DC 24 V max. 2 mA

Power supply for setpoint changeover

Temperature / pressure controller

X63

PIN3 PIN2 PIN3

x x x

Functional earth for shield connection Reference ground Current output for burner load (LOAD OUTPUT) DC 4...20 mA, RLmax = 500

185/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products terminals (AC 120 V) Basic Documentation LMV5... 10 Description of the connection 13.08.2004 CC1P7550en

11 Description of the connection terminals (AC 230 V)

Terminal designa-

Connection symbol
Output Input tion

Description

Electrical rating

X3-01

PIN1 PIN2

x x x x x x x x x x x

Fan motor contactor Alarm Air pressure switch (LP) Power signal for air pressure switch (LP) End switch burner flange Power signal for end switch burner flange Safety loop Power signal for safety loop Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Live conductor (L)

AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1 A, cos 0.4 AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1 A, cos 0.4 AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 500 mA AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 5 A AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 5 A AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 5 A AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 5 A

X3-02

PIN1 PIN2

X3-03

PIN1 PIN2

X3-04

PIN1 PIN2 PIN3 PIN4 PIN5

AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, fuse 6.3 AT (DIN EN 60 127 2 / 5)

X4-01 PIN1 PIN2 PIN3 PIN4 X4-02 PIN1 PIN2 PIN3 X4-03 PIN1 PIN2 PIN3 x x x x x x x x x x

Fuel selection internal if pin 1-2 is not used Fuel selection gas Fuel selection oil Fan contactor contact (FCC) or FGRPS Reset / manual lockout Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Ignition Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Start signal or PS relief (APS test valve) AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 0.5 A, cos 0.4 AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 2 A, cos 0.2 AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA

186/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 11 Description of the connection terminals (AC 230 V) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Description of the connection terminals (contd)

Connection symbol
Terminal designation Output

Description

Electrical rating

X5-01

PIN1 PIN2 PIN3 x

Input

Protective earth (PE) AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA Power signal for pressure switch-min-oil AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, (DWmin-oil) Imax 500 mA Protective earth (PE) Pressure switch-max-oil (DWmax-oil) AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 500 mA AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 500 mA AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 500 mA AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 500 mA Pressure switch min-oil (DWmin-oil)

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

X5-02

PIN1 PIN2 PIN3

X5-03

PIN1 PIN2 PIN3 PIN4

Power signal for pressure switch-maxoil (DWmax-oil) Controller (ON / OFF) Controller closes / stage 3 Controller opens / stage 3 Power signal for control of controller Start release oil Power signal start release oil Direct heavy oil start Power signal direct heavy oil start Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Oil pump / magnetic coupling Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Fuel valve SV (oil)

X6-01

PIN1 PIN2 PIN3 PIN4

X6-02

PIN1 PIN2 PIN3

AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 2 A, cos 0.4

X6-03

PIN1 PIN2 PIN3

AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1 A, cos 0.4

X7-01

PIN1 PIN2 PIN3

x x

Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Fuel valve V2 (oil) AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1 A, cos 0.4

X7-02

PIN1 PIN2 PIN3

x x

Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Fuel valve V3 (oil) AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1 A, cos 0.4

X7-03

PIN1 PIN2 PIN3 x

Protective earth (PE) Start release gas CPL (LMV52...) AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 500 mA

Power signal (reserve)

187/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 11 Description of the connection terminals (AC 230 V) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Description of the connection terminals (contd)

designation

Connection symbol
Output

Description

Electrical rating

Terminal

X8-01

PIN2 PIN1

Input

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Firing on oil Firing on gas Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Wiring point for valves connected in series Fuel valve V1 (oil) Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Wiring point for valves connected in series Fuel valve V1 (oil) Fuel valve V1 (gas) Fuel valve V2 (gas) Fuel valve PV (gas) Fuel valve SV (gas) Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Pressure switch-min-gas, start release gas

AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1 A, cos 0.4 AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1 A, cos 0.4

X8-02

PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1

AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1 A, cos 0.4

X8-03

PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1

AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 1 A, cos 0.4 AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 2 A, cos 0.4 AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 2 A, cos 0.4 AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 2 A, cos 0.4 AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, 2 A, cos 0.4

X9-01

PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1

X9-02

PIN2 PIN1

X9-03

PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1

AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA Imax 1.5 mA

Pressure switch-max-gas (DWmax-gas) AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Pressure switch-VP-gas / LT or valve closing contact (CPI) Power signal for pressure switch AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 1.5 mA AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 500 mA

188/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 11 Description of the connection terminals (AC 230 V) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Description of the connection terminals (contd)

Terminal designation

Connection symbol
Output

Description

Electrical rating

X10-01

PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1 x x x

Input

x x

Neutral conductor (N) Power signal transformer AC power signal GO AC power signal G QRI... (IR detector) signal voltage AC 12 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, max 1.2 mA Umax DC 5 V AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, max 1 mA

X10-02

PIN6 PIN5 PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Protective earth (PE) Neutral conductor (N) Power signal QRI... (IR detector) power supply QRB... signal voltage Ionization probe Reference ground (PELV) Communication signal (CANL) Communication signal (CANH) AC 12 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, fuse max. 4 A DC U 5 V, Rw = 120 , level to ISO-DIS 11898 AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax 500 mA DC 14 / 21 VC Imax 100 mA max. DC 8 V Umax (X3-04-PINS) Imax. 0.5 mA

X10-03 X50

PIN1 PIN6 PIN5 PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1

AC power supply for actuators / display and operating unit AZL... Shield connection (functional earth) Reference ground (PELV) Communication signal (CANL) Communication signal (CANH)

X51

PIN6 PIN5 PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1

DC U 5 V, Rw = 120 , level to ISO-DIS 11898

AC power supply for actuators / display and operating unit AZL... Shield connection (functional earth) Functional earth AC power supply from transformer to LMV5... system Reference ground (PELV) AC power supply from transformer to LMV5... system

AC 12 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz, fuse max. 4 A

X52

PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1

AC 12 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz

AC 12 V +10 % / -15 %, 50...60 Hz

189/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 11 Description of the connection terminals (AC 230 V) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Description of the connection terminals (contd)

designation

Connection symbol
Output

Description

Electrical rating

Terminal

Input

Temperature / pressure controller

X60

PIN5 PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1

x x x x x x x x

Functional earth for shield connection Reference ground Temperature sensor input Pt / LG-Ni 1000 (Input 4, TEMP) Line compensation temperature sensor PT100 Temperature sensor input PT100 (input 1, TEMP) Functional earth for shield connection Reference ground Current input for temperature / pressure DC 0...20 mA signal (input 2, TEMP / PRESS INPUT 4...40 mA)

X61

PIN5 PIN4 PIN3

PIN2

Voltage input for temperature / pressure DC 0...10 V signal (input 2, TEMP / PRESS INPUT DC 0...10 V

PIN1 X62 PIN5 PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1 x x x x

Power supply for temperature / pressure transmitter Functional earth for shield connection Reference ground Current input for setpoint or load (input 3, SETPOINT INPUT) Voltage input for setpoint or load (input 3, SETPOINT INPUT)

approx. DC 20 V max. 25 mA

DC 0...20 mA DC 0...10 V approx. DC 24 V max. 2 mA

Power supply for setpoint changeover

Temperature / pressure controller

X63

PIN3 PIN2 PIN3

x x x

Functional earth for shield connection Reference ground Current output for burner load (LOAD OUTPUT) DC 4...20 mA, RLmax = 500

190/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 11 Description of the connection terminals (AC 230 V) CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

12
Installation

Mounting, electrical installation and service

The burner / boiler manufacturer must ensure degree of protection IP 40 through appropriate mounting Depending on the field of use, external requirements may impose more stringent degrees of protection, which must then be observed When fitted, the maximum permissible ambient temperature may not be exceeded! The unit is designed for mounting inside the burner casing or in a control panel The display and operating unit (AZL5) has its own housing and can be mounted in a suitable location (detached from the basic unit), e.g. away from the burner or in the control panel door Condensation water may not drip on the unit, neither in operation nor while service work is carried out! The power transformer is not integrated in the LMV5... and must be fitted by the burner / boiler manufacturer in a suitable location (Only the AGG5.2XX transformers specified by Siemens BT may be used!) The entire RAST5 connection area does not feature functional low voltage. The RAST3.5 connection area on the units small side offers functional low voltage. When making the wiring, the functional low voltage section must be strictly separated from the other sections to ensure protection against electric shock hazard! Adequate protection against electric shock hazard on unused AC 230 V terminals (RAST5) must be provided by fitting dummy plugs! To isolate the unit from the mains supply, a multipolar switch must be used. For wiring the bus users, only the cables specified by Siemens BT may be used! The electrical contacts used by the external signal sources (DWmin, max, LC, etc.) must be gold-plated silver contacts! The ignition cable must be run to the ignition electrode as directly as possible, with no loops It may never be laid parallel with or very close to other electrical cables.

Electrical connections and wiring

Connection of LMV5... CAN bus

7550v02

191/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 12 Mounting, electrical installation and service CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

12.1 Power supply to the LMV5... system

In principle, the CAN bus topology always has a line structure and, therefore, has a start and an end node. The individual CAN bus users are connected in series, whereby the respective end nodes are terminated by CAN bus terminating resistors. The basic unit is a component of the communication line and is looped in between the AZL5 and the actuators. In the system, the AZL5 always assumes the function of a CAN bus end node. The required CAN bus terminating resistor is already integrated in that case. With the actuators, the last user becomes the CAN bus end node (here, the internal CAN bus termination must be activated via a connecting plug). The other node users within the line structure are configured without terminating resistor. Example 1

Installation of all components in the burner; CAN bus cable LMV5 ACT < 20 m
Fixed internal bus termination

ACT 1
SQM4...
No bus termination

ACT 2
SQM4...
No bus termination

ACT 3 Jumper
SQM4...
No bus termination

ACT 4
SQM4...
Bus termination

AZL5...
Sub-D connector Max. bus cable length LMV5...-AZL51...: 80 m AGG5.630 / 631 Max. bus cable length LMV5...-SQM4...: 20 m AGG5.640 / 641 Power supply max. 3 m

GND CANL CANH AC2 12 V AC1 12 V Shielding

AC1 12 V

X51 F3 T4

F2 T4

12 V 12 V

12 V

X10-01 F1 T6.3 CANL CANH

230 V

Power trafo 1 AGG5.2...

N L

LMV5... basic unit

X3-04
7550a03e/0304

Note on example 1

Total length of CAN bus cable 100 m

192/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 12 Mounting, electrical installation and service CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

GND CANL CANH AC2 12 V AC1 12 V Shielding

AC2 12 V M

RAST3.5 Trafo X52

X50

Example 2

Basic unit LMV5... in the control panel, actuator on the burner; CAN bus cable LMV5... SA > 20 m
Fixed internal bus termination

Control panel

ACT 1
SQM4...
No bus termination

ACT 2
SQM4...
No bus termination

ACT 3 Jumper
SQM4...
No bus termination

ACT 4
SQM4...
Bus termination

Burner

AZL5...
Max. bus cable length LMV5...-AZL51...: 5 m AGG5.630 / 631
M

Sub-D connector

AC1 12 V

AC2 12 V

3
Only CANH CANL GND

Max. cable length of power supply for actuators 3 m

F T4 Max. bus cable length ACT4 - ACT1: 20 m AGG5.640 / 641 230 V F T2

F T4

5
Power supply max. 3 m AC2 12 V M AC1 12 V RAST3.5 Trafo X52

GND CANL CANH AC2 12 V AC1 12 V Shielding

Shielding

Max. bus cable length LMV5...- ACT1: 75 m AGG5.640 / 641 or AGG5.630 / 631

12 V
Not used

Power trafo 2 AGG5.2...

GND CANL CANH

X51 F3 T4

X50
7550a04e/0304

F2 T4

12 V 12 V

12 V

X10-01 F1 T6.3 CANL CANH

230 V

Power trafo 1 AGG5.2...

N L

LMV5... basic unit

X3-04

Notes on example 2

Total length of CAN bus cable 100 m

Whenever the distance between the LMV5... and the last actuator exceeds 20 m, a second transformer is required for powering the actuators. In that case, transformer 1 supplies power to the basic unit of the LMV5... and the AZL5... With the CAN bus cable connections from the LMV5... to the first actuator, the 2 voltages AC1 and AC2 on the LMV5... side will not be connected and only the cables CANH, CANL and M (+shield) will be connected to the first actuator. In that case, the actuators are powered by a second transformer which must be located near the actuators. The power from that transformer (cables AC1, AC2 and GND) is fed to the actuator (ACT4 in the example above) and then connected through via bus cable AGG5.640 (Type1) to all the other actuators. The fuses required for transformer 1 are accommodated in the LMV5... basic unit. For transformer 2, these 3 fuses must be located close to the transformer.

193/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 12 Mounting, electrical installation and service CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Example 3

Installation of all components in the burner; CAN bus cable LMV52... ACT < 20 m with 4 actuators and O2 module
Fixed internal bus termination

SA 1
SQM45...
No bus termination

SA 2
SQM45...
No bus termination

SA 3
SQM48...
kein Busabschluss

Jumper

SA 4
SQM48...
Bus termination

PLL52...
Bus termination

AZL5...
Max. bus cable length LMV5...-AZL51...: 60 m AGG5.630 / 631 Sub-D connector

3
AC1 12 V AC2 12 V

5
Max. cable length of power supply to actuators 10 m

Max. bus cable length LMV5x...-SQM4x...: 20 m AGG5.640 / 641 Power supply max. 3 m

Only CANH CANL GND

F T4

F T4

GND CANL CANH AC2 12 V AC1 12 V Shielding

GND CANL CANH AC2 12 V AC1 12 V Shielding

AC2 12 V M AC1 12 V

RAST3.5 Trafo X52

230 V F T2

12 V
nicht belegt

Power trafo 2 AGG5.2xx

X51 F3 T4

X50

F2 T4

12 V 12 V

12 V

X10-01 F1 T6.3 CANL CANH

230 V

Power trafo 1 AGG5.2xx

N L

LMV52... basic unit

X3-04
7550a19e/0704

Notes on example 3

CAN bus cable with LMV52... and more than 4 actuators and O2 module PLL52...
On LMV52... applications using more than 4 actuators (SQM45...), a second transformer is required for powering the extra actuators. In that case, transformer 1 powers the LMV52... basic unit, the AZL5..., and the first 4 actuators. With the CAN bus cable connection from the fourth actuator to the O2 module, the 2 voltages AC1 and AC2 will not be connected on the actuator 4 side, but only lines CANH, CANL and M (+shielding) will be connected to the O2 module. In that case, the actuators (SA5 and SA6) and the O2 module are to be powered by a second transformer which must physically be located near the actuators and the O2 module. The supply line from that transformer will be connected to the actuator (SA6 in the example above) (lines AC1, AC2, and M), to be run from there via the AGG5.640 (cable type 1) to all the other actuators (SA5) and the O2 module. The fuses required for transformer 1 are accommodated in the LMV52... basic unit. For transformer 2, the OEM must fit the 3 fuses in the vicinity of the transformer.

194/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 12 Mounting, electrical installation and service CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Determination of the maximum cable length

The maximum cable length between transformer and CAN bus users is dependent on the type of cable (cross-sectional area), the number of actuators and the type of actuator used (current). The following graphs can be used to determine the maximum CAN bus cable lengths between the transformer and group of actuators or the AZL5, depending on the relevant influencing factors. The assumption was made that the actuators within the group are close to one another. The minimum cross-sectional area for the system examples shown results from the start of the curve. The maximum cable lengths for the defined system cables AGG5.640 and AGG5.630 result from the points of intersection in the graph.
50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 4 2 0 0.5 1.25
7550d13e/0204

Maximum cable length in m

AGG5.630 / 631

AGG5.640 / 641
3

6 7

Cross-section area in mm2

AGG5.630 / 631 AGG5.640 / 641

1 2 3 4

(cable type 2) (cable type 1)

5 6 7 8

1 x SQM45 2 x SQM45 3 x SQM45 4 x SQM45

2 x SQM48 1 x SQM45 + 1 x SQM48 2 x SQM45 + 1 x SQM48 3 x SQM45 + 1 x SQM48

CAN bus connection between transformer and actuator group

When connecting a PLL52... O2 module, the maximum permissible cable length of a network is to be reduced by 2 m.

Example: - System cable: - Actuators:

AGG5.640 (connecting cable to the actuators) 2 x SQM45...

The point of intersection of the vertical line for the AGG5.640 (1.25 mm2) and curve (2 x SQM45...) gives a maximum cable length of 33.4 m between the transformer and the group of actuators. The minimum cross-sectional area is 0.33 mm2.

195/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 12 Mounting, electrical installation and service CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

100 96 92 88 84 80 76 72 68 64 60 56 52 48 44 40 36 32 28 24 20 16 8 4 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 12

2
1

Maximum cable length in m

AGG5.630 / 631

Cross-section in mm2

AGG5.630 / 631 1 1 x AZL

2

(cable type 2)

1 x AZL + 1 x SQM45

CAN bus connection between transformer and AZL5...

Types of cable

AGG5.640 / 641 (cable type 1) LMV5... SA

7550z01E

Silver-grey RAL 7001 0.50 mm2

1.25 mm2

1.25 mm2

Shield

Drilled pair

2 x 0.25 mm2

AGG5.630 / 631 (cable type 2) LMV5... AZL5

7550z02E

Silver-grey RAL 7001

0.50 mm2

0.50 mm2

0.50 mm2

Shield

Drilled pair

2 x 0.25 mm2

196/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 12 Mounting, electrical installation and service CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

7550d14E/0502

12.2 Suppliers of other accessory items

Mounting rail adapter type: USA 10 / 4,6
Fa. Phoenix Flachsmarktstr. 8-28 D-32825 Blomberg Tel.: 05235 / 300 Fax: 0561 / 505-1787 www.phoenixcontact.com

e-bus / PC adapter part no. 230 437

Fa. Karl Dungs GmbH & Co. Steuer- und Regeltechnik Postfach 1229 D-73602 Schorndorf or User Club eBUS e.V. www.eBUS.de

197/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 12 Mounting, electrical installation and service CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

13 Duties of the authorized inspector

Prior to approval, the manufacturer must state the assigned DIN registration number and product ID number confirming that the LMV5... burner management system complies with the type-tested system. Also, only the components specified for use with the LMV5 system (AZL5, actuating devices, flame detectors, transformer and CAN bus cable) may be used and, in addition with the LMV52..., the O2 module and the O2 sensor. In the case of VSD operation, we recommend to use the AGG5.310 accessory set for acquiring the fan speed. LMV51... systems Flame detectors QRB... Flame detectors... Actuators SQM4... Operating and display unit AZL5... Transformer AGG5... CAN bus connecting cable AGG5.63... Accessory set AGG5.310 for acquiring the fan speed (recommended, if required) In addition with LMV52... systems Residual oxygen measuring module PLL52... Oxygen sensor QGO20... Flue gas collector AGO20... Accessory set AGG5.310 for acquiring the fan speed (recommended) refer to Data Sheet CC1N7714 refer to Data Sheet CC1N7719 refer to Data Sheet CC1N7814 refer to User Documentation CC1A7550 refer to Basic Documentation CC1P7550 refer to Basic Documentation CC1P7550

refer to Basic Documentation CC1P7550

refer to Basic Documentation CC1P7550 refer to Data Sheet CC1N7842 refer to Data Sheet CC1N7842

refer to Basic Documentation CC1P7550

The mechanical links between the actuators and the fuel and air actuating devices and any other actuating devices used must be rigid. In addition, following must be checked:

Correct parameterization of the system

The parameterized values and setting values (e.g. curve characteristics) that define the fuel / air ratio control system and, if used O2 trim control must be documented by the individual responsible for plant / the heating engineer after the plant is installed and commissioned. These data can be printed out with the help of the ACS450 PC software, for example, or they must be put down in writing. These documents must be kept in a safe place and are to be checked by the inspector. On the OEM access level of the LMV5... system, it is possible to make parameter settings that differ from application standards. For this reason, it is to be checked whether parameterization is in compliance with the relevant application standards (e.g. EN 298, EN 230, EN 676, EN 267, etc.) or whether the respective plant can be approved on an individual basis.

198/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 13 Duties of the authorized inspector CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

The following parameters are of particular importance:

Fuel / air ratio control system

The setting values (curve parameters) for the actuating devices, the types of fuel and the combustion air across the burners load range must be stored in adequate numbers. While considering the combustion chamber pressure, fuel pressure as well as temperature and pressure of the combustion air, assignment of the selected setting values of fuel and combustion air must be made such that correct operation with sufficient amounts of excess air is ensured across the entire burner load range. Proof of this must be delivered by the burner / boiler manufacturer by measuring the combustion characteristics. When using a VSD, the fan will be run to the steady-state condition. Hence, the burners nominal load refers to the fan speed acquired with speed standardization. Fuel train parameterization (G, Gp1, Gp2, LO, HO, LOgp, HOgp, refer to chapter 3 Fuel train applications (examples) must be checked prior to commissioning to ensure it agrees with the fuel trains implemented on the burner and to make certain the valves are correctly assigned to the valve outputs on the LMV5... . The correct setting of the time parameters, especially the safety and prepurge times (separately for oil and gas), must be checked. It must also be checked if, in the case of plants with continuous operation, flame detector type QRI... (or the ionization probe) is used, because only these are suited for continuous operation. Further, the function of the flame detector in the event of loss of flame during operation and with extraneous light during the prepurge time, or in the case there is no establishment of flame at the end of the safety time, must be checked. (With the QRI... flame detector, generation of an extraneous light signal is achieved by simulating a flickering flame with an artificial light source). The functions of all available or required input messages must be checked, for example: Air pressure Minimum gas pressure Maximum gas pressure Gas valve proving or CPI Minimum oil pressure Maximum oil pressure Safety loop (e.g. SLT) Fan contactor contact in at least 2 phases (e.g. prepurge and operation) It is to be checked whether gas valve proving is activated if required by the application. If yes, the correct leakage rate is to be checked. For details, refer to chapter Gas valve proving. In the case of dual-fuel burners, short preignition_Oil (from Phase 38) must be parameterized when firing on oil, and the oil pump must be equipped with a magnetic clutch, for example, ensuring that the oil pressure will be increased in Phase 38 before ignition takes place. In addition, parameter OilPumpCoupling must be set to Magnetcoupl. Pure oil burners do not require a magnetic clutch, in which case long preignition_Oil (from Phase 22) is to be parameterized, or parameter OilPumpCoupling is to be set to Directcoupl.

Burner control section

199/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 13 Duties of the authorized inspector CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

O2 trim control (only with LMV52... system)

The O2 trim control system of the LMV52... offers a number of operating modes. In operating mode CtrlAutodeact, O2 trim control is automatically deactivated by the LMV52... if the O2 limit switch responds or if a fault in connection with actual value acquisition of O2 occurs (O2 sensor, O2 module, O2 sensor test, etc.). Also, O2 trim control can be deactivated manually, mandeact. For this reason, the fuel / air ratio curves with the LMV52... must always be set such that there are sufficient amounts of excess air irrespective of environmental conditions (e.g. combustion chamber and fuel pressure, and temperature and pressure of the combustion air) across the whole load range same as with a system without O2 trim control (LMV5). Also, the fuel / air ratio curves must be proven. The actual O2 value should not fall below the O2 setpoint of O2 trim control. A sufficient number of curvepoints (for actuator positions, O2 setpoints, etc.) should be stored to ensure that there is a linear progression of the O2 value across the entire load range. The second curvepoint must correspond to the low-fire position (or be set to a lower value). The first curvepoint must lie sufficiently below curvepoint 2 (at about 50 % load) so that the curves are defined for reducing the air rate by O2 trim control below the low-fire position also. The O2 min. value represents the switch-off threshold of the O2 monitoring function and must be set and proven such that across the entire load range and while taking into account the combustion chamber and fuel pressure as well as the temperature and pressure of the combustion air there will be no dangerous increase of the CO and/or soot values. On the other hand, the safety distance from the dangerous area should be selected as small as possible in order to prevent inadvertent or undesired shutdowns (guide values: CO < 2000 ppm Vol % or soot number < 3 according to Bacharach). The O2 setpoint must have an adequate distance from the above mentioned O2 min. value (guide value: O2 setpoint = O2 min. value + 1 % O2).

General

It must be made certain that all safety notes and the notes on mounting., electrical installation and service according to the above mentioned chapter and Data Sheets are complied with.

200/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 13 Duties of the authorized inspector CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

14 Technical data
14.1 LMV5... and AZL5...
Basic unit LMV5...
Mains voltage Transformer AGG5.220 - Primary side - Secondary side Mains frequency Power consumption (typically) Safety class AC 230 V -15 % / +10 % AC 230 V AC 12 V 2 x AC 12 V 50...60 Hz 6 % < 30 W I with parts according to II and III as per DIN EN 60 730-1 DIN EN 60 721-3-1 class 1K3 class 1M2 -20...+60 C < 95 % r.h. DIN EN 60 721-3-2 class 2K2 class 2M2 -20...+70 C < 95 % r.F. DIN EN 60 721-3-3 class 3K5 class 3M2 -20...+60 C < 95 % r.h.

Environmental conditions LMV5...

Storage Climatic conditions Mechanical conditions Temperature range Humidity Transport Climatic conditions Mechanical conditions Temperature range Humidity Operation Climatic conditions Mechanical conditions Temperature range (incl. mounting. plate) Humidity

Condensation, formation of ice and ingress of water are not permitted!

AZL... Operating voltage Power consumption (typically) Degree of protection of housing Rear Front Safety class AC 24 V -15 % / +10 % <5W IP00, IEC 529 IP54, IEC 529 (when built in) I with parts according to II and III as per DIN EN 60 730-1 DIN EN 60 721-3-1 class 1K3 class 1M2 -20...+60 C < 95 % r.h. DIN EN 60 721-3-2 Class 2K3 Class 2M2 -20...+60 C < 95 % r.F. DIN EN 60 721-3-3 Class 3K3 Class 3M2 -20...+60 C < 95 % r.F.

Environmental conditions AZL5...

Storage Climatic conditions Mechanical conditions Temperature range Humidity Transport Climatic conditions Mechanical conditions Temperature range Humidity Operation Climatic conditions Mechanical conditions Temperature range (incl. mounting plate) Humidity

Condensation, formation of ice and ingress of water are not permitted!

201/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 14 Technical data CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

LMV5... / AZL5

Battery:

Manufacturer
VARTA DURACELL SANYO ELECTRIC, Osaka / Japan RENATA AG, Itingen / CH

Type reference
CR 2430 (LF-1 / 2 W) DL 2430 CR 2430 (LF-1 / 2 W) CR 2430

Types of cable

AGG5.640 / 641

AGG5.630 / 631

8 mm dia. 0.2 mm bending radius: 120 mm ambient temperature: -30...+70 C (cable not moving) cable jacket resistant to almost all types of mineral oil 7.5 mm dia. 0.2 mm bending radius: 113 mm ambient temperature: -30...+70 C (cable not moving) cable jacket resistant to almost all types of mineral oil

202/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 14 Technical data CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

14.2 Loads on terminals, cable lengths and crosssectional areas

Loads on terminals General data
Max. perm. mains primary fuse (external) Unit fuse F1 (internal) 16 AT 6.3 AT (DIN EN 60 127 2 / 5)

Mains supply Undervoltage

The mains input current depends on the status of the unit Safety shutdown from operating position at mains voltage Restart on increase of mains voltage Nominal voltage Nominal current Power factor Nominal voltage Nominal current Power factor < AC 186 V > AC 188 V

Oil pump / magnetic clutch

AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50-60 Hz 2A cos > 0.4 AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50-60 Hz 0.5 A cos > 0.4

APS test valve

Status inputs (CFN)

Status inputs (with the exception of the safety loop) of the contact feedback network (CFN) are used for system supervision and require a mains-related input voltage. Input safety loop Input currents and input voltages UeMax UeMin IeMax IeMin Recommended contact material for external signal sources (APS, PSmin, PSmax, etc.) refer to Loads on terminals, outputs UN +10 % UN -15 % 1.5 mA peak 0.7 mA peak

gold-plated silver contacts

Transition / transient behavior / bouncing Max. perm. bounce time of contacts when switching on / off (after the bounce time, the contact must be permanently closed or open) UN Voltage detection ON OFF

50 ms

AC 230 V

AC 180...253 V < AC 80 V

Load on terminals outputs Total load on contacts

Nominal voltage Unit input current* (safety loop) * Total contact current resulting from:
- Fan motor contactor - Ignition transformer - Valves - Oil pump / magnetic clutch

AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50-60 Hz max. 5 A

203/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 14 Technical data CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Load on individual contacts Nominal voltage Fan motor contactor Nominal current Power factor
Alarm output Nominal voltage Nominal current Power factor Nominal voltage Nominal current Power factor Nominal voltage Nominal current Power factor Nominal voltage Nominal current Power factor Mains cable CFN cable Analog cable Flame detectors CAN bus

AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50-60 Hz 1A cos > 0.4 AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50-60 Hz 1A cos > 0.4 AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50-60 Hz 2A cos > 0.2 AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50-60 Hz 2A cos > 0.4 AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %, 50-60 Hz 1A cos > 0.4 max. 100 m (100 pF / m) max. 100 m (100 pF / m) 1) max. 100 m (100 pF / m) refer to data sheets CC1N7714 CC1N7719 total length max. 100 m

Ignition transformer

Fuel valves (gas)

Fuel valves (oil)

Cable lengths

When a certain cable length is exceeded, the actuators must be powered by a transformer located near the actuators. For details, refer to Power supply for LMV5... system.

Cross-sectional areas

The cross-sectional areas of the mains supply lines (L, N, PE) and, if applicable, the safety loop (SLT, shortage of water, etc.) must be sized for nominal currents in agreement with the selected external primary fuse. The cross-sectional areas of the other cables must be sized in agreement with the internal unit fuse (max. 6.3 AT). Min. cross-sectional area 0.75 mm2 (single- or multi-core to VDE 0100)

Cable insulation must satisfy the requirements of the relevant temperature and environmental conditions. The CAN (bus) cables have been specified by Siemens BT and can be ordered as accessory items. Other types of cables may not be used. Otherwise, the EMC characteristics of the LMV5... system will become unpredictable!

Fuses used in the LMV5... basic unit

F1 F2 F3

6.3 AT DIN EN 60 127 2 / 5 4 AT DIN EN 60 127 2 / 5 4 AT DIN EN 60 127 2 / 5

1) If the cable length exceeds 50 m, no additional loads may be connected to the status inputs

204/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 14 Technical data CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

15 Dimensions
Dimensions in mm

LMV5...

AZL5...

7550m02E/0502

7550m01E/0502

205/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV51... 15 Dimensions CC1P7550en 21.07.2004

16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system

Error code 01 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 03 Diagnostic code 01 # 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 # Device
BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU

Display
Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit

Meaning for the LMV5x system

ROM error *1) RAM error *1) RAM error in register bank 0 (LMV51...) RAM error in IDATA area (LMV51...) RAM error in XDATA area (LMV51...) RAM error of variables used RAM error variable consistency RAM error reading back test pattern Error RAM test code run Error in connection with data comparison *1) (internal communication) between C1 and C2 TimeOut during program run synchronization prior to data transmission TimeOut during data transmission CRC error during data transmission TimeOut during program run synchronization with initialization Error counter "Flame intensity outside tolerance" has elapsed Error counter "Target phase unequal" has elapsed Error counter "Reset-lockout input unequal" has elapsed Fuel train unequal Relay control word unequal ROM-CRC signature unequal Phase unequal (Key + main loop counter) unequal Unsuccessful synchronization of the 2 Cs

Troubleshooting

03

01

BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit

03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 04

02 03 05 10 11 12 40 41 42 43 44 -

BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit

*1)

206/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 05

Diagnostic code #

Device
BU

Display
Fault Flame Detector Test

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Fault during test of the flame signal amplifier

Troubleshooting
If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC If fault occurs constantly: Replace flame detector or replace defective basic unit

05 05

01 02

BU BU

Fault Flame Detector Test Fault Flame Detector Test

05 06 06 06 06 06 10

03 # 01 02 03 04 #

BU BU BU BU BU BU BU

Fault Flame Detector Test Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit

Fault during test of the flame signal amplifier Crosstalk fault between test pin and flame signal amplifier channel (with LMV52... FSVchannel QRI... / QRB...) (Only LMV52...) crosstalk fault between test pin and FSV channel ION Fault internal hardware tests Fault during test of the ignition relay Fault during test of the safety relay Fault during voltage supervision test Relay voltage not switched off after reset Basic unit has detected an inadmissible circuit at one of the outputs, a faulty diode, or a short-circuit in the power supply of the contact feedback network. The diagnostic codes indicates the input affected Load controller on / off Fan contact Selection of oil-firing Selection of gas-firing Reset Pressure switch oil maximum Pressure switch oil minimum

*1)

Check wiring of outputs, check connection of the neutral conductor to the devices used. The fault may be caused by capacitive loads which, with the relay deenergized, are the reason the voltage takes more than about 10 ms to drop to zero. Check wiring to the load *1)

10 10 10 10 10 10 10

01 02 03 04 05 06 07

BU BU BU BU BU BU BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit

207/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 11

Diagnostic code 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1A 1B 01

Device
BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU

Display
Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Pressure switch valve proving Safety valve oil feedback Fuel valve 1 oil feedback Fuel valve 2 oil feedback Fuel valve 3 oil feedback Safety valve gas feedback Fuel valve 1 gas feedback Fuel valve 2 gas feedback Fuel valve 3 gas feedback Safety chain burner flange Safety relay feedback Pressure switch gas minimum Pressure switch gas maximum Ignition transformer feedback Fan pressure switch Start release oil Heavy oil direct start Load controller open Load controller closed Start release gas Basic unit has detected a short-circuit in *1) the contact feedback network

Troubleshooting

15

SA Fault Positioning Actuator VSD module or Fan Speed not reached

Basic unit has detected a positioning er- Check if actuator is overloaded. ror on 1 / several actuators (incl. the VSD If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC. module) If fault occurs constantly: Replace the relevant actuators (refer to diagnostic code). The diagnostic value is made up of the following faults or their combinations (the individual diagnostic codes are added up in hexadecimal format)

15

01..3F

SA

Fault Positioning Actuator

208/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 15
15 15 15 15

Diagnostic code 01
02 04 08 10

Device
SA SA SA SA

Display
Fault Positioning Actuator Fault Positioning Actuator Fault Positioning Actuator Fault Positioning Actuator

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Positioning fault air actuator Positioning fault fuel actuator Positioning fault auxiliary actuator 1 Positioning fault auxiliary actuator 2 The fan in combination with the VSD has not reached the required speed Positioning fault auxiliary actuator 3 Basic unit has detected a plausibility fault in the ratio control system. The diagnostic code describes the cause of the fault. Ratio curve of the air actuator is not fully defined Ratio curve of the fuel actuator is not fully defined Ratio curve of auxiliary actuator 1 is not fully defined Ratio curve of auxiliary actuator 2 is not fully defined Ratio curve of auxiliary actuator 3 is not fullydefined

Troubleshooting

VSD module Fan Speed not reached

Check characteristics of VSD for linearity. Remove filters, damping and delay members

15 16

20 #

SA BU

Fault Positioning Actuator Internal Fault Basic Unit

16

00

BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit

Check the curve to see if correct values have been entered for the air actuator. Readjust the ratio curve, if required Check the curve to see if correct values have been entered for the fuel actuator. Readjust the ratio curve, if required Check the curve to see if correct values have been entered for auxiliary actuator 1. Readjust the ratio curve, if required Check the curve to see if correct values have been entered for auxiliary actuator 2. Readjust the ratio curve, if required Check the curve to see if correct values have been entered for auxiliary actuator 3. Readjust the ratio curve, if required

16

01

BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit

16

02

BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit

16

03

BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit

16

04

BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit

209/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 16

Diagnostic code 05

Device
BU

Display
Internal Fault Basic Unit

Meaning for the LMV5x system

VSD curve is not fully defined

Troubleshooting
Check the curve to see if correct values have been entered for the VSD. Readjust the ratio curve, if required

16

0A

BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit

Calculated P-part outside the permissible range

16

0B

BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit

16

0C

BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit

16

0D

BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit

16

0E

BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit

Check to see if correct values have been entered for the controller parameters. Readjust O2 trim control, if required, or repeat the settings Calculated I-part outside the permissible Check to see if correct values have been entered for the range controller parameters. Readjust O2 trim control, if required, or repeat the settings Calculated system delay time outside the Check to see if correct values have been entered for the permissible range controller parameters. Readjust O2 trim control, if required, or repeat the settings Calculated O2 setpoint outside the permis- Check to see if correct values have been entered for the O2 sible range setpoints. Readjust O2 trim control, if required, or repeat the settings Calculated O2 min. value outside the per- Check to see if correct values have been entered for the O2 missible range min. values. Readjust O2 trim control, if required, or repeat the settings Calculated O2 ratio value outside the per- Check to see if the correct values have been entered for the missible range O2 ratio values. Readjust O2 trim control, if required, or repeat the settings The load / point number predefined by the *1) AZL lies outside the permissible range Calculated standardized value lies outside Check if the correct values have been entered for the stanthe permissible range dardized values. Readjust O2 trim control, if required, or repeat the settings With hysteresis compensation: Permissible *1) target positioning range exceeded The load / point number predefined by the *1) AZL lies outside the permissible range

16

0F

BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit

16

03

BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit

16

14

BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit

16

20

BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit

16

21

BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit

210/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 16

Diagnostic code 22

Device
BU

Display
Internal Fault Basic Unit

Meaning for the LMV5x system

With a switch instruction, none of the defined cases was satisfied *1)

Troubleshooting

16 16 17 17 17

23 40 --3F 01

BU BU BU BU BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit

With the switch instruction, no defined ratio *1) control phase has been identified Unplausible target positions *1) (Internal) communication error of ELV Detection of different data when making the data comparison Timeout with program synchronization prior to data transmission Timeout with data transmission CRC fault during data transmission Invalid curve data Checking the curve data for invalid entries: Valid load range: 0.0 % - 100.0 % Valid positioning range: 0.0 - 90.0 Valid speed range: 0.0 % - 100 % In the case of a deviation from the valid range when commissioning the unit: Readjustment to the valid value range. If fault occurs after the unit has previously worked correctly: Replace defective basic unit *1)

17 17 18

02 03 ---

BU BU BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Invalid Curve Data

19

SA

Internal Fault Actuator

Basic unit (ratio control system) has detected a fault when comparing potentiometer channels A and B. Diagnostic code shows on which actuator the fault occurred. See diagnostic code

Check CAN cabling. If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC. If fault occurs constantly: Replace actuator (see diagnostic code)

211/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 19

Diagnostic code 01..2F

Device
SA

Display
Internal Fault Actuator

Meaning for the LMV5x system

The diagnostic value is made up of the following faults or their combinations (the individual diagnostic codes are added up in hexadecimal format) Fault occurred on the air actuator when comparing potentiometer channels A and B Fault occurred on the active fuel actuator when comparing potentiometer channels A and B Fault occurred on auxiliary actuator 1 when comparing potentiometer channels A and B Fault occurred on auxiliary actuator 2 when comparing potentiometer channels A and B Fault occurred on auxiliary actuator 3 when comparing potentiometer channels A and B Slope of curve section is too steep

Troubleshooting

19

01

SA

Internal Fault Actuator

Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified

19

02

SA

Internal Fault Actuator

Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified

19

04

SA

Internal Fault Actuator

Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified

19

08

SA

Internal Fault Actuator

Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified

19

20

SA

Internal Fault Actuator

Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified

1A

BU

Slope too steep

Check curve data. If there is a slope greater than - 3.6 per 0.1 % (30 s ramp) - 1.8 per 0.1 % (60 s ramp) - 0.9 per 0.1 % (120 s ramp) load change between 2 curvepoints -> change load assignment of the curvepoints such that above condition will be satisfied

1B

BU

Operation in Parameter Setting Mode quit

Programming mode is still active in Phase When parameterizing the curve, the plant should be oper62 and the target positions (normal opera- ated in manual mode with Burner on. This prevents the tion) have not been reached load controller from triggering the change to shutdown. Response of the TL can trigger the same action, however, but the value (curvepoint) currently handled can still be stored in standby or lockout The relevant ignition positions have not been parameterized Set the ignition positions

1C

BU

Ignition Pos not defined

212/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 1C

Diagnostic code 01..3F

Device
BU

Display
Ignition Pos not defined

Meaning for the LMV5x system

The diagnostic value is made up of the following faults or their combinations (the individual diagnostic codes are added up in hexadecimal format) Ignition position of the air actuator

Troubleshooting

1C 1C 1C 1C 1C 1C 1D

01 02 04 08 10 20 #

BU BU BU BU BU BU BU

Ignition Pos not defined Ignition Pos not defined Ignition Pos not defined Ignition Pos not defined Ignition Pos not defined Ignition Pos not defined

Ignition position of the active fuel actuator has not been parameterized Ignition position of auxiliary actuator 1 has not been parameterized Ignition position of auxiliary actuator 2 has not been parameterized Ignition position of VSD has not been parameterized Ignition position of auxiliary actuator 3 has not been parameterized Running time fault of actuators / VSD. Check the relevant actuators to see if they are mechanically overloaded. Check power supply to the actuators and their fuses. The actuators ramp must be smaller to or equal to the ramp parameterized in the basic unit. The parameterized ramp of the VSD must be smaller than the ramp parameterized in the basic unit (recommendation: 20 %) The diagnostic value is made up of the following faults or their combinations (the individual diagnostic codes are added up in hexadecimal format)

1D

01..3F

BU

Fault Running Time

1D 1D 1D

01 04 08

BU BU BU

Fault Running Time Air Actuator Running time fault of air actuator Fault Running Time Aux Actuator Running time fault of auxiliary actuator 1 Fault Running Time Aux Actuator Running time fault of auxiliary actuator 2

213/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 1D
1D 1E

Diagnostic code 10
20 #

Device
BU

Display
Fault Running Time VSD

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Running time fault of VSD Running time fault of auxiliary actuator 3 Basic unit has detected that 1 / several actuators (incl. VSD module) has / have not reached the special position pertaining to the Phase The diagnostic value is made up of the following faults or their combinations (the individual diagnostic codes are added up in hexadecimal format) Positioning fault of air actuator Positioning fault of fuel actuator Positioning fault of auxiliary actuator 1 Positioning fault of auxiliary actuator 2 VSD has not reached the speed Positioning fault of auxiliary actuator 3 Basic unit has detected a fault in connection with the VSD module

Troubleshooting

BU Fault Running Time Aux Actuator SA Special Pos not reached VSD module

Check the relevant actuators to see if they are mechanically overloaded

1E

01..3F

SA

Special Pos not reached

Check characteristics of VSD for linearity. Remove filters, damping and delay members.

1E 1E 1E 1E 1E 1E 1F

01 02 04 08 10 20 #

SA SA SA SA VSD module SA VSD module

Special Pos not reached Special Pos not reached Special Pos not reached Special Pos not reached Special Pos not reached Special Pos not reached Code for VSD Module Fault

If fault occurs sporadically: Check CAN bus wiring. Improve EMC. If fault occurs constantly: Replace the defective basic unit

1F 1F

01 02

VSD module Speed Acquisition faulty VSD module Wrong Direction of Rotation

Internal VSD module test was not successful Fan rotates in the wrong direction Check to see if the motors direction of rotation is correct. Check to see if the sensor disk on the motor is mounted the correct way. Change live conductor on the fan motor or check parameterized direction of rotation on the VSD and correct, if necessary

214/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 1F

Diagnostic code 03

Device

Display

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Troubleshooting

VSD module Speed Acquisition faulty

1F

04

1F

05

1F 21 22

06 -----

Pulse sequence and length at the speed Check to see if sensor disk and speed sensor are correctly input were different from those anticimounted. pated Check if the distance of the inductive sensor is correct. Check if the inductive sensor is correctly connected VSD module Standardization canceled because Fan was not able to keep the standard- Check if motor runs. of VSD ized speed at a constant level Check if the inductive sensor is correctly connected. Check if distance of inductive sensor is correct VSD module Standardization canceled because Air actuator has not reached the preCheck to see if all air-influencing actuators travel to the preof Air Actuator purge position. For this reason, speed purge position. standardization is not possible Check to see if the relevant actuators are mechanically overloaded or replace defective actuator, if necessary. Check power supply to the actuators VSD module Speed Test was not successfully Internal VSD module speed test was not completed successful BU Safety Loop open Safety chain open BU Internal Temp Limiter has reInternal TL has switched off because pasponded rameterized value has been exceeded BU BU BU Extraneous Light on Startup Extraneous Light on Startup Extraneous Light on Startup Basic unit has detected extraneous light during startup Basic unit has detected extraneous light during startup (Only LMV52...) Basic unit has detected extraneous light during startup Coding by bits: Bit 0 = flame QRI.../QRB... present Bit 1 = flame ION present Basic unit has detected extraneous light during shutdown Basic unit has detected extraneous light during shutdown

23 23 23

--00 01/02/03

24 24

--00

BU BU

Extraneous Light on Shutdown Extraneous Light on Shutdown

215/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 24

Diagnostic code 01/02/03

Device
BU

Display
Extraneous Light on Shutdown

Meaning for the LMV5x system

(LMV52...) Basic unit has detected extraneous light during startup phase. Bit-by-bit coding: Bit 0 = flame QRI.../QRB... present Bit 1 = flame ION present No flame detected at the end of safety time TSA1 No flame detected at the end of safety time TSA1 (LMV52...) No flame detected at the end of the safety time. Bit-by-bit coding: Bit 0 = flame QRI.../QRB... present Bit 1 = flame ION present Detection of loss of flame during operation Loss of flame during operation detected

Troubleshooting

25

---

BU

No Flame at End of Safety Time

25

00

BU

No Flame at End of Safety Time

25

01/02/03

BU

No Flame at End of Safety Time

26 26

--00

BU BU

Loss of Flame Loss of Flame

26

01/02/03

BU

Loss of Flame

27 28 29 2A 2B 2C

-------------

BU BU BU BU BU BU

Air Pressure on Air Pressure off Fan Contactor Contact is on Fan Contactor Contact is off Flue Gas Recirculation Pressure Switch on Flue Gas Recirculation Pressure Switch off

(LMV52...) Loss of flame during operation detected. Bit-by-bit coding: Bit 0 = flame ION present Air pressure = on, but should have been off Air pressure = off, but should have been on FCC signal = on, but should have been off FCC signal = off, but should have been on FGR-PS = on, but should have been on FGR-PS = off, but should have been on

216/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 2D
2D

Diagnostic code --00

Device
BU BU Valve not open Valve not open

Display

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Closed Position Indicator (CPI) = on, but should have been off Closed Position Indicator (CPI) = on, but should have been off (Only LMV52...) CPI via terminal StartRelease_Gas Closed Position Indicator (CPI) = on, but should have been off Closed Position Indicator (CPI) = on, but should have been off Closed Position Indicator (CPI) = on, but should have been off (Only LMV52...) CPI via terminal StartRelease_Gas Closed Position Indicator (CPI) = on, but should have been off Gas pressure < Min Gas pressure > Max Gas pressure VP = high Gas pressure VP = low Oil pressure > Min Oil pressure < Min Oil pressure > Max Start release oil = off Heavy oil direct start Shortage-of-gas program in progress Parameter of max. safety time faulty

Troubleshooting

2D

01

BU

Valve not open

Check the parameters or signal: DW-DK/CPI and StartRelease_Gas

2E

---

BU

Valve or Closed Position Indicator (CPI) open Valve or Closed Position Indicator (CPI) open Valve or Closed Position Indicator (CPI) open

2E 2E

00 01

BU BU

Check the parameters or signal: DW-DK/CPI and StartRelease_Gas

2F 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

--------------------#

BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU

Gas Pressure has dropped below minimum Limit Gas Pressure has exceeded maximum Limit Gas Pressure w Valve proving: Valve on Gas Side leaking No Gas Pressure Valve Proving: Valve on Burner Side leaking Oil Pressure on although Oil Pump off Oil Pressure below Minimum Oil Pressure above Maximum No Start Release for Oil No direct Heavy Oil Start Lack of Gas Program Internal Fault Basic Unit

217/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 39 39 39 3A 3B 40 41 42 42

Diagnostic code 01 02 03 --------# 01..FF

Device
BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU

Display
Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit No Burner ID defined No Service Password defined Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Fault with timer1 Fault with timer2 Fault with timer3 No burner identification defined No service password defined Wrong contact position of SR relay Wrong contact position of ignition Wrong contact position of BV relay The diagnostic value is made up of the following faults or their combinations (the individual diagnostic codes are added up in hexadecimal format) Contact position fault SV-oil Contact position fault V1-oil Contact position fault V2-oil Contact position fault V3-oil Contact position fault SV-gas Contact position fault V1-gas Contact position fault V2-gas Contact position fault V3-gas Fault in connection with plausibility check. For cause of fault, refer to diagnostic code No fuel selection No defined fuel train parameterized or undefined type of fuel Variable "Train" not defined Variable "Fuel" not defined Operating mode with LC not defined Prepurge time gas too short Prepurge time oil too short Safety time 1 gas too long

Troubleshooting

Parameterize burner identification Enter service password *1) Check output wiring Check output wiring

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 43

01 02 04 08 10 20 40 80 #

BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit

*1)

43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit No Fuel Train defined Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit

Select fuel again with the AZL5...

218/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 43 43 43 43 43 44 44
44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 45 46

Diagnostic code 09 0A 0B 0C 0D # 01
02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A --#

Device
BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU

Display
Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Controller connected but deactivated Air Press Switch connected but deactivated FCC / FGR APS connected but deactivated Gas Pressure min connected but deactivated Gas Pressure max connected but deactivated Oil Pressure min connected but deactivated Oil Pressure max connected but deactivated Start Signal Oil connected but deactivated HO Start connected but deactivated Start Signal Gas connected but deactivated Locked by SLT Programstop active

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Safety time 1 oil too long Ignition off time > TSA1 gas Ignition off time > TSA1 oil Safety time 2 gas too long Safety time 2 gas too long Fault at deactivated inputs Controller input connected but deactivated APS connected but deactivated FCC / FGR APS connected but deactivated GP-Min connected but deactivated GP-Max connected but deactivated OP-Min connected but deactivated OP-Max connected but deactivated Start signal oil connected but deactivated HO start connected but deactivated Start signal gas connected but deactivated Shutdown via SLT test

Troubleshooting

Deactivate input or do not connect

SLT was activated and safety shutdown was triggered (usually via the SLT) Program stop was activated. System has Deactivate the program stop if no longer required stopped at the parameterized position

46

01

BU

Programstop active

Program stop "STOP_DR_PREP" in Phase 24 active

219/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 46
46 46 46 46 46 47 48 50 50 51 51 52 52 52 52 53

Diagnostic code 02
03 04 05 06 07 ----# 00..07 # 00..07 # 01 02 03 01

Device
BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU

Display
Programstop active Programstop active Programstop active Programstop active Programstop active Programstop active No Start Release for Gas 2 Flame Signals with 1 Detector Operation Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Program stop "STOP_PREP2" in Phase 32 active Program stop "STOP_DR_IGN" in Phase 36 active Program stop "STOP_INTERV1" in Phase 44 active Program stop "STOP_INTERV2" in Phase 52 active Program stop "STOP_DR_POSTP" in Phase 72 active Program stop "STOP_PREP2" in Phase 76 active Start release gas = off System parameterized for 1-detector operation but 2 flame signals present Fault during key value check *1) Number of time block in which the fault was detected Time block overflow Number of time block in which the fault was detected Stack error Stack overflow Value dropped below preset minimum limit Test values in stack range exceeded Faulty reset state has occurred *1)

Troubleshooting

*1)

*1)

220/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 58

Diagnostic code ---

Device
BU

Display
Parameter Set damaged

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Internal communication (C1 <> C2)

Troubleshooting
Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL parameters. Otherwise, replace defective basic unit Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL parameters. Otherwise, replace defective basic unit.

59

BU

Parameter Set damaged

After initialization, EEPROM page is on ABORT (last parameterization was possibly interrupted due to a power failure)

59 5A

# #

BU BU

Parameter Set damaged Parameter Set damaged

Page number CRC error of a parameter page

Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL parameters. Otherwise, replace defective basic unit

5A 5B

# #

BU BU

Parameter Set damaged Parameter Set damaged

Page number Page is on ABORT

Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL parameters. Otherwise, replace defective basic unit

5B 5C

# #

BU BU

Parameter Set damaged Parameter Backup Restore

Page number Page is on WR_RESTO A backup restore was made

Reset the unit.

221/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 5C
5D

Diagnostic code #
#

Device
BU BU

Display
Parameter Backup Restore Internal Fault Basic Unit

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Page number Page too long open

Troubleshooting

Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL parameters. Otherwise, replace defective basic unit

5D 5E

# #

BU BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit

Page number Page has an undefined status Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL parameters. Otherwise, replace defective basic unit

5E 5F 60

# --#

BU BU BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit Parameter Set damaged Internal Fault Basic Unit

Page number Last backup restore invalid (was interrupted) Fault when copying a parameter page Repeat backup restore Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL parameters. Otherwise, replace defective basic unit

60

BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit

Number of parameter page

222/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 61

Diagnostic code #

Device
BU

Display
Internal Fault Basic Unit

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Fault in connection with EEPROM initialization

Troubleshooting
Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL parameters. Otherwise, replace defective basic unit

61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 70 70 70 70 70

01 02 10 11 12 13 20 21 22 23 # 01 02 03 04

BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit

Fault during initialization of EEPROM Number of write attempts exceeded EEPROM was busy when accessed Comparison of EEPROM and RAM area revealed dissimilarity Page area of EEPROM exceeded during write process Access conflict C1 <> C2 (aritation) Fault when calling the "ParAccess()" function Written EEPROM block unequal RAM block CRC of page is faulty Matching fault C1, C2 when saving the error page Fault during restoring of lockout informa- *1) tion When reading from EEPROM (initialization) When test writing in the initialization No write access to error page in init. Rep. counter "Internal fault" has elapsed

223/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 71

Diagnostic code ---

Device
BU

Display
Manual Lockout

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Troubleshooting

Lockout was made manually via contact Lockout via the external reset / lockout contact is negated by new actuation Plausibility fault in connection with fault entry Fault in "seterr()" Fault in "seterr()" Fault in "error_manager()" Fault in "storeerr()" Basic unit has detected wrong state of the air actuator Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective actuator *1)

72 72 72 72 72 80

# 01 02 03 04 #

BU BU BU BU BU SA

Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Fault Feedback Aux Actuator 3

80 80 80 81

01 02 03 #

SA SA SA SA

Fault Feedback Aux Actuator 3 Fault Feedback Aux Actuator 3 Fault Feedback Aux Actuator 3 Fault Feedback Air Actuator

CRC error Key error main loop counter No feedback for max. number Basic unit has detected wrong state of the air actuator Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective actuator

81 81 81

01 02 03

SA SA SA

Fault Feedback Air Actuator Fault Feedback Air Actuator Fault Feedback Air Actuator

CRC error Key error main loop counter No feedback for max. number

224/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 82

Diagnostic code #

Device
SA

Display

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Troubleshooting
Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective actuator

Fault Feedback Gas (Oil) Actuator Basic unit has detected wrong state of the gas actuator

82 82 82 83

01 02 03 #

SA SA SA SA

Fault Feedback Gas (Oil) Actuator CRC error Fault Feedback Gas (Oil) Actuator Key error main loop counter Fault Feedback Gas (Oil) Actuator No feedback for max. number Fault Feedback Oil Actuator Basic unit has detected wrong state of the oil actuator Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective actuator

83 83 83 84

01 02 03 #

SA SA SA SA

Fault Feedback Oil Actuator Fault Feedback Oil Actuator Fault Feedback Oil Actuator Fault Feedback Aux Actuator 1

CRC error Key error main loop counter No feedback for max. number Basic unit has detected wrong state of the auxiliary actuator Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective actuator

84 84

01 02

SA SA

Fault Feedback Aux Actuator 1 Fault Feedback Aux Actuator 1

CRC error Key error main loop counter

225/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 84
85

Diagnostic code 03
#

Device
SA SA

Display
Fault Feedback Aux Actuator 1 Fault Feedback Aux Actuator 2

Meaning for the LMV5x system

No feedback for max. number Basic unit has detected wrong state of the auxiliary actuator

Troubleshooting

Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective actuator

85 85 85 86

01 02 03 #

SA SA SA LC

Fault Feedback Aux Actuator 2 Fault Feedback Aux Actuator 2 Fault Feedback Aux Actuator 2 Fault Feedback Load Controller

CRC error Key error main loop counter No feedback for max. number Basic unit has detected wrong state of the internal load controller CRC error Key error main loop counter No feedback for max. number Basic unit has detected wrong state of the AZL CRC error Key error main loop counter Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC If fault occurs constantly: Replace the faulty ABE *1)

86 86 86 87

01 02 03 #

LC LC LC ABE

Fault Feedback Load Controller Fault Feedback Load Controller Fault Feedback Load Controller Fault Feedback AZL

87 87

01 02

ABE ABE

Fault Feedback AZL5... Fault Feedback AZL5...

226/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 87
88

Diagnostic code 03
#

Device
ABE All

Display
Fault Feedback AZL5...

Meaning for the LMV5x system

No feedback for max. number Plausibility fault NMT

Troubleshooting

If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective AZL(see diagnostic code) or basic unit

88 88 88 88 88 90

01 02 03 04 05 ---

SA LC ABE

Fault Feedback Actuator Fault Feedback Load Controller Fault Feedback AZL

Undefined fault class of SA Undefined fault class of LC Undefined fault class of AZL Undefined fault class of VSD module Undefined fault class of O2 module Basic unit has detected a ROM-CRC er- Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified ror on the air actuator when checking its If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC feedback signal If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective actuator Basic unit has detected a ROM-CRC er- Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified ror on the air actuator when checking its If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC feedback signal If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective actuator

VDS module Fault Feedback VSD Module O2M SA Fault Feedback O2 Module Fault Feedback Aux Actuator 3

91

---

SA

Fault Feedback Air Actuator

92

---

SA

Fault Feedback Gas (Oil) Actuator Basic unit has detected a ROM-CRC er- Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified ror on the gas actuator when checking its If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC feedback signal If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective actuator

227/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 93

Diagnostic code ---

Device
SA

Display
Fault Feedback Oil Actuator

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Troubleshooting

Basic unit has detected a ROM-CRC er- Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified ror on the oil actuator when checking its If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC feedback signal If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective actuator Basic unit has detected a ROM-CRC er- Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified ror on the auxiliary actuator when check- If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC ing its feedback signal If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective actuator Basic unit has detected a ROM-CRC er- Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified ror on the auxiliary actuator when check- If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC ing its feedback signal If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective actuator Basic unit has detected a ROM-CRC er- If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC ror on the load controller when checking If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective basic unit its feedback signal Basic unit has detected a ROM-CRC er- Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified ror on the AZL when checking its feed- If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC back signal If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective AZL There are several components with the same address on the CAN bus (CAN overflow) Check to see if several users (e.g. actuators) with the same address are connected to the CAN bus and rectify (e.g. readdressing the actuators)

94

---

SA

Fault Feedback Aux Actuator 1

95

---

SA

Fault Feedback Aux Actuator 3

96

---

LC

Fault Feedback Load Controller

97

---

ABE

Fault Feedback AZL

98

---

All

Fault two equal Addresses

228/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code
99 9A

Diagnostic code
-----

Device
All All

Display
Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit

Meaning for the LMV5x system

CAN is in bus off Check CAN cabling *1)

Troubleshooting

CAN warning level. Check CAN cabling Fault probably occurred when connecting *1) or disconnecting a CAN bus user CAN queue overrun Overrun of RX queue Overrun of TX queue Auxiliary actuator 3 has detected a fault and reported it to the basic unit. Type of fault: See diagnostic code See A1 Air actuator has detected own fault and reported it to the basic unit. Type of fault: See diagnostic code CRC fault during ROM test CRC fault during RAM test Fault during key value check Error code for time block overflow Sync fault or CRC fault Error code for main loop counter Fault during stack test Temperature warning and shutdown Actuator turns in the wrong direction Check CAN cabling *1)

9B 9B 9B A0

# 01 02 #

All All All SA

Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit

Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective actuator See A1 Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective actuator

A0 A1

See A1 #

See A1 SA

See A1

A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1

01 02 04 05 07 08 09 0C 0D

SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

Internal Fault Air Actuator Internal Fault Air Actuator Internal Fault Air Actuator Internal Fault Air Actuator Internal Fault Air Actuator Internal Fault Air Actuator Internal Fault Air Actuator Overtemperature Air Actuator Internal Fault Air Actuator

Check housing temperature (max. 60 C)

229/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code A1

Diagnostic code 0E

Device
SA

Display

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Troubleshooting

Ramp time too short Air Actuator Actuator operates with too short a ramp Recommendation: time, or with an angular rotation that is too 1. Match ramp time to the slowest actuator in the system long for the ramp time (SQM48.4/6), OR 2. Reduce the actuators angular rotation between special positions (load stages with multistage operation) based on angular rotation = 90 * ramp time / (90 running time of SA) Internal Fault Air Actuator Internal Fault Air Actuator Internal Fault Air Actuator Position Fault Air Actuator Timeout during A/D conversion Fault during ADC test Fault during A/D conversion Actuator is outside the valid angular rota- Check to see if actuator is within the valid positioning range tion (0-90) or linearization data are faulty (0-90) CAN fault CRC fault of a parameter page Page too long open Check CAN wiring Check CAN wiring Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL parameters. Otherwise, replace defective basic unit Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL parameters. Otherwise, replace defective basic unit

A1 A1 A1 A1

10 11 12 13

SA SA SA SA

A1 A1 A1

15 16 17

SA SA SA

Internal Fault Air Actuator Internal Fault Air Actuator Internal Fault Air Actuator

A1

18

SA

Internal Fault Air Actuator

Page disrupted

230/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code A1

Diagnostic code 19

Device
SA

Display
Internal Fault Air Actuator

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Invalid parameter access

Troubleshooting
Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL parameters Otherwise, replace defective basic unit Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL parameters. Otherwise, replace defective basic unit

A1

1B

SA

Internal Fault Air Actuator

Fault during copying of parameter page

A1

1E

SA

Internal Fault Air Actuator

External plausibility fault. This type of fault Check the special positions to see if value range is valid (0covers possible faults occurring due to in- 90) valid presettings in the drive commands. In response, the presettings will be ignored Internal plausibility fault. This type of fault covers possible faults that can occur due to strong EMC impact Gas actuator has detected own fault and reported it to the basic unit. Type of fault: See diagnostic code Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective actuator See A1

A1

1F

SA

Internal Fault Air Actuator

A2

SA

A2

See A1

See A1

See A1

See A1

231/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code A3

Diagnostic code #

Device
SA

Display

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Oil actuator has detected own fault and reported it to the basic unit. Type of fault: See diagnostic code

Troubleshooting
Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective actuator See A1 Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective actuator See A1 Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective actuator See A1

A3 A4

See A1 #

See A1 SA

See A1

See A1 Auxiliary actuator 1 has detected own fault and reported it to the basic unit. Type of fault: See diagnostic code

A4 A5

See A1 #

See A1 SA

See A1

See A1 Auxiliary actuator 2 has detected own fault and reported it to the basic unit. Type of fault: See diagnostic code

A5 A6

See A1 #

See A1 LC

See A1

See A1 Internal load controller has detected own fault and reported it to the basic unit. Type of fault: See diagnostic code

A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6

10 12 13 14 15 16

LC LC LC LC LC LC

No actual Value Slope at End of Identification Adaption invalid Adaption invalid Adaption invalid Adaption invalid Timeout with Adaption

*1) Invalid XP identified Invalid TN identified TU longer than identification time Invalid TN identified Timeout during observation time *1) *1) *1) *1) *1)

232/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code A6
A6

Diagnostic code 17
18

Device
LC LC

Display

Meaning for the LMV5x system

*1) *1)

Troubleshooting

Cold Start thermal Shock Protection active Timeout with Adaption Timeout during delivery of adaption rate and while process is being watched Setpoint Temp Controller above maximum Limit Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Parameter Set damaged Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller

A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6

22 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 3A 3B 40

LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC

*1) EEPROM does not respond within the expected period of time Max. number of EEPROM attempts exceeded Fault during opening of page Invalid CRC when reading a page Page cannot be set to FINISH No access to PID after identification No access to PIDStandard after identification No reading of EEPROM write access for PID possible No EEPROM write access for PID possible No EEPROM write access for PIDStandard possible No access if reception via COM Invalid page access Page too long open *1) *1) *1) Reset the unit, repeat backup restore if necessary *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL parameters. Otherwise, replace defective basic unit

233/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code A6
A6

Diagnostic code 41
42

Device
LC LC

Display
Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Invalid phase during parameterization of the safety-related page P_TW Invalid phase during parameterization of the safety-related page P_STATUS Invalid phase during parameterization of the safety-related page P_SYSTEM Page has been set to ABORT *1) *1)

Troubleshooting

A6

43

LC

Internal Fault Load Controller

*1)

A6

44

LC

Parameter Set damaged

Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL parameters. Otherwise, replace defective basic unit Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL parameters Otherwise, replace defective basic unit Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL parameters. Otherwise, replace defective basic unit *1) *1) *1) *1)

A6

45

LC

Parameter Backup Restore

Page has been set to RESTO

A6

46

LC

Internal Fault Load Controller

Page has an invalid status

A6 A6 A6 A6

4A 4B 4C 4D

LC LC LC LC

Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller

CAN error CAN error CAN error CAN error

234/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code A6 A6
A6 A6

Diagnostic code 4E 50
51 52

Device
LC LC LC LC

Display
Internal Fault Load Controller Short-circuit Pt100 Sensor Open-circuit Pt100 Sensor

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Troubleshooting

CAN error *1) Short-circuit sensor PT100 (X60.1 X60.4) Check wiring and sensor Open-circuit sensor PT100 (X60.1 X60.4) Check wiring and sensor

Open-circuit Pt 100 Sensor (Line Open-circuit compensation line of sensor Check wiring and sensor Compens) PT100 (X60.2 X60.4) Short-circuit Pt1000 Sensor Open-circuit PT1000 Sensor Short-circuit Ni1000 Sensor Open-circuit Ni1000 Sensor Overvoltage at Input 2 Open-circuit / Short-circuit at Input 2 Overvoltage at Input 3 Open-circuit / Short-circuit at Input 3 Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Short-circuit sensor PT1000 (X60.3 Check wiring and sensor X60.4) Open-circuit sensor PT1000 (X60.3 Check wiring and sensor X60.4) Short-circuit sensor Ni1000 (X60.3 X60.4) Check wiring and sensor Open-circuit sensor Ni1000 (X60.3 X60.4) Overvoltage at input 2 (X61) Open-circuit / short-circuit input 2 (X61) Overvoltage at input 3 (X62) Open-circuit / short-circuit input 3 (X62) Timeout during calibrate_ADC Timeout during read_conversion Timeout during calibrate_ADC Fault during RedInv reading from A/D converter Fault internal A/D converter Gain register has been changed Offset register has been changed Too great / small gain for self-calibration of A/D converter Too great / small offset for self-calibration of A/D converter Check wiring and sensor Check wiring and sensor Check wiring and sensor Check wiring and sensor Check wiring and sensor *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1)

A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6

53 54 55 56 57 58 59 5A 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC

235/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code A6 A6 A6 A6 A6
A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6

Diagnostic code 69 6A 6B 6C 6D
6E 6F 70 71 72 73 74

Device
LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC

Display
Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller External Fault Load Controller External Fault Load Controller External Fault Load Controller External Fault Load Controller External Fault Load Controller

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Fault internal A/D converter Fault during PWM test Faulty reference voltage Fault transmitter power supply Fault analog output, voltage deviation too great Fault during resistance test PT100 input (X60) Fault during diode test PT100 input Measured value varies too much: PT100 sensor (X60) Measured value varies too much: PT100 line (X60) Measured value varies too much: PT1000 (X60) Measured value varies too much: PWM Measured value varies too much: Voltage measurement input 2 (X61) Measured value varies too much: Current measurement input 2 (X61) Measured value varies too much: Voltage measurement input 3 (X62) Measured value varies too much: Current measurement input 3 (X62) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1)

Troubleshooting

*1) Check wiring of input. Check wiring of input. Check wiring of input. *1) Check wiring of input. Check input voltage value for humming voltages Check wiring of input. Check input voltage value for humming voltages Check wiring of input. Check input voltage value for humming voltages Check wiring of input. Check input voltage value for humming voltages

A6

75

LC

External Fault Load Controller

A6

76

LC

External Fault Load Controller

A6

77

LC

External Fault Load Controller

A6 A6

78 79

LC LC

External Fault Load Controller External Fault Load Controller

Excessive voltage value or wrong polarity Check wiring of input PT100 sensor (X60) Excessive voltage value or wrong polarity Check wiring of input PT100 line (X60)

236/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code A6
A6 A6

Diagnostic code 7A
7B 7C

Device
LC LC LC

Display
External Fault Load Controller External Fault Load Controller External Fault Load Controller External Fault Load Controller

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Troubleshooting

Excessive voltage value or wrong polarity Check wiring of input PT1000 (X60) Excessive voltage value or wrong polarity *1) PWM Excessive voltage value or wrong polarity Check wiring of input. Check input voltage value voltage measurement input 2 (X61) Excessive voltage value or wrong polarity Check wiring of input. Check input actual value current measurement input 2 (X61) Excessive voltage value or wrong polarity Check wiring of input. Check input voltage value voltage measurement input 3 (X62) Excessive voltage value or wrong polarity Check wiring of input. Check input actual value current measurement input 3 (X62) Fault during internal muliplexer test PT100 sensor Fault during internal multiplexer test PT100 line Fault during internal multiplexer test PT100 Number of maximum sync failures exceeded Wrong CRC during SYNC message Wrong CRC during PDO message Main loop counter does not agree with basic unit Fault during multiplexer test Paraccess with FINISH unsuccessful Fault PageAccess, invalid access status Fault voltage monitor test Fault during readout of PDO message *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1)

A6

7D

LC

A6

7E

LC

External Fault Load Controller

A6

7F

LC

External Fault Load Controller

A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6

80 81 82 90 91 92 93 96 97 9B 9C 9E

LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC

Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller

237/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6
A6

Diagnostic code A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6
A7

Device
LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC

Display
Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller

Meaning for the LMV5x system

XP smaller than min. value XP larger than max. value TN smaller than min. value TN larger than max. value TV smaller than min. value TV larger than max. value Parameter outside the permissible range *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1)

Troubleshooting

Inadmissible Selection aux Sen- Inadmissible selection of the auxiliary sor Cold Start sensor

When using the auxiliary sensor for the cold start, a temperature or pressure sensor must be selected at input 2. Parameter: Sensor Selection (TempSensor, PressSensor) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1)

A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6

B0 B1 B2 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 BA BB BC BD C0 E0 E1 E2 EA EB

LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC

Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller

Red/Inv fault with float variables Red/Inv fault of a Red/Inv variable Fault during key value check Fault in fault routine Step to invalid interrupt vector Time block too long: Time block 0 Time block too long: Time block 1 Time block too long: Time block 2 Time block too long: Time block 3 Time block too long: Time block 4 Time block too long: Time block 5 Time block too long: Time block 6 Time block too long: Time block 7 CRC fault in page Identpower Controller parameter KP Scanning time Invalid branch in eeprom module() Invalid branch in eeprom module()

238/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code A6
A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A7

Diagnostic code EC
ED EE EF F0 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 FE FF #

Device
LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC AZL

Display
Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller Internal Fault Load Controller

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Invalid branch in eeprom module() Invalid branch in eeprom module() Invalid branch in eeprom module() Invalid branch in eeprom module() Fault during ROM test Fault during RAM test Fault during RAM test, register bank 0 Fault during RAM test, IDATA range Fault during RAM test, XDATA range Stack pointer does not point at stack Stack overflow Fault messages in fault management Fault messages in fault management AZL5has detected own fault and reported it to the basic unit. Type of fault: See diagnostic code *1) *1) *1) *1)

Troubleshooting

*1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified Observe instructions given below, and: If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective AZL

A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7

01 02 04 05 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C

AZL AZL AZL AZL AZL AZL AZL AZL AZL AZL

Internal Fault AZL Internal Fault AZL Internal Fault AZL Internal Fault AZL Internal Fault AZL Internal Fault AZL Manual Lockout AZL

CRC fault during ROM test CRC fault during RAM test Fault during key value check Time block overflow Sync fault or CRC fault Fault main loop counter Fault message for emergency off function via AZL Internal Fault AZL Invalid AZL5 page >250,000 startups, service required Save fault parameter

Internal Fault AZL

239/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code A7
A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7 A7

Diagnostic code 0D
0E 15 16 17 18 1A 1B 1C 20 22 24 28 30 38 40 88 89

Device
AZL AZL AZL AZL AZL AZL AZL AZL AZL AZL AZL AZL AZL AZL AZL AZL AZL AZL

Display

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Troubleshooting
Change to menu "GasSettings" Change to menu "OilSettings"

Menu for Oil. Current Fuel is Gas Fuel changeover from oil to gas Menu for Gas. Current Fuel is Oil Fuel changeover from gas to oil Internal Fault AZL Internal Fault AZL Internal Fault AZL Internal Fault AZL Internal Fault AZL No valid Parameter Backup Internal Fault AZL Internal Fault AZL Internal Fault AZL Internal Fault AZL Internal Fault AZL Fault Communication eBUS Internal Fault AZL

CAN queue fault CAN overflow fault CAN busoff CAN warning level EEPROM fault Fault during copying of a parameter page Reset the unit, repeat backup restore if necessary Page in EEPROM was disrupted, has been restored Display fault RTC is locked, permanently busy Buffer for page copies too small Time stamp could not be sent Fault in connection with eBUS communication Interface mode could not be terminated

Communication AZL with PC tool Parameterization fault PC tool. Disclosed by key value check in AZL Internal Fault AZL RAM fault with redundant inverse variables Internal Fault AZL Program run fault, execution of program code that will probably never be executed Internal Fault AZL Unintentional watchdog reset

A7

8A

AZL

240/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code A9

Diagnostic code #

Device

Display

Meaning for the LMV5x system

VSD module has detected own fault and reported it to the basic unit. Type of fault: See diagnostic code CRC fault during ROM test CRC fault during RAM test Fault during key value check Error code for time block overflow Sync fault or CRC fault Error code for main loop counter Fault during stack test Max IRQ speed reached

Troubleshooting

VSD module Fault VSD Module

A9 A9 A9 A9 A9 A9 A9 A9

01 02 04 05 07 08 09 0A

VSD module VSD module VSD module VSD module VSD module VSD module VSD module VSD module

Internal Fault VSD Module Internal Fault VSD Module Internal Fault VSD Module Internal Fault VSD Module Internal Fault VSD Module Internal Fault VSD Module Internal Fault VSD Module Internal Fault VSD Module

A9

0C

VSD module Alarm from VSD

VSD reports a fault to the VSD module

*1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) *1) Possibly interference on the line to the speed sensor, check cable routing, use shielding *1) Fault has been triggered by the VSD. Read VSDs error code. Check VSD settings (ramps, motor settings), increase ramp time on VSD and basic unit, if necessary. Check combination VSD / motor size

A9

0D

VSD module Control Range Limitation VSD Module

VSD module could not offset speed differ- Check to see if the current interfaces of VSD and VSD ential within its control limits module use the same setting (0/4...20 mA). Standardize the speed. !! Note !! After standardizing the speed -> check setting of combustion mixture ! Fault during the speed calculation test CAN bus fault, disturbed CAN bus transmissions *1) If fault occurs sporadically: Check CAN bus wiring. Improve EMC. Check terminating resistors and correct, if necessary

A9 A9

0E 15

VSD module Internal Fault VSD Module VSD module Internal Fault VSD Module

241/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code A9

Diagnostic code 16

Device

Display

Meaning for the LMV5x system

CRC fault of a parameter page

Troubleshooting
Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL parameters. Otherwise, replace defective basic unit Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL parameters. Otherwise, replace defective basic unit Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL parameters. Otherwise, replace defective basic unit. Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL parameters. Otherwise, replace defective basic unit

VSD module Internal Fault VSD Module

A9

17

VSD module Internal Fault VSD Module

Page too long open

A9

18

VSD module Internal Fault VSD Module

Page disrupted

A9

19

VSD module Internal Fault VSD Module

Invalid access to parameters

242/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code A9

Diagnostic code 1B

Device

Display

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Fault when copying a parameter page

Troubleshooting
Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL parameters. Otherwise, replace defective basic unit

VSD module Internal Fault VSD Module

A9

1E

VSD module Internal Fault VSD Module

External plausibility fault. This type of fault Check the special positions for valid value range (0-100 %) covers possible faults occurring due to invalid presettings in the drive commands. In response, the presettings will be ignored Internal plausibility fault. This type of fault *1) detects faults that cannot practically occur... The O2 module has detected own fault and reported it to the basic unit CRC fault during ROM test CRC fault during RAM test Fault during key value check Error code for time block overflow Sync fault or CRC fault Error code for main loop counter Fault during stack test Feedback values invalid Nernst voltage outside the valid range Thermocouple voltage outside the valid range *2) *2) *2) *2) *2) *2) *2) *2) Check the connection (correct polarity, short-circuit) Check connections (polarity, short-circuit, open-circuit). Check power supply to the O2 module. Check fuse F2 on the O2 module. Check heating control on the QGO.

A9

1F

VSD module Internal Fault VSD Module

AB

O2M

Fault O2 Module

AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB

01 02 04 05 07 08 09 0A 10 12

O2M O2M O2M O2M O2M O2M O2M O2M O2M O2M

Internal Fault O2 Module Internal Fault O2 Module Internal Fault O2 Module Internal Fault O2 Module Internal Fault O2 Module Internal Fault O2 Module Internal Fault O2 Module Internal Fault O2 Module Unplaus Value Nernst Voltage O2 Module Unplaus Value Thermocouple O2 Module

243/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code AB

Diagnostic code 13

Device
O2M

Display
Unplaus Value Compensation Element Unplaus Value Flue Gas Temp O2 Module Unplaus Value Flue Gas Temp O2 Module Internal Fault O2 Module Internal Fault O2 Module Internal Fault O2 Module Internal Fault O2 Module Internal Fault O2 Module O2 Sensor Temp too low

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Compensation element voltage outside the valid range Temperature of combustion air sensor outside the valid range (-20...+400 C) Temperature of flue gas sensor outside the valid range (-20...+400 C) Fault during combustion air temperature sensor test Fault during thermocouple test Fault during compensation element test Fault during channel comparison of O2 signal Fault ADC test voltages Temperature of QGO measuring cell too low Temperature of QGO measuring cell too high Fault during calculation test Measured internal resistance of the QGO measuring cell is smaller than 5 Ohm or greater than 150 Ohm Measured response time of the QGO measuring cell exceeds 5 s

Troubleshooting
Check connections (polarity, short-circuit, open-circuit). Check housing temperature of the QGO (temperature inside -25...120 C) Check connections (short-circuit, open-circuit). Check ambient temperature Check connections (short-circuit, open-circuit). Check ambient temperature *2) *2) *2) *2) *2) Check mains power supply on O2 module. Check fuse F2 on O2 module. Check connection between O2 module and QGO heating Check QGO temperature *2) Check electrical connection (polarity, short-circuit). If fault occurs after more than 1 year, QGO may have reached the end of its service life -> replace Check mounting position of QGO. Check to see if QGO is dirty. If error occurs after more than 1 year, QGO may have reached end of its service life -> replace Check fluctuations of the O2 value *2)

AB

15

O2M

AB

16

O2M

AB AB AB AB AB AB

17 18 19 1A 1B 20

O2M O2M O2M O2M O2M O2M

AB AB AB

21 22 23

O2M O2M O2M

O2 Sensor Temp too high Internal Fault O2 Module Unplaus Value Ri 02 Measuring Cell

AB

24

O2M

Response Time O2 Measuring Cell too long

AB AB

25 30

O2M O2M

O2 Sensor Test aborted by O2 Module Internal Fault O2 Module

Fault occurred during O2 sensor test CAN fault

244/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code AB

Diagnostic code 31

Device
O2M

Display
Internal Fault O2 Module

Meaning for the LMV5x system

CRC fault of a parameter page

Troubleshooting
Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL5... parameters. Otherwise, replace defective O2 module Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL5... parameters. Otherwise, replace defective O2 module Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL5... parameters. Otherwise, replace defective O2 module Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL5... parameters. Otherwise, replace defective O2 module

AB

32

O2M

Internal Fault O2 Module

Page too long open

AB

33

O2M

Internal Fault O2 Module

Page disrupted

AB

34

O2M

Internal Fault O2 Module

Invalid access to parameters

245/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code AB

Diagnostic code 38

Device
O2M

Display
Internal Fault O2 Module

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Troubleshooting

Fault during copying of a parameter page Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL5... parameters. Otherwise, replace defective O2 module External plausibility fault. This type of fault covers possible faults occurring due to invalid presettings in the drive commands. In response, the presettings will be ignored Reset the unit. ! Caution ! If this fault occurred during parameterization: Check the parameters changed last. If fault cannot be rectified by the reset: Restore AZL5... parameters. Otherwise, replace defective O2 module *2)

AB

3E

O2M

Internal Fault O2 Module

AB

3F

O2M

Internal Fault O2 Module

Internal plausibility fault. This type of fault covers possible errors that cannot practically occur Fault during test of port outputs Fault when resetting the set outputs Fault during ZR test Fault during short-circuit test between inputs and outputs O2 monitor O2 value has dropped below O2 min. value Invalid O2 min. value Invalid O2 setpoint Invalid O2 delay time

B0 B0 B0 B1 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5

# 01 02 01 # 01 02 03 04

BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU BU

*1)

Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit

*1) *1) Check setting of the ratio curve. Increase interval between O2 setpoint and O2 min. value Define all O2 min. values Define all O2 setpoints Adaption at curvepoint 2 or at the highest curvepoint has not been made. Set these curvepoints O2 module and O2 sensor must be correctly connected. Mains power supply to the QGO must be connected

Below O2 Min Value O2 Min Values undefined O2 Setpoints undefined O2 Delay Time undefined

B5

05

BU

Actual O2 Value invalid

No valid actual O2 value in operation for >= 3 s

246/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code B5

Diagnostic code 06

Device
BU

Display
O2 Value Prepurging not reached

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Troubleshooting

During prepurging, the parameterized air At the end of prepurging, the parameterized "O2 content air" oxygen content of +-2 % was not reached must be reached. Prepurging may not be sufficiently long for the air to reach the O2 content in the flueways. The value must have been parameterized at an air oxygen content of 20.9 %. If fault occurs after more than 1 year, QGO may have reached the end of its service life -> replace O2 value of 15 % in operation was exceeded O2 sensor test was not successful. E.g. reset of O2 module during probe test Fault occurred in connection with O2 trim control or with the O2 monitor. It led to automatic deactivation of O2 trim control or the O2 monitor When comparing the versions of the individual units, the AZL5... has detected old versions Check mechanical and electrical mounting of the QGO sensor *2)

B5 BA

07 01

BU BU

O2 Value in Operation too high O2 Sensor Test aborted

BF

O2 Control and Limiter automate deactivated

The fault history shows the reason for switching off just before the "BF" fault

C5

Version Conflict

Before replacing any units, start the system and wait about 1 minute (until, after entering the parameter level, the display Parameters will be updated disappears). Then, make a reset. Replace the unit only if the fault message does not disappear. Replace the relevant units by new versions

C5

01..2F

Version Conflict

C5 C5

01 02

BU LC

Version Conflict Version Conflict

The diagnostic value is made up of the following faults or their combinations (the individual diagnostic codes are added up in hexadecimal format) Software of the basic unit too old Replace basic unit Software of the load controller too old Replace basic unit

247/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code C5
C5 C5 C5 D1

Diagnostic code 04
08 10 20 #

Device
ABE SA

Display
Version Conflict Version Conflict

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Software of the AZL5... too old

Troubleshooting
Replace AZL5... or update its software

Software of 1 or several actuators too old Replace actuator Software of VSD module too old Software of O2 module too old Replace basic unit Replace O2 module

VSD module Version Conflict O2 Version Conflict

VSD module Fault Feedback VSD Module

Basic unit has detected a wrong state of If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC. the VSD module. Corresponds to the "8x"- If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective module faults with the other CAN users CRC error Key error main loop counter No feedback for max. number Basic unit has detected a wrong stage of the O2 module Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective module

D1 D1 D1 D3

01 02 03 #

VSD module Fault Feedback VSD Module VSD module Fault Feedback VSD Module VSD module Fault Feedback VSD Module O2 Fault Feedback O2 Module

D3 D3 D3 E1

01 02 03 ---

O2 O2 O2

Fault Feedback O2 Module Fault Feedback O2 Module Fault Feedback O2 Module

CRC error Key error main loop counter No feedback for max. number Basic unit has detected a ROM-CRC fault If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC in the VSD module when checking its If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective module feedback signal

VSD module Fault Feedback VSD Module

248/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code E3

Diagnostic code ---

Device
O2

Display
Fault Feedback O2 Module

Meaning for the LMV5x system

Troubleshooting

Basic unit has detected a ROM-CRC fault Check CAN cabling and terminators as specified in the O2 module when checking its feed- If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC. back signal If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective module Plausibility fault during calculation of inter- *1) polation values Internal fault during calculation of precon- Check curve setting, check fuel parameters depending on trol the selected type of fuel

F0 F1

--#

BU BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit

F1 F1 F1 F1 F1 F1

01 02 03 04 05 06

BU BU BU BU BU BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal Fault Basic Unit Internal fault calculation of precontrol. Undefined value in the curves used for the calculation Internal fault calculation of precontrol. Undefined value for a type of fuel parameter Code for faulty temperature values from O2 module when calculating the air rate change O2 module has delivered invalid value Flue gas temperature outside the permis- Set permissible flue gas temperature to a higher level sible value range QGO probe not yet sufficiently heated up Wait until probe has reached its operating temperature

F1

07

BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit

F2

BU

F2 F2 F2

07 08 0A

BU BU BU

Internal Fault Basic Unit Flue Gas Temp too high QGO in Heating-up Phase

249/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Error code 3

Diagnostic code 01

Device
BU

Display
Missing or faulty Control Parameters

Meaning for the LMV5x system

PID parameter for controller algorithm missing

Troubleshooting
Check controller parameters

*1) If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective module

*2) If fault occurs sporadically: Improve EMC If fault occurs constantly: Replace defective module

250/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 16 Addendum 1: List of fault status messages of LMV5... system CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

X52

Low voltage side trafo

PELV*

F3 F2 4 AT 4 AT

Trafo

X10-01

External trafo Mains side trafo

Power supply X3-04 Safety loop

F 6,3AT Ph N PE N

X3-03 5A Burner flange al = r1 1

Alarm X3-01 Fan X4-03 X4-02

L1-L3

Start signal / PS valve Ignition

SV

PV

Ph N PE

Gas

X9-01 (X9-02)

X8-01 3

V1

V2 X6-03 SV or preheater startup with heavy oil X8-01 V1

X8-03 X8-02 X7-01

2 x 115 V

Firing on oil (V1)

Oil

V2

X7-02 X6-02

V3 Magnetic clutch / oil pump 3

Reset X4-01 Fan contactor contact or / FGR-PS Fuel selection

Oil Gas

BC

Int
Open Closed ON/OFF

X3-02

Air pressure switch (APS)

Inputs

Plant

Pressure switch - VP / or CPI

Gas + Oil

X5-03

Load controller external

Gas

X9-03

Pressure switch max. Pressure switch min./ release of startup Heavy oil-direct start Release of startup

Gas ramp

X6-01

X5-02 X5-01

Pressure switch max. Pressure switch min.

Ph AC 230 V M Mixing device Oil pressure controller Gas damper Air damper

17 Addendum 2: Connection diagram

* Protected Extra Low Voltage

Display and operation

Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products

sr = r2 2

Basic Documentation LMV5... 17 Addendum 2: Connection diagram

F1

CC1P7550en 13.08.2004 251/301

STB
Water deficiency

6,3AT PE

AUX

3 r3

Gas + Oil Oil

r4

r5

3 3

r6

Ph

3 3 3

4 r7 5 r8 6 7 r9

r10

3 8

Firing on gas (V1)

ACT4 ACT3 ACT2 ACT1

Gas ramp
5 M 5 M 5 M 5
Flame detector QRI, QRB X10-02 Ionization X10-03

r11

r12

3 10 3 11 QRB / ION 2 2 Flame signal amplifier

Screen Fu earth

r13 r14

X50

CAN bus

7550a02E/0502

PELV*

BUS

RS-232

Info and power supply

PC

AZL

X51

18 Addendum 3: Variable speed drive (VSD) module

(Only for use with the LMV5x.200 and AZL51.XXB)

General

The VSD module is an extension to the LMV5... burner control system and is used for the control of VSD that ensure safety-related supervision of the fan speed. 2 fuel meters (oil and gas) can be connected as an option.
Gas
Release Required speed 0/4...20 mA Alarm 0...24 V
X73

Basic diagram

X71

VSD
Sensor disk

Meter

Oil

X72

LMV5x.2...
X70

Meter

L Sensor

7550b12e/0704

Actual speed

M
ACT oil

M
ACT gas

M
ACT air

LMV51... Configuration of the basic unit (BU)

The auxiliary actuator can be parameterized on the basic unit, depending on the type of fuel burnt. The function offers 2 choices: Air damper or VSD. Parameter: Aux Actuator (deactivated / activeDamper / active VSD)

The Damper configuration corresponds to the previous function of the LMV51.000A2 and LMV51.100A2. If VSD active is configured, it is used in place of the auxiliary actuator. This means that with all curve and position settings, Auxiliary refers to the VSD. Owing to the system characteristics of the LMV51.2..., VSD operation always demands an air damper. This means that an LMV51.2... system must be equipped with at least one fuel actuator, one air actuator and one VSD (VSD active).

LMV52... configuration of the basic unit (BU)

On the LMV52.200..., the VSD option can be selected in addition to the actuators. Parameter: VSD (deactivate / activate / air influen)

Here, it is also selected whether the VSD shall be used in connection with O2 trim control.

252/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 18 Addendum 3: Variable speed drive (VSD) module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

18.1 VSD module

General
A VSD can be connected to the VSD module integrated in the LMV5x.2... The VSD is controlled via an analog current output and a potential-free release contact. Evaluation of the alarm feedback signal from the VSD is accomplished with a 0...24 V output. When activated, the LMV5x.2... will enter the safety phase. Both motor speed and direction of rotation are acquired by an inductive sensor. The asymmetric speed signal is checked for direction of rotation and plausibility. The VSD module generates acceleration and deceleration ramps in accordance with the parameters settings made on the LMV5x.2... The motor speed is adjusted based on the same principle as that used with actuator adjustments. For this reason, the characteristic of the VSD must be linear. Filters, delay and damping members must be removed. The VSD module of the LMV5x.2... controls the motor speed to the setpoint. The control range is limited to +15 % / -10 %. If control range limitation becomes active, an appropriate display appears on the AZL5... If that is the case over a longer period of time ( Safety Time Ratio Control), the LMV5x.2... will be shut down and the message Special Position not reached or Speed not reached will appear. Speed control is active for speeds 8 %.

18.1.1 Inputs / outputs

3 Wire-PNP 3 Wire-PNP 3 Wire-PNP

Connection diagram
2 Wire

0/4-20mA Setpoint OUT

12-24VDC Alarm-IN

2 Wire

2 Wire

Pulse-IN

Pulse-IN

Pulse-IN

Usensor

Usensor

Usensor

Reserve

FE

FE

FE

Start-OUT

1
7550a11e/0704

X 70

1 GA S

X71

1
O IL

X72

X73

M O TO R SPEED INP UT

FU EL C O UN T ER IN PUT

FR EQU EN C Y CO N VER TER

Release contact X73-1 / -2

The LMV5x.2... has a potential-free release contact for the VSD. This contact will be activated when a motor speed other than zero is required. Voltage: Current: AC / DC 24 V (protective extra low-voltage) 5 mA to 2 A

Alarm input X73-3

The alarm input of the LMV5x.2... will be connected to the alarm output of the VSD. In the event of an alarm, safety shutdown will be triggered as a minimum requirement. Voltage active: Voltage inactive: DC 12...24 V < DC 4 V (alarm ON) (alarm OFF)

Analog output to the VSD X73-4

This output is used for delivering the preselected speed setpoint to the VSD. Current: Output load: Resolution: Cross-sectional area of wire: 0 / 4...20 mA 0...105 % ( Standardization of Speed) max. 750 (burden), short-circuit-proof 0,1 % 0,1 mm2

Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products

Basic Documentation LMV5... 18 Addendum 3: Variable speed drive (VSD) module

CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

FE

253/301

Speed feedback signal

The motors speed can be acquired with different types of sensors. To detect the motors direction of rotation with a sensor, a sensor disk with angular steps of 60, 120 and 180 is used. The sensor disk generates pulse intervals of different length.

Acquisition of speed is safety-related!

We recommend to use the accessory set AGG5.310. To enable the acquired speed to be standardized to the range of 0...100 %, the speed that corresponds to 100 % must be parameterized ( Standardization of speed).

Speed input X70

Motor speed: 100 % speed: Sensor: Power supply: Switching current: Cable length:

300...6300 1 / min 1350...6300 1/ min Inductive sensor to DIN 19234 or open collector (pnp) UCEsat < 4 V, UCEmin > DC 15 V DC 10 V, max. 15 mA > 10 mA max. 100 m (sensor line must be run separately!)

Safe segregation between mains voltage and protective extra low-voltage

Sensor disk

All inputs and outputs of the VSD module comply with the requirements for protective extra low-voltage. Hence, the mains voltage section must strictly be segregated! Sensor disk and speed sensor can be ordered in the form of accessory set AGG5.310.

5 0 4 .3 (2x )

7550z05E/0702

Number of protrusions: Angular steps: Accuracy:

3 60, 120, 180 2

0.1

34

0.1

94

Speed sensor

Threaded plate

End of fan motor drive shaft

Threaded hole M8x15 at end of drive shaft

Sensor support secured with: 4 screws M3x10 DIN 84 + 4 spring washers M3

Sensor with thread M12x1

Nut M12x1 (wrench size 17) Screw (wrench size 22) Cup spring Sensor disk Min 7
7550z06e/0704

Protective cover of fan motor

Assembly must be made according to Mounting Instructions M7550

Selection of fan motor

1. Motor supplier: Version with threaded hole M8x15 2. Standard motor plus extra machining (drilling hole and cutting thread M8x15)

254/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 18 Addendum 3: Variable speed drive (VSD) module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Fuel meter

To acquire the amount of fuel consumed, up to 2 fuel meters can be connected. Assignment to the type of fuel is fixed. To adapt to different types of fuel meters, assignment of the number of pulses and the resulting fuel throughput must be parameterized. Type of sensor: inductive sensor to DIN 19234 (Namur) or open collector (pn) with UCEsat < 4 V, UCEmin > DC 15 V or Reed contact 300 Hz 9999.9999 (to be parameterized) 999.99999 (to be parameterized) DC 10 V, max. 15 mA > 10 mA

Fuel meter input X71 / X72

Frequency: Pulses / l or gal, m3: Pulses / ft3: Power supply: Switching current:

18.1.2 Configuration of VSD

The VSD must be configured in accordance with the type of motor connected. The times set for the acceleration and deceleration ramps must be shorter than the times of the ramps parameterized for the LMV5x.2... with electronic fuel / air ratio control.

Example: Ramp of 10 seconds VSD ramps to be set to 7 seconds.

The motor must be able to follow the parameterized VSD ramp. If this is not observed, the predefined speeds will not be reached within the respective periods of time. The configuration of the current / voltage interfaces of the VSD must be in accordance with the configuration of the LMV5x.2... VSD module. The minimum output frequency of the VSD must be set to 0 Hz. To ensure that the fan motor will reach the required speed under all operating conditions, the VSD during configuration will be controlled with a maximum of only 95 % of the positioning signal. If the burners rated capacity calls for full fan speed, the maximum output frequency must be set to 105.2 % of mains frequency.

255/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 18 Addendum 3: Variable speed drive (VSD) module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

18.1.3 Configuration of speed acquisition

The speed sensor to be used must be an inductive sensor (Namur or open collector (pnp) (refer to subsection 15.1.1). The motor speed is acquired with an asymmetric sensor disk having 3 protrusions spaced at 60, 120 and 180 respectively. The number of protrusions must be appropriately parameterized. The sensor disk is to be fitted such that the pulse intervals are generated in the direction of rotation as described. Parameter: Num Puls per R

Since the different types of motors have different maximum speeds, the VSD module must know the speed that corresponds to 100 %. Standardization Since the standardized speed is difficult to adjust but the correct adjustment has a great impact on the control performance of the VSD module an automatic measurement function has been implemented. Parameter: Note Standard (deactivated / activated)

The speed should be standardized in standby mode. When this function is activated, the air actuator will be driven to the prepurge position first. The air actuators prepurge position should be adjusted such that the air damper is fully open. This action can be watched on the menu Ratio Control Settings Gas / Oil Curve Parameters Then, the VSD will be controlled at 95 %. A reserve of 5 % is left, enabling the VSD module to safely reach the 100 % speed in situations where environmental conditions may change. Once the motor speed has stabilized, that speed will then be standardized. In other words, that speed will represent 100 %. That speed can be read using parameter StandardizedSp. Parameter: StandardizedSp

StandardizedSp should not be parameterized manually. Note If, based on the steps described above, the burners rated output cannot be reached (the fan is controlled at 47.5 Hz), proceed as follows: Set the maximum frequency to 105.2 % of the motors nominal speed This means that at a motor frequency of 50 Hz: Parameterize the maximum frequency of the VSD to 50 Hz 1.052 = 52.6 Hz (on the VSD) Then, standardize This standardization cannot lead to motor overloads since only 95 % of the maximum control signal is delivered during standardization and the actual speed will be controlled later in operation and monitored with Safety time ratio control. Frequencies between 50 and 52.6 Hz are delivered only if this is necessary to reach the required speed due to increased load.

If automatic speed standardization is activated, or if the standardized speed is changed, the burner must be readjusted! Any change to the standardized speed changes the assignment between the parameterized percentages on the curves and the speed.

256/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 18 Addendum 3: Variable speed drive (VSD) module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Settling time

If oscillations occur during extensive running times, the settling time between acceleration ramp and speed measurement can be extended to overcome the problem. Parameter: Settling Time (in x 25 ms) Value of 16 means 16 25 ms = 400 ms (0.4 s)

257/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 18 Addendum 3: Variable speed drive (VSD) module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

18.1.4 Configuration of current interface

The VSD is controlled via a current interface which can be switched from 0...20 mA to 4...20 mA, or vice versa. Parameter: Note Analog Output (0...20 mA / 4...20 mA)

If the VSD requires an input signal of DC 0...10 V, a resistor of 500 1 % must be connected parallel to its input.

18.1.5 Configuration of fuel meter

The module can be used with fuel meters having a Namur or Reed output or open collector (pnp). To be able to adapt the module to different types of meters, the number of pulses corresponding to a volume unit must be parameterized in the system. The setting requires 4 or 5 decimal points. If one of these values shall be changed, the following setting procedure is required on the following menu: Params & Display VSD Module Configuration Fuel Meter Pulse Value Gas or Params & Display VSD Module Configuration Fuel Meter Pulse Value Oil The pointer indicates the unit to be selected (1 m3 / 1ft3) Pulse value gas

P C 1

u u m

l r 3

s r

e : =

u 3 3

e . .

G 0 0

a 0 0

s 0 0

0 0

The proposed unit can be changed with SELECT. When pressing Enter, the pointer jumps to the first position of the display section with the numbers.

P C 1

u u m

l r 3

s r

e : =

u 3 3

e . .

G 0 0

a 0 0

s 0 0

0 0

SELECT can be used to change the digit with the highest value of the numerical number, or ENTER can be pressed to switch to the next digit. After selecting the last decimal place and pressing Enter, the value will be adopted. After selecting the last decimal place and pressing Enter, the value will be adopted.
Pulse value oil The setting procedure for Pulse Value Oil is the same as that for Pulse Value Gas, the selectable units being 1 l or 1 gal.

258/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 18 Addendum 3: Variable speed drive (VSD) module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

18.1.6 Fuel meter readings

The VSD module ascertains the cumulated gas or oil throughout. For each type of fuel, there is one resettable and one nonresettable meter available. Parameter: Parameter: Parameter: Parameter: Volume Gas Volume Oil Volume Gas R Volume Oil R

When resetting the fuel meters, the reset date will be stored. Parameter: Parameter: Reset DateGas Reset DateOil

The system continuously calculates the throughput of the selected type of fuel. The calculation time is dynamic and reaches from 1 to 10 seconds. If the meter delivers no pulse for 10 seconds, the throughput displayed will be 0. This means that with minimum throughput, the sensors pulse frequency should be a minimum of 0.1 Hz. The display is smoothed. The maximum frequency is 300 Hz when fuel throughput is at its maximum. Parameter: Curr Flow Rate

18.1.7 Process data

In its operating position, the VSD module records data that show how well the system components work together (LMV5x.2..., VSD module, VSD, motor and BU). These data can only be read. The Maximum static deviation indicates the greatest speed deviation that occurred during a drive command in modulating operation. Parameter: Max Stat Dev

The Maximum dynamic deviation indicates the greatest speed deviation between the ramp predefined by the VSD module and the measured speed. This information is only relevant in multistage operation. Parameter: Max Dyn Dev

In addition, the number of static deviations > 0.3 % or > 0.5 % will be counted. This gives the number of speed deviations above 0.3 % or 0.5 % that occurred during a drive command. The number of deviations > 0.5 % also corresponds to the number of correcting cycles. Parameter: Parameter: Num Dev >0.3% Num Dev >0.5%

The process data will only be stored in RAM, which means that they will be reset via reset or lockout reset.

259/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 18 Addendum 3: Variable speed drive (VSD) module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

18.2 Differences to LMV51.200... and LMV51.000... / LMV51.100

6.3.1 Menu structure
Special functions Curve settings for electronic ratio control
Selection of 1) will take you to: Selection menu GasSettings Only the data associated with the currently active type of fuel can be parameterized.

S C L A

p u o u

e r a x

c v d A

i e c

a L t

l P i u

P a m a

o r i t

s a t o

i m s r

1) 2) 3) 4)

Selection of 1) (Home Pos, Prepurge Pos...), 3) and 4) will take you to the standard parameterizations of the specified parameters. Selection of 4) will take you to: Standard parameterization Auxiliary Actuator Here, the function of the auxiliary actuator can be separately selected for each type of fuel: deactivated / activeDamper / VSD active.

A C N

u u e

x r w

A r :

c :

t d V

u e S

a a D

t c

o t a

r i c

v t

a i

t v

e a

d t

With VSD active, the VSD takes the place of the auxiliary actuator (menus Aux Actuator, Auxiliary). The available setting values reach from 0 to 100 %.

6.3.2 Changes when setting ratio control via manual control

The system extrapolates the VSD to a minimum speed of 10 % and a maximum speed of 100 %.

90

Pos.
Ignition = low fire AIR FUEL AUX

0 0%
7550d07e/0704

Load

100 %

Change of load / position resulting from an automatically entered point

260/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 18 Addendum 3: Variable speed drive (VSD) module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

18.3 EMC: LMV5... system VSD

The functional and EMC tests of the LMV5... system were conducted and successfully completed with the following types of VSD:

Siemens: Danfoss:

- SED2-1.5 / 35 B - VT2807

In operation, VSDs produce electromagnetic interference. For this reason - to ensure EMC of the entire system - the instructions provided by the manufacturers must be observed:

Siemens:

- Operating Instructions EMC-compatible installation - Technical Brochure Radio Interference Suppression Filters - Data Sheet of Danfoss EMC filter for long motor cables

Danfoss:

When using other types of VSD, compliance with EMC regulations and correct functioning are not ensured!

261/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 18 Addendum 3: Variable speed drive (VSD) module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

18.4 Connection terminals

Also refer to chapter 9 Connection terminals / coding of connectors.

LMV5...
Variable speed drive module Power supply for X70.1 speed sensor Speed input Reference ground Reserve Functional earth for shielding connection MOTOR SPEED INPUT Power supply for fuel counter Input fuel counter Reference ground Functional earth for shielding connection
+ +

1)

3)

Sensor connections (optional): 1) Inductive NAMUR proximity switch 2) Reed contact 3) Inductive DC voltage proximity switch with pnp transistor

X70.2 X70.3 X70.4 X70.5

a)

1)
X71.1 X71.2 X71.3 X71.4

2)

3)

a) 1)
+

FUEL COUNTER INPUT GAS Power supply for fuel counter Input fuel counter Reference ground Functional earth for shielding connection X72.1 X72.2 X72.3

2)

3)

a)
X72.4 22 9 5 21 3 2

Example 1: VSD Siemens SED2 5 + 24 V DIN1 DOUT1 12 18 4 60 55

Example 2: VSD Danfoss VLT 6000

FUEL COUNTER INPUT OIL X73.1 Release of FC X73.2 Alarm input FC control 0/4...20mA Reference ground Functional earth Variable speed drive X73.3 X73.4 X73.5 X73.6 FE

+ 24 V DIN1 DOUT1

Setpoint 0/4...20 mA

Setpoint 0/4...20 mA

b)

7550a17e/0903

Shielding: a) + b) b) Optional shield connection for rough environmental conditions For shielding the cables on the VSD, refer to the following pieces of documentation: Siemens SED2 VSD Commissioning Instructions (CM1G5192en), chapters 4 and 7, or Danfoss Operating Instructions VLT 6000 (MG60A703), chapter Installation

262/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 18 Addendum 3: Variable speed drive (VSD) module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

18.5 Description of the connection terminals for the variable speed drive module
designation

Connection symbol
Output

Description

Electrical rating

Terminal

X70

2 Wire 3 W ire - PNP

Usensor Pulse-IN Reserve FE

PIN1 PIN2 x

Input

Power supply for speed sensor Speed input

approx. DC 10 V max. 45 mA Uin max = DC 10 V Uin min high level = DC 3 V Uin max low level = DC 1.5 V

PIN3 PIN4 PIN5 x

Reference ground Reserve Functional earth for shield connection

X71

2 Wire 3 W ire - PNP

Usensor Pulse-IN

PIN1 PIN2 x

Power supply for fuel meter Fuel meter input gas

approx. DC 10 V max. 45 mA Uin max = DC 10 V Uin min high level = DC 3 V Uin max low level = DC 1.5 V

FE

PIN3 PIN4 x

Reference ground Functional earth for shield connection

X72

2 Wire 3 W ire - PNP

Usensor Pulse-IN

PIN1 PIN2 x

Power supply for fuel meter Fuel meter input oil

approx. DC 10 V max. 45 mA Uin max = DC 10 V Uin min high level = DC 3 V Uin max low level = DC 1.5 V

FE

PIN3 PIN4 x

Reference ground Functional earth for shield connection

X73

PIN1

x x x x x x

Reference contact max. AC / DC 24 V Release contact Alarm input 0 / 4...20 mA control of variable speed drive Reference ground Functional earth max. 2 A DC 0...24 V 0...20 mA RLmax = 750

Start - OUT
PIN2

12-24VDC Alarm-IN 0/4-20mA Setpoint OUT

PIN3 PIN4

FE

PIN5 PIN6

263/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basisdokumentation LMV5... 18 Addendum 3: Variable speed drive (VSD) module CC1P7550de 21.07.2004

19

Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module

19.1 General
The LMV52... system is an extended LMV51... system. A special feature of the LMV52 is control of the residual oxygen content to increase the boilers efficiency. In addition to the features of the LMV51..., the LMV52... provides O2 trim control, control of a maximum of 6 actuators, control of a VSD, and acquisition of cumulated fuel consumption and current fuel throughput. The LMV52... system uses an O2 sensor (QGO20...), an external O2 module, and the standard components of the LMV51... system. The PLL... O2 module is a detached measuring module for the QGO20... sensor and for 2 temperature sensors (Pt1000 / LG-Ni 1000). The module communicates with the LMV52 via CAN bus. The fuel meters must be connected directly to the fuel-related inputs of the basic unit. On the AZL5... display and operating unit, the individual consumption values can be read out and the meter readings can be reset.
QGO20...

Flue gas temperature sensor

Supply air temperature sensor O2 module PLL...

CAN

LMV52.200...

264/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

7550z07e/0704

19.2 Functioning principle of O2 trim control

The residual oxygen control system reduces the amount of combustion air depending on the control differential (O2 setpoint minus actual O2 value). The amount of combustion air is normally influenced by several actuators and, if used, by a VSD. Reduction of the amount of air is reached by reducing the air rate of the air-influencing actuators. For that purpose, the damper positions of these actuators are calculated from some other load point on the ratio curves. Hence, due to the parameterized ratio curves, the air-influencing actuators are in a fixed relation to one another. O2 trim control is supported by precontrol, which calculates the air rate reduction in a way that the controller calls for the same manipulated variable as long as environmental conditions do not change, irrespective of burner output. Consideration is given to a number of measured values that are ascertained when the burner is set. This means that the controller must only become active when environmental conditions (temperature, pressure) change, and not when the burner load changes.

19.2.1

Air rate reduction

7550d34e/0903

Positioning angle ()
Fuel damper Air damper

Load (%)
Air rate Fuel rate

Due to the air rate reduction, the O2 trim controller reduces the amount of air. For that purpose, the air-influencing actuators will travel to a smaller load (air rate) on the ratio curve. On the ratio curve, fuel rate and air rate are the same. Example: If the air rate is 50 % of the fuel rate, half the amount of air is delivered to the burner (if is the same at all curvepoints) compared to the ratio curve.

19.2.2

Definition of O2 setpoint

Using the ratio curve as a basis, the O2 setpoint is set by manually lowering the air rate. The system stores the O2 ratio value, the O2 setpoint and the relative air rate reduction (standardized value required to attain the O2 setpoint). Example: With a relative air rate reduction of 10 %, the air rate must be changed by 6 percentage points from 60 % to 54 %. By measuring both O2 values and by having the relative air rate reduction required for the readjustment, the system identifies the burners behavior. Effects such as the fan pressures impact on the amount of gas are taken into consideration.

265/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

19.2.3

Lambda factor

The system calculates the lambda factor from the O2 ratio value, the O2 setpoint and the required air rate reduction (standardized value to attain the O2 setpoint). The lambda factor reflects the ratio of the actual lambda change and the theoretical lambda change, in relation to a change of the air rate. With an ideal burner, a relative air rate reduction of 10 % produces a neu lambda change of Theorie = alt = 0,9 corresponding to a lambda factor of 1. Example: If the amount of gas is influenced by the fan pressure, a reduction of the air volume can simultaneously lead to an increase in the amount of gas. In practice, this results in a more pronounced change of the lambda value. If the change of lambda value is twice the theoretical value, an air rate change of 10 % produces a value of

Praxis =

neu = 0,8 alt

, corresponding to a lambda factor of 2.

From the lambda values of the ratio curve, the setpoint curve and the standardized value (required air ratio reduction), the lambda factor is calculated as follows:

Soll - Verbund Lambdafaktor = Normierwert 100

The system should be adjusted such that the lambda factor across the load range will be as flat as possible. In the future, this can be checked with the ACS450 PC tool. Without the tool, the lambda factors can be calculated according to the above formula to be entered in a graph.

266/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

19.3 Precontrol
As a result of the measurements made when setting the O2 setpoint, the properties and the behavior of the burner will be acquired. Based on the type of fuel, the O2 ratio, the O2 setpoint and the standardized value, precontrol calculates the air rate in a way that the O2 setpoint will be reached as long as the environmental conditions do not change, irrespective of burner output. Calculation of the air rate from the manipulated variable is made such that a manipulated variable of +10 % will offset an air density change of 10 %.

19.3.1

Calculation of precontrol

Based on the settings for O2 trim control, the system becomes familiar with the characteristics and behavior of the burner. The lambda factor, which is taken into consideration when calculating the air rate reduction, reflects these values which are gained from practical experience. Precontrol can be calculated in 2 different ways: Parameter: like P air Type Air Change (like P air, like theory) The measured lambda factor is also considered when air density (temperature pressure) changes. Air pressure and air density have an impact on the fuel throughput. The measured lambda factor is not considered when air density (temperature pressure) changes. Air pressure and air density have no impact on the fuel throughput.

like theory

Recommendation: With gas: like P air With oil: like theory

267/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

19.4 O2 trim control

19.4.1 Operating modes of O2 trim controller / O2 monitor

The O2 trim controller or O2 monitor can be deactivated or activated in various operating modes by setting a parameter.

The ratio curves must always be adjusted such that there are sufficient amounts of excess O2 available, irrespective of environmental conditions!
Parameter: O2 Ctrl/Guard (man deact / O2-guard / O2-control / conAutoDeac / auto deact) Both the O2 trim controller and O2 monitor are deactivated. The system operates along the parameterized ratio curves. Only the O2 monitor is active. Prior to startup, the O2 sensor must have reached its operating temperature. If not, startup will be prevented. If the O2 monitor responds, or if an error occurs in connection with O2 measurement, the O2 module or the O2 sensor, safety shutdown will take place, followed by a repetition if possible, otherwise lockout. Both the O2 trim controller and the O2 monitor are active. Prior to startup, the O2 sensor must have reached its operating temperature. If not, startup will be prevented. If the O2 monitor responds, or if an error occurs in connection with O2 measurement, the O2 module or the O2 sensor, safety shutdown will take place, followed by a repetition if possible, otherwise lockout. Both the O2 trim controller and the O2 monitor are active (option automatic deactivation). Startup takes place before the O2 sensor has reached its operating temperature. O2 trim control in operation is activated only when the operating temperature has been reached and the sensor test has been successfully completed. If the O2 monitor responds, or if an error occurs in connection with O2 measurement, the O2 module, the O2 sensor or the sensor test, both the O2 trim controller and the O2 monitor will automatically be deactivated. The system operates along the parameterized ratio curves and this parameter will be set to auto deact. The AZL5... indicates automatic deactivation. The error code is maintained until O2 trim control is manually deactivated or activated. auto deact O2 trim control has automatically been deactivated and the system operates along the parameterized ratio curves (do not select this system parameter). To deactivate the O2 trim controller / O2 monitor, use parameter setting man deact.

man deact

O2-guard

O2-control

conAutoDeac

Also refer to section 19.4.4 Heating up the O2 sensor after PowerOn.

268/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

19.4.2

Load limitation with O2 trim control

O2 trim control can be deactivated below an adjustable load limit. This can be selected separately for gas- and oil-firing. Parameter: O2CtrlThreshold

If the load drops below this limit, O2 trim control will be deactivated and the system operates along the parameterized ratio curves. If the load increases and exceeds the O2 trim control threshold by 5 percentage points, the O2 trim controller will be reinitialized.

19.4.3

Startup

With the parameter setting Parameter: O2Ctrl/Guard (O2-guard / O2-control) startup will be prevented until the O2 sensor has reached its operating temperature. With the parameter setting Parameter: O2Ctrl/Guard (conAutoDeac) starts the burner directly, O2 trim control will be activated only when the operating temperature has been reached and sensor test has been successful. Also refer to section 19.4.4 Heating up the O2 sensor after PowerOn.

19.4.4

Heating up the O2 sensor after PowerOn

When the system or the O2 module is switched on for the first time, the cold O2 sensor is slowly heated up until its operating temperature is reached. When that temperature is reached, the sensor needs another 10 minutes to attain its maximum temperature. With the parameter setting Parameter: O2Ctrl/Guard (O2-guard / O2-control) start prevention will take place until the O2 sensor has fully assumed its operating temperature, followed by burner startup. O2 trim control in the operating position will be activated the moment the controller locking time has elapsed. With parameter setting Parameter: O2Ctrl/Guard (conAutoDeac) the burner will immediately be started up. O2 trim control in the operating position will only take place when the sensor has fully assumed its operating temperature and after the sensor test has been successfully completed.

19.4.5

Initialization of O2 trim controller

The system is put into operation with the O2 trim controller locked (safe ratio curve). Locking time startup commences when entering the operating phase. This locking time is 10* Tau low-fire. On completion of this locking time startup, the dynamic release criterion of operation applies (refer to section 19.4.6 Behavior in the event of load changes). When the above mentioned release criteria are satisfied, the O2 trim controller will be initialized. To reach the O2 setpoint quicker, the theoretically required manipulated variable will be calculated from the currently acquired O2 value, the O2 ratio value determined when making the setting, the O2 setpoint and the standardized value. That manipulated variable will then be increased by 3.7 % so that the resulting O2 value will be somewhat higher than the O2 setpoint. With an increase of 3.7 %, the resulting O2 value will be about 0.7 % higher than the O2 setpoint. Fine-tuning to the O2 setpoint will be ensured by the O2 trim controller.

269/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

19.4.6

Behavior in the event of load changes

If the system identifies a load change, the O2 trim controller will be locked. Release criterion:
Load 60
7550d38e/0804

Prohibited range
2 * delay time

Actual load

Parameter: LoadControllerLock

Parameter: LoadControllerLock

Delayed actual load

40 Time

As illustrated above, based on the actual load, a delayed actual load will be mapped. This delayed actual load reflects the delay of the flue gas values resulting from the inertia of boiler operation. If the load difference between actual load and delayed actual load exceeds a certain adjustable limit, a load change will be detected. When the differential drops below the limit again, another waiting time of 2 * delay time will be added before the contoller is released. The limit of the load difference can be set by the user: Parameter: LoadCtrlSuspend Setting range 0-25 %; presetting: 5 %; access level: Service The delayed actual load will be mapped via a PT1 member with an adjustable time constant: Parameter: FilterTimeLoad Setting range 4-10; presetting: 5 5 *

; access level: Service

The parameter denotes the period of time on completion of which the next load change in the form of LoadCtrlSuspend can be made. If a load change is detected, the O2 value will be increased (offset).

270/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

19.4.7

Increasing the manipulated variable in the case of a load change (offset)

When changing the load under unfavorable setting conditions, it could happen that the actual O2 value will drop below the O2-min-limit. To prevent this, the user can parameterize an increase of the O2 value in the event of load changes. The parameter will define the increase of the O2 value in %. The increase is made in relation to the setpoint. Example: O2 offset oil = 0.5 %, setpoint 1.4 % reached will be 1.9 %. When firing on oil: Parameter: When firing on gas: Parameter: O2 OffsetGas O2 OffsetOil

In the event of a load change, the O2 value

The increase is made via the controllers manipulated variable. The current O2 value is considered when calculating the increase.
Resulting increase Actual O2 value O2 setpoint
7550d39e/0804

Actual O2 value

There is only 1 increase of the O2 value per load change. The next increase will only be possible on completion of the locking time for the load change. There will be no increase of the O2 value when O2 trim control is deactivated.

O2 offset

271/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

19.4.8

Control interventions by the O2 trim controller

To prevent the burner from getting insufficient amounts of air when the load changes, the O2 trim controller has additional means for counteracting. These become active if the O2 trim controller or precontrol is not optimally adjusted, or if the burners behavior cannot be adequately mapped by the measured values. The control interventions are also active during the controller locking time. If the O2 value drops below the setpoint in the direction of the O2 min. value, the manipulated variable will be abruptly increased if predefined thresholds are exceeded more air supply: Example:

Progression of O2 value Setpoint +3 % Min. value

a) b)

+5 %

1/2 3/4
7550d35e/0903

O2 value exceeds of the differential between setpoint and min. value manipulated variable is increased by 3 % O2 value exceeds of the differential between setpoint and min. value manipulated variable is increased by 5 %

For the control interventions using a software timing element PT1 the setpoints and O2 min. values will be delayed by the time constant Tau acquired during adaption. This allows the actual O2 value (corresponding to a combustion value from the past as a result of the boiler running time) to be compared with the associated setpoints and min. values. Also refer to section 19.5.1 Delayed O2.

272/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

19.5 O2 monitor
The O2 monitor can be used with or without O2 trim control. When O2 trim control is activated, the O2 monitor will automatically become active.

19.5.1

Delayed O2 min. value

Due to the long time it takes the flue gases to pass through the boilers flueways, the O2 value currently acquired is delayed compared to the residual oxygen content occurring the same moment in the combustion chamber. To prevent O2 min. values from being compared with old O2 values, the O2 min. values used by the O2 monitor are delayed by Tau as acquired during adaption, using a software timing element PT1.

19.5.2
If a)

Switch-off criteria

the actual O2 value falls for > 3 seconds below the O2 min. value delayed via the PT1 timing element, or b) the actual O2 value falls for > 3 seconds below the smallest parameterized O2 min. value, one of the following reactions takes place, depending on the operating mode: O2Ctrl/Guard (O2-guard / O2-control)

Parameter:

Safety shutdown will take place, followed by a repetition if possible, otherwise lockout. Parameter: O2Ctrl/Guard (conAutoDeac)

O2 trim control will automatically be deactivated and the system operates along the parameterized ratio curves. O2 trim control must be manually reactivated.

273/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

19.6 Self-test
During the startup phase and during operation, the system performs a number of selftests to ensure that the O2 sensor is working correctly.

19.6.1

Sensor test

To detect aging O2 sensors, a sensor test is made. An aged measuring cell can be identified by its increased internal resistance. The cell is considered too old when the internal resistance measured is Ri < 5 or Ri > 150 . The test is made at 23-hour intervals. To perform the test, a constant O2 value is essential. This requirement is satisfied after prepurging or when a stationary load point is reached. The system performs the test after 23 hours as soon as such stationary values are available. If this is not the case after 24 hours, the load will be frozen in operation so that the test can be made. If the system is in standby mode, the test will be performed during the next startup phase (maximum 3 repetitions). If the test is negative, the systems response will be one of the following, depending on the parameter setting of O2Ctrl/Guard: Parameter: O2Ctrl/Guard (auto deact / man deact / O2-guard/ O2-control / conAutoDeact) O2 trim controller and O2 monitor are deactivated. No sensor test will be made. O2 trim controller / O2 monitor is / are activated. If the test is negative, safety shutdown will take place, followed by a repetition if possible, otherwise lockout. Both the O2 trim controller and the O2 monitor are activated. If the test is negative, O2 trim control will be deactivated and the burner will be started up without O2 trim control.

man deact (auto deact): O2-guard / O2control:

conAutoDeact:

274/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

19.6.2

Checking the O2 content (20.9 %)

Every time the burner is started up, the measured residual oxygen content is compared with the O2 content of the ambient air at the end of prepurging.

For that purpose, the prepurging time of the LMV52... must be parameterized such that the combustion chamber and the flueways will be completely purged.
Normally, this value reads 20.9 %, but it can be parameterized in the case of plants that operate with enriched air. This test detects offset errors of the measuring cell. For this reason, the correct setting of the airs O2 content is safety-related. Parameter: O2 Content Air

If the O2 content lies outside the tolerance band of 2 %, one of the following reactions will take place, depending on the parameterization of O2Ctrl/Guard: Parameter: O2Ctrl/Guard (auto deact / man deact / O2-guard / O2-control / conAutoDeac) O2 trim controller and O2 monitor are deactivated. No O2 test will be made. O2 trim controller / O2 monitor is / are activated. If the test is negative, safety shutdown will take place, followed by a repetition if possible, otherwise lockout. O2 trim controller and O2 monitor are activated. Option is automatic deactivation. If the test is negative, both the O2 trim controller and the O2 monitor will be deactivated. The burner will be started up without O2 trim control.

man deact (auto deact): O2-guard / O2control:

conAutoDeac:

275/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

19.7 Auxiliary functions

19.7.1 Warning when flue gas temperature is too high

If a flue gas temperature sensor is connected and activated, a warning is delivered in case the adjusted flue gas temperature is exceeded. Excessive flue gas temperatures are an indicator of increased boiler losses boiler should be cleaned. The warning threshold for gas- and oil-firing can be set separately. Parameter: Parameter: MaxTempFlueGas Gas MaxTempFlueGas Oil

19.7.2

Combustion efficiency

If an O2 sensor, a combustion air and flue gas temperature sensor is connected and activated, the combustion efficiency will be calculated and displayed. Parameter: Parameter: Combustion air temperature sensor (NoSensor, Pt1000, LG-Ni1000) Flue gas temperature sensor (NoSensor, Pt1000, LG-Ni1000)

To ensure that the calculation will be made correctly, the fuel parameters must be selected and set in accordance with the type of fuel burnt. Also refer to section 19.10.2 Parameterization The calculation is made according to the following formula (1. BimSchV = 1. BundesImissionsschutzverordnung = First Federal Imission Protection Decree): Flue gas volume ratio:

AVft =

V_afNmin V_atrNmin

O2 value dry:

O2_tr =

AVft O2ContentAir O2ContentAir + AVft - 1 O2Value_Wet

Flue gas losses:

A2 qa = O2ContentAir O2 _ tr + B (flue gas su pply air )

F = 100% qa

Efficiency:

276/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

19.8 O2 module
In comparison with the LMV51... system, the extra components to be connected with the LMV52 system are the O2 module and the O2 sensor QGO... and, optionally, the combustion air and flue gas temperature sensors. The O2 module is to be connected to the basic unit via the CAN bus. The O2 module must be located in the vicinity of the QGO... (< 10 m), aimed at keeping interference on the sensitive detector lines as low as possible. For sensor heating, the O2 module requires a separate mains connection facility.

19.8.1

Inputs and outputs

Temp. comp. QGO... Power supply temp. comp. GND Thermocouple GND Nernst voltage

Mains connection

QGO... heating

Mounting panel shielding connection

X 83

X 82

X 81

G2

U3

X 89-01

X 89-02

PE

PE

T2.5 IEC 60127-2/I

QGO...

Q4

QGO... Q5

LINE VOLTAGE

TEMP. VERBRENNUNGSLUFT/ COMBUSTION AIR

Pt/LG-Ni 1000

Pt/LG-Ni 1000

TEMP. ABGAS / FLUE GAS

12VAC1

12VAC2

12VAC1

12VAC2

CANH

CANH

CANL

CANL

GND

X 87

X 86

X 85

X 84

GND

Achtung! Schutzleiterverbindung zwischen Gehuse-Oberteil und Gehuse-Unterteil herstellen. Im portant! Make protective earth connection between the two housing sections.

BUSABSCHLUSS BUS TERMINATION

B2

B1

Temperature sensor

Temperature sensor

Temporary connection of AZL5...

Mounting panel shielding connection

Communication and power supply

Communication and power supply for LMV52...

277/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

7550a14e/0903

Eingang

Ausgang

Terminal marking

Connection symbol PIN 6 PIN 5 PIN 4 PIN 3 PIN 2 PIN 1 PIN 5 PIN 4 PIN 3 PIN 2 PIN 1 PIN 5 PIN 4 PIN 3 PIN 2 PIN 1 GND CANL CANH 12VAC2 12VAC1 GND CANL CANH 12VAC2 12VAC1

Description of connection

Electrical limit values

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

X81

Temperature compensation QGO... (U3) Power supply temperature compensation (G2) GND (M) Thermocouple (B2) GND (M) Nernst voltage (B1) Signal reference Communication signal Communication signal AC supply for O2 module AC supply for O2 module Signal reference Communication signal Communication signal AC supply for O2 module AC supply for O2 module

DC [0...2 V], Ri > 100 k DC [12...18 V], Ra = 20 DC [0...33 mV], Ri > 100 k DC [-25...1 mV], Ri > 100 k

X84

DC U <= 5 V, Rw = 120 , Level to ISO-DIS 11898 AC12V +10%/-15%, 50...60 Hz, Fuse max. 4 A

X85

DC U <= 5 V, Rw = 120 , Level to ISO-DIS 11898 AC12V +10%/-15%, 50...60 Hz, Fuse max. 4 A

Combustion air / flue gas temperature sensor PIN 3 PIN 2 PIN 1 PIN 3 PIN 2 PIN 1 PIN 1 PE PIN 2 Q5 N PIN 3 Q4 L x x x x x x x x x Shield connection Signal reference Flue gas temperature sensor input Pt1000 / LG-Ni 1000 Shield connection Signal reference Combustion air temperature input Pt1000 / LG-Ni 1000 Protective earth (PE) QGO... heating N (Q5) QGO... heating L (Q4)

X86

X87

X89-02

At AC 120 V +10 %/-15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax. 2.5 A At AC 230 V +10 %/-15 %, 50...60 Hz, Imax. 2.5 A

X89-01

PIN 4 PE PIN 5 N PIN 6 L

x x x

Protective earth (PE) Power supply neutral conductors (N) Power supply live conductor (L)

AC230V +10%/-15%, 50...60Hz, Imax. 2.5 A

278/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

PLL52... Flue gas temperature X6.3 Shielding connection Temperature sensor Pt/LG-Ni 1000 X6.1
Pt/LG-Ni 1000 q

X86

PLL52...

Signal reference

X6.2
PE

X10.4

Protective earth (PE)

Supply air temperature Shielding connection Temperature sensor Pt/LG-Ni 1000 X7.3 X7.1
Pt/LG-Ni 1000 q

X10.5
F 6.3AT

Power supply neutral conductor (N) Power supply live conductor (L)

X87

L1

X10.6

Signal reference

X7.2

QGO20... X1.1
U3 G2 M B2 M B1 Q4 Q5

GND (M) Thermocouple (B2)

X1.2 X1.3 X1.4 X1.5

X10.2 X10.1

Q5 QGO... heating (N') Protection earth (PE)

X81

GND (M) Power supply temperature compensation (G2) Temperature compensation (U3) Shielding connection

QGO20...

X1.6

PE

Temporary connection for AZL5...

X5.1 X5.2 X5.3 X5.4 X5.5

12VAC1 12VAC2 CANH CANL Signal reference (PELV) GND

LMV52...

SQM4...

BUS

AZL5...

SHIELD SHIELD white/wh 12VAC1 12VAC2 brown/brn 12VAC2 CANH yellow/yl CANH CANH CANL green/grn CANL GND black/blk GND GND CANL black/blk green/grn 12VAC2 yellow/yl 12VAC1 brown/brn white/wh

12VAC1

X4.1 X4.2 X4.3 X4.4 X4.5

FE 12VAC1 12VAC2 CANH CANL

* Bus connection

FE

FE

BUS

279/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

7550a15e/0903

Signal reference (PELV) GND

X86

X85

X89-02

Nernst voltage (B1)

X10.3

Q4 QGO... heating (L)

X89-01

19.8.2

CAN bus X84, X85

The O2 module is to be connected to the basic unit via CAN bus. There are 2 terminals for the CAN bus, X84 for the supply and X85 for the connection of the AZL5... If the O2 module is located at the end of the bus line, the CAN bus termination must be activated.

19.9 Configuration of O2 module

The connected sensors are to be configured via the AZL5... The O2 sensor connected to terminals X81 / X89-02 must be parameterized. Parameter: O2 Sensor (NoSensor, QGO20)

The combustion air temperature sensor connected to terminal X87 must be parameterized. Parameter: Ni1000) Combustion air temperature sensor (NoSensor, Pt1000, LG-

The flue gas temperature sensor connected to terminal X86 must be parameterized. Parameter: Flue gas temperature sensor (NoSensor, Pt1000, LG-Ni1000)

280/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

19.10 Configuration of the system

(Description of the plant-dependent basic configuration) First, make all configurations as described in detail with the LMV51... system.

19.10.1 Actuators / VSDs

When activating the actuators / VSDs in menu section RatioControl, parameterization comprises Activation and Deactivation and, in addition, air influencing. Airinfluencing actuators have an impact on the amount of air. The actuators defined as airinfluencing actuators are used for O2 trim control. Basically, all actuators having an impact on the air volume are to be parameterized as air-influencing. In exceptional cases, a truly air-influencing actuator can be excluded from O2 trim control by setting it to activated.

If the parameterization is changed, O2 trim control must be readjusted.

Parameter: Parameter: Parameter: Parameter: Parameter: deactivated: activated:

Air actuator (deactivated, activated, air influen) Auxiliary actuator 1 (deactivated, activated, air influen) Auxiliary actuator 2 (deactivated, activated, air influen) Auxiliary actuator 3 (deactivated, activated, air influen) VSD (deactivated, activated, air influen) Actuator is not active. Actuator is active but has no impact on the air volume. Actuator is not used for O2 trim control. Actuator is active and has an impact on the air volume. Actuator is used for O2 trim control.

air infuen:

19.10.2 Parameterization of the type of fuel

For calculating precontrol and combustion efficiency, the type of fuel burnt must be selected. Also refer to section 19.3 Precontrol. For firing on gas, there are 4 preprogrammed fuel types available, plus 1 type of fuel that can be defined by the user. Parameter: tane) Type of Fuel (user def, naturalGasH, naturalGasL, propane, bu-

For firing on oil, there are 2 preprogrammed types of fuel available, plus 1 type that can be defined by the user. Parameter: Type of Fuel (user def, LightOilLO, LightOilHO)

281/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

19.10.3 Setting the user-defined type of fuel

If, when firing on gas or oil, the user-defined fuel type is selected, the relevant fuel parameters must be manually set. Parameter: V_LNmin

Amount of air required for stoichiometric combustion ( = 1) [m air per m gas] or [m air per kg oil]. This value is used for calculating O2 trim control / precontrol. Parameter: V_afNmin

Flue gas volume wet with stoichiometric combustion ( = 1) in [m flue gas wet per m gas] or in [m flue gas wet per kg oil]. This value is used for calculating O2 trim control / precontrol or the combustion efficiency. Parameter: VatrNmin

Flue gas volume dry with stoichiometric combustion ( = 1) in [m flue gas dry per m gas] or in [m flue gas dry per kg oil]. This value is used for calculating O2 trim control / precontrol or the combustion efficiency. Parameter: A2

This value is used for calculating the combustion efficiency. It is in compliance with the definition given in the first BimScHV. Parameter: B/1000

This value is used for calculating the combustion efficiency. It is in compliance with the definition given in the first BimScHV. The parameters are set using a resolution of 1/1000. This means that a parameterized value of 8 corresponds to 0.008. Preset fuel parameters V_Lnmin V_afNmin VatrNmin A2 B/1000 Natural gas H 9.90 10.93 8.89 0.66 9 0.009 Natural gas L 8.41 9.43 7.69 0.66 9 0.009 Propane 23.80 25.80 21.80 0.63 8 0.008 Butane 30.94 33.44 28.44 0.63 8 0.008 Fuel oil EL Fuel oil S 11.20 12.02 10.53 0.68 7 0.007 10.73 11.39 10.08 0.68 7 0.007

282/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

19.11 Commissioning the O2 trim control system

19.11.1 Setting ratio control
First, adjust the ratio curves as with the LMV51... system. The excess O2 rate must be selected high enough, ensuring that, irrespective of ambient conditions (combustion chamber and fuel pressure, temperature and pressure of the combustion air), the O2 level will not fall below the O2 setpoint of O2 trim control.
Parameterize the loads at the curvepoints proportional to the effective fuel rate (amount of fuel). For that purpose, ascertain the load with the help of the fuel counter. The curvepoint identifies the smallest load where O2 trim control is still possible. In normal situations, this is the low-fire position. Point 1 defines the curve for reducing the air rate below point 2. If, in the low-fire position, no further air reduction is possible (e.g. because the air damper has already fully closed), curvepoint 1 must be selected as the lowfire point. In that case, O2 trim control will only be performed up to curvepoint 2. The O2 ratio value between the curvepoints should be linear. When O2 trim control is activated, precontrol will transfer any nonlinearity to the actual O2 value. When adjusting the load, the actual O2 value fluctuates about the O2 setpoint. Check the linearity of the O2 progression by approaching the loads between the curvepoints. If the O2 ratio value has such nonlinearities, they can be corrected by setting intermediate curvepoints. The more thoroughly the ratio curve is set, the easier the subsequent adjustment of O2 trim control, and the more accurate O2 trim control will be.

If the ratio curves are changed later, the O2 trim controller must also be readjusted.

19.11.2 Setting the O2 monitor

Next, the O2 monitor must be adjusted. When making the adjustment for the first time, the O2 monitor should remain deactivated to avoid undesired responses. When changing settings later, it can stay activated. Set the O2 min. value as low as possible to ensure a high level of availability. The O2 min. value marks the boundary between the permanently non-harzardous range and the potentially hazardous range.

Above or at the O2 min. value, hazardous conditions must not permanently occur.
Guide values (for Europe): CO = 2,000 ppm, soot number 3. The values vary, depending on the type of plant. They need to be checked. After setting all O2 min. values, the O2 monitor can be activated. The setting can be made in 2 different ways.

283/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

19.11.3 Direct entry of O2 min. values

If the limit values of a plant are known, and if the CO limit need not be remeasured, the O2 min. values can be entered directly.

P O P

o 2 -

i A

n M i

t i r

: n

V M

a a

2 l n

: :

1 0

. .

2 0

On the first line, Point, select the point number to be changed and confirm with Enter (point 1 can be adjusted). With the second line, O2 Min Value, the O2 min. value can be directly parameterized. The points will only be approached if, previously, setting choice P-Air Man has been used.

19.11.4 Measuring the O2 min. values by lowering the air rate

On the first line, select the point number and confirm with Enter. Now, select line P-Air Man and confirm. After confirmation with Enter, the ratio control system approaches this point on the parameterized ratio curve, that is, air rate reduction P-Air Man will be set to 0. The display on the second line changes to Actual O2 Value, which will then be displayed.

P A P

o c -

i t A

n O i

t 2 r

: V

a M

l a

3 u n

: :

1 1

. .

4 3

By readjusting the air rate P-Air Man, the amount of combustion air and thus the O2 value can be reduced. P-Air Man corresponds to the relative air rate reduction. During the readjustment, all actuators on the curve parameterized as air-influencing will travel to the relevant positions. When the O2 min. value is found, the measured Actual O2 Value will be entered as the O2 Min Value by pressing Enter.

284/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

19.11.5 Setting O2 trim control

Since with O2 trim control activated, the O2 monitor is always active also, the O2 monitor should already be set. For the initial setting, O2 trim control should remain deactivated, and the O2 monitor can be activated. Prior to setting the O2 trim controller, both ratio control and the loads of the curvepoints should be correctly set. This facilitates correct functioning of precontrol. Also refer to subsection 19.11.1 Setting ratio control .

If the ratio curves are changed later, O2 trim control must also be readjusted.
It is important to make all settings of the O2 trim controller when environmental conditions do not change. For this reason, when making corrections later, all points must be set again. When setting O2 trim control, the user is guided through the necessary setting steps. First, select the desired curvepoint and confirm with Enter (point 1 cannot be set since O2 trim control does not approach any load below point 2). The system approaches the selected point on the ratio curve.

P O O S

o 2 2 t

i a

n R S n

t a e d

: t t V

i p a

o o l

2 C i

o n

n t

: : :

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

The display will change. During this step, the system acquires the O2 value on the ratio curve. The actual O2 value is displayed and the operator is prompted to confirm when a stable O2 value has been reached. This is important since the value is used for calculating precontrol. In the future, the PC tool will be useful for making checks.

P O I C

o 2 f o

i n

n R V t

t a a i

: t l n

i u u

o e e

2 C

o S W

n t

: a E

b n

5 l t

. e e

4 r

Then, the measured O2 ratio value will be displayed. The cursor now indicates the standardized value. By changing this value, the relative amount of air will be reduced, whereby the standardized value corresponds to the relative air rate reduction. The standardized value is only changed until the actual O2 value reaches the required O2 setpoint, which is then displayed. The setting may only be confirmed after a constant O2 value has been attained. The PC tool will be useful for making checks.

P O O S

o 2 2 t

i a

n R S n

t a e d

: t t V

i p a

o o l

2 C i

o n

n t

: : :

5 2 5

. . .

2 0 3

Now, the operator must decide whether he wants to adopt or reject the settings.

285/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

P S C

o t a

i o n

n r c

t e e

> >

E E

N S

T C

At curvepoint 2 and at the highest curvepoint, the system adapts itself when storing. This is accomplished by measuring the delay time () of the boiler plant. Based on these values, the PI control parameters, the controller locking time after load readjustment and the min. value delay for the O2 monitor will be calculated. To measure the time constant (), the burner will be driven back to the ratio curve. With the other curvepoints, the system returns to the ratio curve without adaption after setting the O2 setpoint. After setting all points, O2 trim control can be activated.

19.11.6 Checking and changing the controller parameters

The adapted controller parameters and the measured time constant () of the boiler can be viewed on the Controller parameters menu, and changed, if required. The O2 setpoint must lay at least 0.5 % above the O2 min. value and 1 % below the O2 ratio value.

286/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

19.12 Setting notes

(Summary of the most important rules for setting O2 trim control)

19.12.1 Parameter settings

Parameterize all truly air-influencing actuators as air-influencing actuators If changing the parameter settings, O2 trim control must be readjusted.

19.12.2 Setting O2 ratio control

Set sufficient excess O2 Set the amount of excess air of the ratio curve such that, whatever the environmental conditions (combustion chamber and fuel pressure, temperature and pressure of the combustion air), the set residual oxygen content will lie above the O2 setpoints required by O2 trim control.

Example:

O2 (%)

Curvepoints

5
Change of O2 ratio control due to ambient conditions

6 5 4 3 2 1

O2 ratio control

O2 setpoint O2 min value

Load (%)

100 %

Parameterized load proportional to the fuel rate The burner load parameterized at the curvepoints must be proportional to the actual burner load. To make the setting, determine the burner load with the help of the fuel counter. Curvepoint 1 The first curvepoint should have an adequate distance below curvepoint . This means that the curve for reducing the air rate is also defined below point . As a should lie at about half the load of point . Point should guide value, point be smaller than or equal to the low-fire load. If, in the low-fire position, no further air reduction is possible (e.g. because the air damper has already fully closed), curvepoint 1 must be selected as the low-fire point. In that case, O2 trim control will only be performed up to curvepoint 2.

287/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

7550d31e/0903

Linear progression of O2 value between the curvepoints The O2 value between the curvepoints should progress in a linear fashion. To make checks, approach load positions between the curvepoints and check the O2 value. If the progression is not linear, additional curvepoints should be set and the O2 progression should be appropriately corrected.
7550d32e/0903

O2 (%)
Linear (good progression of O 2)

6 5 4 3 2 1
O2 ratio control Nonlinear (poor progression of O2) Set additional curvepoints

Load (%) 100 %

Checking the transfer range between damper and VSD When using several air-influencing actuators (e.g. air damper or VSD), it should be made certain that the curves are as smooth as possible. Irregularities should be avoided.

VSD Damper

Load (%)
____ Good ------ Poor

288/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

7550d36e/0903

O2 (%)

19.12.3 Setting the O2 trim controller

Selecting the O2 min. value The O2 min. value should be set as low as possible to ensure a high level of availability. Above or at the O2 min. value, hazardous conditions may not permanently occur.
Guide values: CO = 2,000 ppm, soot number 3. The values can vary, depending on the type of plant.

Adequate distance between O2 setpoint and O2 min. value The distance should be a minimum of 1...1.5 % O2. If a smaller distance is used, the ratio curve must be set as accurately as possible, in accordance with subsection 19.12 Setting notes - Setting O2 ratio control. All O2 setpoints must be adjusted under the same environmental conditions It is important to adjust the O2 setpoints at the same ambient temperatures. If, later, individual setpoints are changed, all setpoints of the curvepoints must be readjusted since environmental conditions will probably be different from those at the time the initial settings were made.

19.12.4 Other notes

When firing on oil and using a VSD, the oil pump must be driven separately. If this is not observed, the fan speed has an impact on the amount of oil delivered. This can cause problems in connection with precontrol or O2 trim control.

289/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

19.13 Technical data

Basic unit LMV52... PLL52...
Refer to section 14 Technical data! Mains voltage X89-01 Safety class Transformer AGG5.220 Primary side Secondary side Mains frequency Power consumption Degree of protection Environmental conditions AC 230 V 15 % / +10 % I with parts according to II as per DIN EN 60 730-1 AC 230 V AC 12 V (2x) 50...60 Hz 6 % 4 VA IP 54, housing closed DIN EN 60 721-3-1 class 1K3 class 1M2 -20...+60 C < 95 % r.h. DIN EN 60 721-3-2 class 2K2 class 2M2 -30...+70 C < 95 % r.h. DIN EN 60 721-3-3 class 3K5 class 3M2 -20...+60 C < 95 % r.h.

Storage Climatic conditions Mechanical conditions Temperature range Humidity Transport Climatic conditions Mechanical conditions Temperature range Humidity Operation Climatic conditions Mechanical conditions Temperature range Humidity

Condensation, formation of ice or ingress of water are not permitted!

290/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 19 Addendum 4: LMV52... with O2 trim control and O2 module CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

19.14 Terminal ratings, line lengths and crosssectional areas

Basic unit LMV52... PLL52...
Refer to section 14.2 Loads on terminals, cable lengths and cross-sectional areas! Electrical connections X89 Line lengths Cross-sectional areas screw terminals up to 2.5 mm 10 m to QGO20... refer to description of RPO.../QGO.., twisted pairs Pt1000 / LG-Ni 1000 Pt1000 / LG-Ni 1000 refer to Data Sheet N7842 communication bus for LMV52...

Analog inputs

Combustion air temperature sensor Flue gas temperature sensor QGO20... Interface

20
PLL52...

Dimensions

Dimensions in mm

7550m03/0703

19 33 66 9

36

41,5

41,5 222 240

83

291/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 20 Dimensions CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

142 160

21

Revision history

The new release of the basic unit is identified by the series letter B in the type reference (LMV51.XXXBXXX). Notes on compatibility When changing from A-series to B-series units, the parameter sets can be copied The added parameters are preset in a way that they correspond to the former functioning mode An update to a new unit, which is no longer in the state supplied, should not be made since it is only the parameters from the A-series that can be stored back The compatibility of the load controller must be set manually, with the sign reversed Due to the change to the external analog predefined load and to the analog load output (LR V01.50), it may be necessary to make adaptations on the associated external controllers or BACS (building automation and control system)

21.1 Basic unit LMV51...

Software changes The software of the basic card has been changed from V02.10 to V02.20. The following changes have been made:

21.1.1

Program stop

When the unit reaches the Program stop position, the AZL5... will display Programstop active.

21.1.2

Deactivating the alarm

The alarm relay can be deactivated via the menu of the AZL5, which means that the actual lockout or start prevention will be maintained. Deactivation remains active until the next lockout reset, system reset or startup occurs. Then, normal alarming will be resumed, that is, deactivation of the alarm applies to the current alarm.

21.1.3

GPmin in the oil program

GPmin can also be activated for the oil program only.

21.1.4

SV oil, switch-off time

In the case of oil-firing, the external SV valve closes on completion of the permissible afterburn time (end of Phase 70). The burner motor operates until Phase 79 is reached. Using the relevant parameter, it is now possible to choose between the present function (when using the magnetic clutch) and direct coupling of the oil pump. In that case, the SV oil must be connected to the output for the oil pump (X6-02). This output is not safety-related and is not used in the case of direct oil pump coupling. The SV oil (X6-02) is always controlled when the fan runs, plus another 15 seconds.

21.1.5

DWminOil in program Heavy oil with gas pilot

Valuation of input DWminOil in program Heavy oil with gas pilot has been moved from Phase 38 to Phase 44.

292/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 21 Revision history CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

21.1.6 21.1.7

DWminOil is only valued during the safety time after a delay time has elapsed Air pressure switch test valve, inverted control

The signal can be inverted via the relevant parameter. The output is only active when the fan operates.

21.1.8

External controller contact with Manually on

If the burner is in operation with Manually on, the external controller on contact (X5-03 Pin1) acts as a shutoff device should overtemperatures occur. With the exception of operating mode 1 (extLC), the controller contact can be deactivated if not used as a switch-off device.

21.1.9

Prepurge time after safety shutdown

After safety shutdown, the longer prepurge time PrepurgeSafeGas/Oil becomes active.

21.1.10

Changes to the supplied parameter set

The parameter set has been changed from V20.02.00 to V20.03.00. The software of the basic card has been changed from V02.20 to V02.30. The following changes have been introduced:

21.1.11

Driving to the low-fire positions

After ignition, first the positions of curvepoint P1 will be approached, independent of whether or not the minimum load has been set to a higher value. Once the positions of P1 are reached, the set minimum load will be approached.

21.2

Basic unit LMV52...

Introduction of serial software version V01.10.

21.3 Load controller card

Software changes of LC The software of the load controller has been changed from V01.40 to V01.50. The following changes have been made:

21.3.1 21.3.2

Auxiliary sensor for cold start thermal shock protection Straightforward changeover of operation to internal load controller

Using a potential-free contact at terminals X62.1 and X62.2, it is possible to switch from external load controllers to the internal load controller of the LMV51.100... The following operating modes can be switched over: Operating mode 4 Operating mode 5 Operating mode 3 Operating mode 6 Operating mode 1 2 2 2 2 2 = Int LC X62 = Ext LC X62 = Int LC Bus = Ext LC Bus = Ext LC X5-03 intLC intLC intLC intLC intLC

293/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 21 Revision history CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

21.3.3

With software version V01.50 or higher, Pt100 sensors in operating mode 6 are permitted

New load controller function for manipulated variable input and load output
Modulating burners Manipulated variable input, modulating: < 3 mA open-circuit 4 mA or 2 V 20 mA or 10 V

low-fire (min. load) high-fire (max. load)

Burner shutdown at < 5 mA not used.

Load output, modulating: < 3 mA 4 mA xx mA xx mA 20 mA Open-circuit 0 % load Low-fire (min. load) High-fire (max. load) 100 % load

Shutting the burner down = no impact on signal. Multistage burners Manipulated variable input, multistage burner: Stage 1: Stage 2: Stage 3: 5 mA or 2.5 V 10 mA or 5 V 15 mA or 7.5 V

Switching thresholds at: 7.5 mA and 12 mA 3.75 V and 6.25 V with 0.5 ma hysteresis with 0.25 V hysteresis

Burner shutdown at < 5 mA not used.

< 3 mA: Open-circuit Load output, multistage: Burner off: Stage 1: Stage 2: Stage 3: 4 mA 5 mA 10 mA 15 mA

The load controllers software has been changed from V01.50 to V01.60. The following changes have been introduced:

21.3.4

Plausibility check at inputs X61 and X62

The plausibility check at inputs X61 and X62 is not made anymore. This means that fast value changes at these inputs will no longer result in safety shutdown.

294/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 21 Revision history CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

21.4 Display and operating unit AZL5...

In connection with the new B-series of the basic unit (LMV51.XXXBXXX), the type reference of the AZL5... has been changed to include C-series (AZL51.XXCXXX). Hence, the type references indicate the state of release and show the unit versions that work together.

21.4.1

Software changes to the flash memory

The software version of the flash memory has been changed from V02.20 to V02.50.

21.4.2

New designations of load controller inputs

For the load controller inputs 1 / 2 / 4 and the associated parameters, the following new names have been assigned: Eing1/2/4Auswahl Eing1/4BerEnde Eing2TempBerEnde Eing2DruckBerEnde Eing3Konfig_I/U Eing3MinSollwert Eing3MaxSollwert Sensor selection Measuring range PtNi Measuring TempSensor Measuring PressSensor External input X62 U/I External setpoint min. External setpoint max.

21.4.3

Fuel counter with reading in liters

A blank has been introduced between the value and the unit.

21.4.4

Preventing the transfer of parameter copies from new basic units to the backup memory of the AZL5...

Copying is not possible and a message will be delivered.

21.4.5

Parameter changes

The default settings of the following parameters have been changed: Prepurging time oil: Maximum time low-fire: Postpurging position air (gas-firing): Postpurging position air (oil-firing): Postpurging position Aux/Fu (gas-firing): Postpurging position Aux/Fu (oil-firing): LC: Sd_Step1_On: 15 s 45 s 15 15 25 25 -2%

21.4.6

Name changes of load controller operating modes

ExtLR X5-03 IntLR IntLR Bus IntLR X62 ExtLR X62 ExtLR Bus

extLR intLR intLR via BACS intLR BACS to extLRanalg extLR via BACS

295/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 21 Revision history CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

21.4.7

New display text for actuator faults

The AZL5 indicates a new fault carrying code 0x0E (too short ramp time): Text message Too short ramp time, air actuator Too short ramp time, gas actuator (oil) Too short ramp time, oil actuator Too short ramp time, auxiliary actuator 1 Too short ramp time, auxiliary actuator 2 Too short ramp time, auxiliary actuator 3

only LMV52... only LMV52...

296/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 21 Revision history CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Index
A actual value acquisition of O2 200 actuator devices 198 actuator function 105 alarm output 42, 47, 48, 204, 253 auxiliary functions 276 B BACS functions basic configuration basic diagram brief description LMV... burner control
94 150 19 19 34, 150, 199 installation 191, 194 interface 291 interface for BACS 21 Interface for LMV52... systems 21

L legend to fuel trains 27 legend to the sequence diagrams 59 Legend VP leakage rate 46 line lengths 291 line lengths PLL52... 291 load limitation with O2 trim control 269 M mounting 16, 21, 66, 191, 197, 200, 201 mounting the LMV5... 15 multiboiler plants 88 N new load controller function
294

C cable lengths 203, 204, 291 checking the control parameters 77 configuration of basic unit 252 configuration of current interface 258 configuration of fuel meter 258 configuration of O2 module 280 configuration of speed acquisition 256 configuration of the basic unit 252 configuration of the load controller 165 configuration of the system 281 configuration of VSD 255 connection diagram 35, 253 connection of LR 69 control parameter 75 control parameters 166 controller parameters 286 D digital e-bus interface digital interface dimensions
84 88 205

O O2 trim control 23, 200, 264, 265, 268, 272, 283, 285, 289 O2 trim controller 269 P parameter 44 parameter AZL5... 121 parameter changes 295 parameter copies 295 parameter lists 121 parameter PID 166 parameter setting notes 17 parameter settings 287 parameterization of the type of fuel 276, 281 preset fuel parameter 282 pressure sensor 81, 87, 153 product range overview 21 program stop function 48 program times 20 S S / W changeover 119 safety check function 121 safety loop SLT 199 self-setting of control parameters 76 self-test function 34 sensor input 83, 84, 165, 278 sequence diagram 44, 49, 52, 59 service 18, 191 setpoint 84, 167, 265 setpoint W1 / W2 71, 72, 73, 167 setpoints 83 shutdown function 120 SLT test 121 special function 107, 117 special functions 260
297/301

E electrical connections and wiring 191 error message 85, 88, 95 error messages 100, 101 extra functions 163 F flame detector 17, 34, 204 flame supervision 35 flue gas temperature 276 flue gas temperature sensor 276, 277, 278, 280, 291 forced intermittent operation 48 fuel valve control program 31 Fuel valve control program 29, 32, 33 fuel valve program 27 function diagrams 75 functioning principle of O2 trim control 265 functions diagrams 80 I inputs / outputs
24

Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products

Basic Documentation LMV5... 21 Revision history

CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

special functions during the program sequence standard parameter set standard parameterizations stepper motor supplied parameter set system configuration

47 166 102 20, 22 293 150

T technical data 35, 201, 290 temperature limiter function 85, 167 time parameters 44 W writing parameters
95

298/301 Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... CC1P7550en 13.08.2004

Siemens Building Technologies Production GmbH

2004 Siemens Building Technologies Subject to change!

Berliner Ring 23 D-76437 Rastatt Tel. 0049-7222-598-0 Fax 0049-7222-53182 www.landisstaefa.com Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products Basic Documentation LMV5... 21 Revision history

299/301 CC1P7550en 13.08.2004